United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Research and Development
Office of Energy, Minerals, and
Industry
Washington DC 20460
EPA 600 7-78-196
October 1978
Proceedings of the
National Response
Team Oil Spill
Scientific Response
Workshop,
New England

Interagency
Energy/Environment
R&D Program
Report

-------
                 RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES
                                                i
 Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
 Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
 gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
 vironmental technology. Elimination  of traditional 'grouping  was consciously
 planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
 The nine series are:

       1.  Environmental Health Effects Research
       2.  Environmental Protection Technology
       3.  Ecological Research
       4.  Environmental Monitoring
       5.  Socioeconomic Environmental Studies
       6.  Scientific and Technical  Assessment Reports (STAR)
       7.  Interagency Energy-Environment Research and  Development
       8.  "Special" Reports
       9.  Miscellaneous Reports

 This report has been assigned to the INTERAGENCY ENERGY-ENVIRONMENT
 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT series. Reports in this  series result from the
 effort funded under the 17-agency Federal  Energy/Environment Research and
 Development Program. These studies relate to EPA's mission to protect the public
 health and welfare from adverse effects of pollutants associated  with energy sys-
 tems.  The goal of the Program  is to assure the rapid development of domestic
 energy supplies in an environmentally-compatible manner by providing the nec-
 essary environmental data and control technology. Investigations include analy-
 ses of the transport of energy-related pollutants and their  health and ecological
 effects; assessments of, and development of, control technologies for energy
 systems; and integrated assessments of a wide range of energy-related environ-
 mental issues.
This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia  22161.

-------
      OIL  SPILL
      WORKSHOP
      Results of the Region I
      Workshop on Oil Spill
      Ecological Damage Assessment
                Edited by:
         Dr. William G. Conner
           Dr. Philip U. Alkon


              July 1978


Contract Sponsor: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Contract No.:  68-01-3188
             Project Mp.: 155&P
                Dept.:  W54
COVER PHOTO: In December, 1976 the Argo Merchant ran aground off Nantucket Island
spilling 7.5 million gallons of oil. The Argo Merchant incident demonstrated the need for
coordinated scientific response to major oil spills and was a key factor in precipitating the
 Oil Spill Workshops. Cover photo courtesy of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

-------
                              ABSTRACT






     This document presents the final results of a Workshop on oil




spill ecological damage assessment held at Hartford, Connecticut,




during 28-31 August 1977.  The principal aim of the Workshop was to




identify scientific needs and capabilities to be incorporated into a




regional response plan for assessing the ecological damage due to




major oil spills.  Results are organized in terms of Workshop plenary




sessions, meetings of 10 scientific and technical panels, and meetings




of the Workshop executive committee.  A draft of this document has




been reviewed and revised according to comments from Workshop coordin-




ators and attendees.
                                 ii

-------
                           ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
     The Workshop Coordinator expresses sincere thanks to each
participant whose dedicated effort made the Region I Workshop an
exceptional success.  Because the Hartford meeting was the first
in a series of Workshops aimed at developing regional response
plans for ecological damage assessment, its achievements are parti-
cularly noteworthy.  The Workshop brought together outstanding
experts in relevant scientific and operational disciplines repre-
senting Federal and State agencies, the academic community and
private and commercial groups.  All participants contributed their
expertise and labor voluntarily.

     I also wish to thank specifically:  Bill Adams, EPA Region I
Administrator, for hosting the meeting; the Panel Chairpersons and
Executive Committee members, for their contributions above and
beyond the call of duty; Carole J. O'Toole, for handling Workshop
arrangements; the management and staff of the Hartford Sheraton
Hotel, for their helpful cooperation; and Mary Kraus (MITRE Corpora-
tion), Robin Lind (EPA Region I) and Sandy Karasuk (EPA, Narragansett,
ERL) for expertly handling the difficult secretarial burden of the
Workshop.
                                      Paul Lefcourt, Ph.D.
                                      Workshop Coordinator
                                ill

-------
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
 INTRODUCTION

 PLENARY  SESSIONS
      Overview
      Summary of Proceedings

 PANEL MEETINGS
      Overview
      Benthic Biology  Panel
      Microbiology and Biodegradation Panel
      Birds and Marine Mammals Panel
      Chemical Analysis and Fate Panel
      Physical Processes Panel
      Water Column Biology Panel
      Histopathology Panel
      Laboratory Toxicity Panel
      Socioeconomic and Legal Aspects Panel
      Facilities and Data Management

 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEETINGS
      Overview
      Summary Review
      Recommendation to the National Response Team
      NRT Response to Workshop Recommendations

 APPENDIX A  WORKSHOP SCHEDULE

 APPENDIX B  PROJECT DESCRIPTION FORMAT

 APPENDIX C  PANEL CHAIRPERSONS

 APPENDIX D  WORKSHOP EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

APPENDIX E  LIST OF PARTICIPANTS

APPENDIX F  US FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE OFFICES

APPENDIX G  RESPONSE OF THE NRT TO HARTFORD WORKSHOP
            RECOMMENDATIONS
gage

   1

   3
   3
   3

   7
   7
   9
  45
  75
 130
 177
 206
 301
 308
 343
 379

 439
 439
 439
 443
 444

 445

 449

 453

 455

 458

 465

 467
                                  iv

-------
                            INTRODUCTION


      Oil  spills  pose  a  recognized  threat  to  natural  and  cultural
 features  in  U.S.  coastal  ecosystems.  Up  to  now,  societal  resources
 have  largely been directed  towards minimizing  the exposure of  environ-
 mental  systems  to spilled oil  and  other hazardous materials.   The
 National  Oil and  Hazardous  Substances Pollution Contingency Plan,  for
 example,  establishes  a  quick response interagency capability for
 identification,  containment, dispersal  and restoration operations  in
 the event of accidental discharges.  Unfortunately,  no such capability
 exists  with  respect to  the  evaluation of  the ecological  consequences
 of oil  spills.

   '  The  Region  I Workshop  on  Ecological  Damage Assessment represents
 an initial attempt to meet  this  need.   The Workshop  concept arose
 from  recommendations  made to the National Response Team-the body
 charged with oversight  of the  National  Contingency Plan-by a Task
 Force on  Ecological Damage  Assessment.  The  Task  Force noted that
 existing  scientific capabilities are not  presently organized to
 provide effective advisory  assistance on  ecological  matters to opera-
 tional  authorities nor  to undertake comprehensive and coordinated
 scientific projects in  contingency situations.  The  Task Force
 recommended  a  series  of regional workshops as  a step in  the develop-
 ment  of regional  and  national  response  plans for  ecological damage
 assessment.

      Approximately 135  invited experts  participated  in the Region
 I Workshop held  at Hartford during the  last  week  of  August, 1977.
 They  represented  a broad  range of  scientific and  operational expertise
 from  Federal and  State  agencies, the academic  community  and the
 private sector  (See Appendix E).  The program  sought and realized  a
 substantial  effort by all participants.   It  was a workshop in  the
 real  sense of  the term.  The results are  evident  from this report.

      The  aim of  the Workshop was to identify scientific  needs  and
 resources that might  be incorporated in a New  England regional
 response  plan  for ecological damage assessment.   Within  this
 context,  the Workshop addressed  three principal goals:

      (1)   Provide highly  qualified and  coordinated scientific
           support to  Regional  Response  Teams and  On-Scene
           Coordinators  during  major spill incidents.

      (2)   Upgrade our capability to assess environmental
'          damage  associated with these  spills.

-------
     (3)  Capitalize on the unique research opportunities that are
          often afforded by major spills and thus improve our
          ability to support future cleanup and damage assessment
          activities.

     The program consisted of panels dealing with 10 scientific and
technical subject areas.  Plenary sessions and meetings of the
Workshop Executive Committee provided forums for guidance, inter-
action, and the development of recommendations to the National
Response Team.  Work is proceeding now on the development of a New
England Response Plan that will incorporate results of the Hartford
program.

     The Hartford Workshop dealt specifically with coastal ecosystems.
The achievements at Hartford will be followed by workshops in other
U.S. coastal regions.  They may also serve as a stimulus for addressing
ecological damage response needs in freshwater and terrestrial eco-
systems.

-------
                         PLENARY SESSIONS

                            Overview

     All participants were invited to attend plenary sessions.
These meetings were intended to provide overall guidance on Workshop
objectives and procedures, to keep participants abreast of Workshop
progress, and to facilitate the exchange of ideas among panels and
between panels and the Executive Committee.  Two plenary sessions
were held, one at the start of the Workshop on the morning of
August 29, and the second on the morning of August 30.  A third
session originally scheduled was cancelled to permit participants
to devote more time to panel meetings and other Workshop activities.
                     Summary of Proceedings

     The first plenary session (August 29), included the following
presentations:

     *  Introduction to the Workshop

             Paul Lefcourt (EPA)
             Workshop Chairman

     A review of the origins of the Workshop program.  The impact of
the Argo Merchant incident on the recognition of the need for more
effective application of scientific capabilities for assessing the
ecological consequences of coastal oil spills.  The report of the
Task Force on Ecological Damage Assessment to the National Response
Team was reviewed including the recommendation for a Workshop program
to develop ecological assessment response plans.  Changes in the
Workshop schedule were also announced.

     •  Welcoming Address

             Bill Adams
             Administrator, EPA Region I

     Participants were welcomed.  A need was indicated for a national
plan to deal with ecological aspects of coastal oil spills that would
establish mechanisms for Federal, state and local coordination*  The
important issues are:  1) the present Federal inability to rapidly
draw on substantial existing scientific resources; 2) the present
limited capability for quantifying ecological damage; and 3) the need

-------
 for effectively matching scientific  specialties  to  the  particular
 characteristics of individual spills.   The  need  for clear  Federal
 guidance on responsibilities and authorities  for damage assessment,
 and for resources to support the effort,  was  emphasized.

      •  Background on Federal Involvement in  Oil Spill  Programs

              Henry Van Cleave
              Chief,  Spill Prevention and  Control Branch
              EPA

      A review of the history and authorities  of  Federal oil  spill
 programs.   Section 311 of the Federal  Water Pollution Control  Act
 (PL 92-500) addressed notification response,  removal and other aspects
 of oil spills.  A National Oil and Hazardous  Substances Pollution
 Contingency Plan (40 CFR 1510),  published by  the Council on  Environ-
 mental Quality, authorized national, regional and subregional  opera-
 tional plans for dealing with oil spills, including the designation
 of Federal On-Scene  Coordinators (OSC).   A  Federal  revolving fund
 supports cleanup operations,  and claims may be made against  dis-
 chargers.   Executive Order 11735 gave  primary operational  responsi-
 bility to  the U.S. Coast Guard for spills in  coastal waters  and
 on the Great Lakes,  and to EPA for inland waters.   The  EPA is
 responsible for assessing dispersants,  and  the Office of Spill
 Prevention and Control is sponsoring damage documentation  studies.
 The operational contingency plans have been generally effective.
 Scientific support is needed  in:   1) developing  acceptable methods
 for measuring ecological damage;  2)  clarifying subtle and  long-term
 ecological effects;  and 3) developing  improved cleanup  methods and
 criteria for terminating cleanup operations.   The Workshop effort
 should eventually lead to augmentation of the National  Contingency
 Plan.

     •  Background on the National Response Team (NRT)

              Capt. John Kirkland
              Chief,  Environmental Protection  Division
              U.S.C.G.

     Review  of  NRT organization  and  functions.   The NRT is an
 interagency  standing  committee for monitoring oil spill response
capabilities.   Primary agencies  represented are  the Departments of
Commerce, Defense, Interior,  Transportation,  and EPA.   Advisory
agencies are  the  Energy Research  and Development Administration and
the Departments of State;  Justice; Health,  Education, and  Welfare;
and Housing  and Urban  Development.   The National Contingency Plan

-------
deals with ecological damage assessment under 40 CFR 1510.32 -
(a),  (b), and (c).  State involvement and representation, an impor-
tant aspect of the Plan, are addressed in 1510.34 (c).  The present
Workshop Executive Committee is an ad hoc body of the NRT.  Research
activities should not interfere with cleanup operations, which
are the principal responsibility of the OSC.  The OSC does require
expert scientific advice to support operational decisions.

     •  Description of the NOAA/USCG Spilled Oil Research
        Team (SORT)

             David Kennedy
             NOAA Environmental Research Laboratory
             Boulder, Colorado

     The NOAA/USCG SORT is headquartered at Boulder.  It deals
primarily with physical aspects of spills and is presently refining
oil spill trajectory models utilizing field data.  The SORT is
structured around a group of volunteer teams with facilities located
at various points around the country.  Spills of opportunity are
investigated by the nearest available team utilizing nationally
available resources as needed.  The concept has been tested at
natural oil seeps near Santa Barbara, and SORT served as a primary
coordinator for scientific activities carried out in connection
with the Argo Merchant incident.  SORT is part of the NOAA Outer
Continental Shelf Environmental Assessment Program funded by the
Bureau of Land Management, Department of Interior.

     •  Socioeconomic and Legal Considerations

             Jan Praeger
             EPA Environmental Research Laboratory
             Narragansett, Rhode Island

     The relevance of economic and legal aspects to ecological
damage assessment was summarized.  In the pontext of damage assess-
ment, scientific efforts should be aimed at estimating costs in
economic terms and in developing information that can be used as
testimony in legal proceedings.  The Socioeconomic and Legal Panel
will attempt to develop guidelines for scientists on the legal
requirements for ecological information.  The scientific and tech-
nical panels must consider the legal and economic framework in
developing recommended scientific programs.

-------
     *  Plan for the Workshop

             Paul Lefcourt
             Workshop Chairman

     Review of Workshop schedule (Appendix A), performance guidelines
and goals.  Role and membership of the Executive Committee were
discussed and Panel Chairpersons were introduced.  Mention was also
made of pending legislation that would include a $200M "superfund."
One application of this fund may be for damage assessment.

     The Plenary Session of 30 August involved a progress review by
Panel Chairpersons and notification of changes in the Workshop schedule.

-------
                            PANEL MEETINGS


                              Overview

     The major scientific effort of the Workshop was carried out in
panels organized according to the following subject areas:

     •  Benthic Biology

     •  Microbiology and Biodegradation

     •  Birds and Marine Mammals

     •  Chemical Analysis and Fate

     •  Physical Processes

     •  Water Column Biology

     •  Histopathology

     •  Laboratory Toxicity

     •  Socioeconomic and Legal Aspects

     *  Facilities and Data Management

     The overall charge of the panels was to produce recommendations to
the Executive Committee on scientific and technical requirements and
resources for application in an oil spill response plan for ecological
damage assessment.  To the greatest possible extent, each recommended
project was described according to a 14-point format that addressed
cost, facility and personnel requirements, and feasibility, as well
as scientific aspects (see Appendix B).

     Panel meetings were chaired by authorities in the respective
subject areas (see Appendix C).  Panel Chairpersons attended an
orientation meeting held at Narragansett during August.  At the
Workshop, Chairpersons provided panel members with written guidance
on objectives and procedures, attended two joint meetings with the
Workshop Executive Committee, and met jointly with the Workshop
Chairperson.  The latter session, held on August 30, addressed several
topics including:  interactive needs among the various scientific
disciplines; lead agency responsibilities for ecological damage
assessment; procedures for review of the Workshop report; plans for

-------
the development of the regional response plan; and the formation of
a national scientific review panel for oversight of ecological damage
assessment programs.

     Results of the individual panels are presented in following
sections.

-------
          BENTHIC BIOLOGY PANEL
             Participants

        D.A. Wolfe, Chairperson
A. Carr
F.R. C ante lino
W.R. Davis
R. Estabrook
C. Fredette
C. Gifford
G.R. Hampson
E.B. Hatfield
J.
G,
R,
J,
P,
S,
A.N.
J.M.
 Hyland
 LaRoche
 McGrath
 Morris
M. Nolan
D. Pratt
   Sastry
   Teal

-------
                       BENTHIC BIOLOGY PANEL

                 General Information and Guidance

            •   Objectives of Panel

            •   Issues and Approaches Pertinent to Damage
                  Assessment

            •   Research Considerations
OBJECTIVES OF PANEL

     •  To identify and define those studies or projects (in accordance
        with the 14-point "Panel Guidance Format") relevant and use-
        ful for ecological damage assessment in reference to benthos.

        - Area of interest extends from high tide line out to shelf
          break (or reasonable operational depth limit).
        - Damage assessment should consider not only effects of
          spilled oil per se, but also effects of cleanup or miti-
          gation procedures employed.
        - Need to identify expected interfaces with other panels in
          terms of information and sample needs.

     •  To specify fundamental research projects which can be con-
        ducted under unique spill conditions to improve future damage
        assessment or spill response capability.

     •  To identify regional expertise on benthic biomes for potential
        USCG support.

ISSUES AND APPROACHES PERTINENT TO DAMAGE ASSESSMENT

     A.  Pre-spill Ecological Characterizations

         1.  Select sites based on:

             - representativeness of habitats
             - probable vulnerability to spills (analysis of probable
               sources and trajectories)
             - economic values
                                 10

-------
         2.  Focus on key species (commercial/indicator, life stage)

             - standing crop
             - biological productivity
             - catch statistics
             - reproductive cycles
             - feeding relationships/dependencies
             - behavioral parameters
             - disease types and incidence, tumors

There is a need to select key species at the start, based on currently
available information, and then to pursue the base line measurements.
Ecosystems cannot be studied to determine key species.

         3.  Determine infaunal community structure

             - relative abundances
             - diversity
             - trophies
             - succession

         4.  Abiotic factors

             - sediment types/composition
             - current regimes
             - nutrient cycles/flux

         5.  Death assemblages

             - mollusc shells (population and size frequency)
             - polychaete jaws
             - amphipod eyes

         6.  Shoreline characteristics

             - salt-marsh distribution, species composition
             - Zostera, algal beds
             - erosion/deposition rates

             (potential applicability of satellite imagery)

     B.   When Spill Occurs

         1.  Survey Measurements

             a.  Need to base final details of study designs on
                 specific characteristics of spill in real time:
                                 11

-------
                 - availability of relevant  base  line  measurements
                 - extent of spill
                 - timing of spill
                 - oil type
                 - how much oil reaches  bottom

The Panel emphasized the need for  flexibility at  prerogative  of
on-the-scene scientists.
             b.   Study Parameters

                 Based on specific  characteristics  of  spill,  lead
                 time, availability of  relevant  base  line, measure  any
                 or all of parameters outlined in Al  through  A6, com-
                 pared to:

                 - long-term base  line  in  impact area,  if available
                   from literature  or recent  studies
                 - instantaneous pre-spill  base  line  in impact area
                   (one or more samples collected immediately before
                   spill impacts the study  site)
                 - simultaneous measurement in adjacent "control"
                   areas

         2.   Diagnostic Experiments

             a.   In-situ cage experiments  for selected  key species

                 - mortality
                 - growth/respiration
                 - behavior

             b.   Microcosm experiments

                 - invasion/recruitment/succession  in  sediment  trays
                 - invasion/recruitment/succession  in  fouling plates

             c.   Bioassays

                 - bell  jar experiments at  unimpacted  sites using
                   spill  oil
                 - lab experiments  using spill oil  or  impacted
                   sediments/key species
                 - mutagenesis in microorganisms/cell  cultures

            d.   Mollusc  shell microstructure and chemical composition


                                12

-------
         3.  Interfaces

             - chemical analyses (especially polynuclear aromatics)
             - histopathology
             - microbiology

RESEARCH CONSIDERATIONS

     A.  Research Problems

         1.  Determine effects of cleanup/mitigation alternatives
             (burning, bulldozing, steam cleaning, dispefsants)

         2.  Determine effects of nutrient additions on biodegradation
             rates (see Microbiology and Biodegradation Panel Section)

         3.  Define food chain transport of petroleum

             - study specific known trophic links
             - compare fluxes for different compounds/classes

         4.  Define role of animals in transport of oil into sediments

In summing up the research needs, the Panel strongly emphasized the
continuing need for long-term ecological studies to determine recovery
rates and potentials.
                                                s

     B.  Habitat Considerations

The Panel decided to structure the ecological damage assessment re-
search around four distinct benthic habitat types which would require
different bases of .logistic support or different sampling approaches.
These were:                ^

         • Rocky Intertidal

         • Sand-mud Intertidal (including salt marshes)

         • Shallow Subtidal

         • Offshore

In many cases, the scientists most qualified to address ecological
problems differ from one habitat to the next, and the distinction by
                                 13

-------
habitat would also be useful from a contracting point of view.  It
should be understood, however, that for a given spill any one or all
of the habitats may require study, depending upon the size and loca-
tion of the accident.

The Panel further decided that the survey approach (see Sections
IIA1-IIA6, and IIB1, above) held the greatest promise for damage
assessment.  The diagnostic approaches (see IIB2) might provide in-
sight on survey design, but none of the diagnostic tools has been
developed to a stage of providing a quantitative measure of damage
without backup survey information.  The contractor selected for the
survey work might use any or all of the diagnostic approaches in his
final damage assessment.
                                 14

-------
                       BENTHIC BIOLOGY PANEL

                       Recommended Projects

 1.  Oil spill damage assessment of onshore rocky intertidal environ-
 ments.
                               .'.
 2.  Oil spill damage assessment of onshore intertidal environments:
 sand and soft bottom types.

 3.  Oil spill damage assessment for the benthic community in shallow
 subtidal environments.

 4.  Initial assessment of damage to benthic environment following a
 medium to large offshore spill.

*5.  Effects of petroleum hydrocarbons and/or dispersants on e^tuarine
 communities under flow-through laboratory conditions.

*6.  Effects of oil pollution on species interactions:  caging experi-
 ments.
*Projects 5 and 6 were identified  in  the panel report as Appendices I
 and II, respectively.  Both are considered to be diagnostic approaches
 for use at the discretion of the  benthic survey contractor.
                                 15

-------
                       PANEL:   BENTHIC  BIOLOGY
                       PROJECT  NO:   1
                       PRIORITY RANK:

 1.    Project  Title:   Oil  Spill Damage  Assessment  of  Onshore  Rocky
                      Intertidal Environments

 2.    Project  Description:

      A.   Objectives:

          (1)   Using  grid  and transect  analyses, determine  the  short-
               term effect  of the oil on  the benthic  community  by com-
               paring  the  spill area to an  unimpacted area  and/or base-
               line data.   Triplicate samples recommended.

               Determine:   (a)   Biomass

                           (b)   Relative  species abundance

                           (c)   Diversity

          (2)   Determine long-term  effects  by looking at  repopulation
               of  the  impacted  area.

               Look at:     (a)   Species succession

                           (b)   Settlement  and  development  of larval
                                forms

          (3)   Detailed visual  observations are recorded.

      B.  A good reference  list on  the  effects  of  oil on  the  rocky
         shore benthos (both plant  and animal) should be compiled and
         made  available.

      C.  See Projects 5 and 6  for  possible diagnostic experiments.

         (1)   See Dale Straughan et_ a^U  for many  references  on Santa
              Barbara spill.

3.   Performing Organization:

     A.  Limited state and Federal  capability

     B.  Definite capability
                                  16

-------
         (1)  Normandeau Associates, Inc.

         (2)  Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute - Marine Biological
              Laboratory

         (3)  URI - Graduate School of Oceanography

         (4)  EG&G - Dr. Charles Menzie

         (5)  Northeast Marine Environmental Institution

     C.  Possible capability

         (1)  Dr. Mathieson - Dept. of Botany, University of New
              Hampshire - macrophyte community

4.   Applicable Habitats:

     Rocky shoreline - most of shore from northern Maine coast, south
     to New Hampshire and northern Massachusetts, isolated area from
     Cape southward including:

     A.  Exposed rocks
                                                                \
     B.  Rocky intertidal pools

     C.  (mussel reefs?)

5.   Applicable Conditions:

     A.  Sufficient oil should reach the rocky shoreline to produce
         the expected significant petroleum hydrocarbon damage to a
         viable benthic community.

     B.  Good base line data is desirable.

     C.  Uncontaminated control site is desirable.

     D.  Season/weather must be considered to evaluate effects of
         winter icing, storm damage, etc., in addition to oil effects.

     E.  Site should be accessible by land vehicle (or boat for off-
         shore islands reef).

     F.  Relative position of impacted area to other pollution sources
         such as power plant discharge, habor, sewage effluent, etc.
         should be considered.
                                  17

-------
     G.  Presence  of commercially harvestable crop  (mussels,  seaweeds)
         will  affect study.

     H.  Adequate  funding  for project completion must be  committed  to
         specific  research organization prior to project  implementation.

 6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     All types.

 7.   Time Frame:

     Intensive study initially with the continued duration  and  fre-
     quency of sampling dependent upon season, weathering of  oil, and
     responses of  community structure.

     Within 1 year a presentation of the acute impact of  the  spill
     will be available.

 8.   Costs:

     Dependent on  duration and frequency of sampling and  location of
     spill.  Possible  scenario:

         Field Days -  Daily for 2 weeks           =  10 days

                       Weekly for 3 months         =  12 days

                       Seasonally for 1 yr         =   3 days

                                                     25 days

         5-man team =  5 x 25 = 125 man-days in field
         Lab days  - 5  lab day/field days = 5 x 125 = 650  man-days  in  lab
         Total man-days = 125 + 650 = 750
         Cost - $125/day/scientist = $125 x 750 = $95,000

9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     A.  One per field sampling team
         (1)  Portable 1 ft2 grid
         (2)  Scraper  (putty knife)
         (3)  Wash bucket
         (4)  Brush
         (5)  Sieve
         (6)  Dip net
         (7)  Spade
                                 18

-------
         (8)  Waders (1 per person)
         (9)  Camera

     B.  Other field equipment

         (1)  Bags, jars, formalin - number depends on number of
              samples taken

         (2)  Field and lab data cards - number depends on number of
              samples taken
         (3)  Glass bottles for hydrocarbon analysis - number depends
              on number of samples taken                .,
         (4)  Meter stick
         (5)  Visible, durable markers to mark sampling site - stakes,
              fluorescent paint, etc.

     C.  Lab equipment

         (1)  Wash bottles, tweezers
         (2)  Microscope
         (3)  Dissecting equipment
         (4)  Keys for identification of organisms.

     Organizations listed in item (3) generally have above equipment
     available.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     A.  Open boat (16'-20') - trailerable

     B.  4-wheel drive land vehicle

     C.  Helicopter for shoals and islands

     D.  Living accommodations at sampling site
                                   i
     E.  Lab space

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:  A list consisting of 3 to
     8 people should be compiled of experts in New England.

     A.  Marine botanist

     B.  Marine invertebrate taxonotnist

     C.  Invertebrate early larval development specialist
                                  19

-------
     D.  Knowledge of physical oceanography in the area

12.  Support Services:

     A.  Hydrocarbon analysis

             - tissue analysis
             - ambient water concentration analysis
             - follow weathering processes

     B.  Resource analysis - how important is area?

         (1)  Commercial fishery
         (2)  Harvestable seaweed
         (3)  Recreation
         (4)  Considered for future development
         (5)  Unique species present

     C.  Histological analysis

     D.  Spore settlement of algae

     E.  Chemical (lipid) analysis of tissue

13.  Payoff:

     A.  Initial mortality and long-term loss in productivity of
         economic and/or food species will be determined.

     B.  Scientific interest - there is scant documentation of  effects
         of oil spill on the rocky coast.

     C.  There are harvestable economic resources within  the rocky
         shore; e.g., Irish moss, mussels, etc.
                                  f
     D.  Information will help to manage fisheries forecast and
         cleanup operation.

14.  Limitations:

     A.  Manpower - get most out of limited funds and manpower
         available

     B.  Weather

     C.  Season

     D.  Taxonomic expert availability

                                  20

-------
                      PANEL:  BENTHIC BIOLOGY
                      PROJECT NO:  2
                      PRIORITY RANK:

1.   Title;  Oil Spill Damage Assessment  of Onshore  Intertidal Environ-
             ments:  Sand and Soft Bottom Types

2.   Project Description:

     The impact of an oil spill on the  structure and  function of
     benthic communities will be accomplished by a two-phase program
     composed of a survey effort coupled  in the second year to a
     research program.  The  first phase will be a short and long-term
     quantitative and qualitative sampling program to determine the
     immediate mortality arid long-term  disruptions of the  intertidal
     system.  Special focus will be on  the populations and physio-
     logical changes of key species which will include economically
     important organisms.  The macrofauna, meiofauna  and microfauna
     will be considered.  This survey will result in  determining the
     spacial and temporal extent of oil exposure effects and will
     serve as a basis for assessment of environmental damage and
     economic loss.

     The second phase, to begin the end of the first  year  and then run
     concurrently with the limited survey, will utilize both research
     and experimental techniques.  Such research and  diagnostic experi-
     ments as suggested and outlined in the Appendices (Projects 5 and
     6) will deal with productivity, respiration, death assemblage,
     changes of sediment profiles due to  the impact  of oil, cage ex-
     periments, etc.  These would be employed as a useful  tool if
     appropriate in a given habitat to  provide further definitive data
     relating to damage assessment.

     References:  a.  Sanders et^ al^ (West Falmouth oil spill; in
                      manuscript)

                  b.  Krebs and Burn 1977

                  c.  Michaels et al 1975

3.   Performing Organization:

     Marine Biological Laboratory - Woods Hole

     Jackson Estuarine Laboratory - University of New Hampshire

     University of Rhode Island  ,
                                  21

-------
     Northeast Marine Environmental Institution

     EG&G - Dr. Charles Menzie

     Bigelow Lab - Booth Bay, Maine

     EPA Lab, Lexington

     EPA Lab, Narragansett

     Ira Darling Lab, University of Maine

     Marine Research Inc., Falmouth, Massachusetts

     Massachusetts State Marine Fisheries,  Sandwich,  Massachusetts

4.   Applicable Habitats:

     Onshore intertidal systems:  sandy beaches,  mud  bottom and salt
     marshes.

5.   Applicable Conditions:

     This study can be carried out under the most extreme conditions.
     Sampling techniques and work schedules may be modified to fit the
     given conditions and circumstances.  This project should be put
     into action whenever a viable benthic community  is significantly
     damaged by oil.  Adequate funds for project completion must be
     committed to the research organization prior to  the implementa-
     tion of the project.

6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     All types.

7.   Time Frame:

     The survey phase requires an immediate intense study period of
     about a month, followed by a period of intermediate intensity up
     to one year duration, and then a study period of low intensity,
     i.e., seasonal or annual sampling, for as long as the spilled
     oil is present in the sediments.  The second phase, i.e., re-
     search and experimental, should commence during the first year
     and run concurrently for the duration of the project.

     A  series of times should be established for preliminary reports
     with a comprehensive presentation of the data at the end of  each
     sampling year.

                                  22

-------
8.
Costs:
     A.  Sandy intertidal

         (1)  1-mile stretch

              (a)  Survey work

                   Year 1
                   Year 2
                   Years 3-6

              (b)  Research work

                   Years 2-6

         (2)  5-mile stretch

              (a)  Survey work

                   Year 1
                   Year 2
                   Years 3-6

              (b)  Research work

                   Years 2-6

         (3)  20-mile stretch

              (a)  Survey

                   Year 1
                   Year 2
                   Years 3-6

              (b)  Research

                   Years 2-6

     B.  Muddy intertidal

         (1)  1-mile stretch

              (a)  Survey

                   Year 1
                   Year 2
                   Years 3-6
                                 $ 50,000
                                   30,000
                                   10,000/yr
                                   40,000/yr
                                 $ 96,000
                                   50,000
                                   20,000
                                   60,000/yr
                                 $180,000
                                   75,000
                                   37,500/yr
                                '  90,000/yr
                                 $ 80,000
                                   50,000
                                   20,000/yr
                                  23

-------
         (b)   Research work

              Years 2-6

    (2)  5-mile stretch

         (a)  Survey

              Year 1
              Year 2
              Years 3-6

         (b)   Research

              Years 2-6

    (3)  20-mile stretch

         (a)   Survey

              Year 1
              Year 2
              Years 3-6
 $ 50,000/yr
 $160,000
  100,000
   40,000/yr
   70,000/yr
 $300,000
  150,000
   75,000/yr
         (b)  Research work

              Years 2-6           100,000/yr

C.  Salt marsh

    (1)  1 hectare

         (a)  Survey - excluded meiofauna
              Year 1
              Year 2
              Years 3-6

         (b)   Research work

              Years 2-5

         (c)   Survey to include

              Year 1
              Year 2
              Year 3
              Years 4-6
 $ 60,000
   40,000
   20,000/yr
  100,000/yr

good meiofauna work

  120,000
  100,000
   80,000
   50,000/yr
                             24

-------
              (d)  Research work

                   Years 2-5          $150,000/yr

9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     Field equipment - cameras, quadrats, corers, dredges, sieves,
     sample containers, etc., and items commonly used for such studies
     and readily available in all the above listed laboratories.

     Lab equipment - microscopes, identification keys, glassware,
     sorting trays, etc.

     Special items of equipment for the experimental and research
     phase may include respirometers, spectrophotometers, oxygen
     probes, light meters, thermometers, etc.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     Land vehicles, small boat (under 20 feet with trailer), labora-
     tory space and storage space.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     Personnel should be knowledgeable of New England intertidal
     systems and familiar with working and sampling the benthic com-
     munity.  Estimated personnel required would range from 5 to 12
     individuals depending on size of oil spill.  Individuals must
     also be willing and able to accept the work on short notice.

     Some suggested individuals who might be available and willing:

         Howard Sanders
         George Hampson
         Fred Grassle     ,       Woods Hole Oceanographic
         John Teal

         George Wpodwell
         John Robbie
         Bruce Peterson           Marine Biological Lab - Woods Hole
         Cameron Gifford

         Ivan Valier              MBL - BUMP
         George Matthuessen       Falmouth Marine Res. Inst.
         Robert Croker            Jackson Estuarine Lab, UNH
         Ned Hatfield)            Jackson Estuarine Lab, UNH
         Les Watling              Ira Darling Lab
                                  25

-------
         A.N. Sastry
         Scott Nixon
         Candace Oviatt
         Nelson Marshall          University of Rhode Island
         H.P. Jeffries
         Sheldon Pratt

         Lee Doggett              Bigelow Lab
         Peter Larsen             Bigelow Lab
         Joe Graham               State of Mass., Dept. of Marine Res.
         Paul Godfrey             Univ. of Mass.
         Frank Cantelmo           City College, NY
         Allan Michaels           Taxon Inc., Salem, Mass.

 12.  Support Services:

     A.  Hydrocarbon analysis

         (1)  Rapid technique survey, i.e., ultraviolet fluorescence
              to determine extent of oil in sediments.

         (2)  Detailed analysis (complete fingerprinting) of spilled
              oil with a time sequence of weathering of the oil, a
              vertical and temporal distribution in the sediments and
              a detailed analysis of hydrocarbons in selected key
              species.

     B.  Sediment particle size frequency analysis

     C.  Chemical analysis

         (1)  Analysis of the vertical distribution of chemicals in
              sediments, i.e., organic carbon, nitrogen, phosphorous,
              etc.

         (2)  Lipid analysis of selected organism tissues.

     D.  Histopathological analysis of selected organisms which play  a
         significant role in the structure and function of  the community
         and form the basis of community productivity both  biological
         and economic.

13.  Payoff;

     This project would determine initial mortality and  long-term  loss
     in productivity of economically important species and/or  food
     species in various trophic levels, and should also  contribute  to
                                  26

-------
     our understanding and ability to predict the impact of.oil on the
     structure and function of the intertidal benthic communities.
     Information generated by this work would also help to manage fin
     fisheries or shell fisheries which have been impacted and help
     direct cleanup as well as manage recovery of the site.

14.  Limitations:

     Availability of competent individuals who are willing to do the
     work on short notice or do the work at all.  For example, there is
     one person in the Northeast competent to identify soil arthropods
     from salt marshes.  He may not have time or be willing to work on
     this type of project at the time a spill occurs.
                                  27

-------
                      PANEL:  BENTHIC BIOLOGY
                      PROJECT NO:  3
                      PRIORITY RANK:
1.   Title:  Oil Spill Damage Assessment for the Benthic Community in
             Shallow Subtidal Environments
                                                             I

2«   Project Description:

     The benthos is a prime area of concern when considering the
     potential impact of petroleum hydrocarbons on aquatic communities.
     This is based upon 1) documented proof that marine and estuarine
     bottom sediments provide natural sinks for the accumulation of
     toxic petroleum hydrocarbons; 2) the potential vulnerability of
     many benthic communities to oil impact as a result of the broad
     taxonomic representation of constituent species and in many
     cases their seemingly apparent longevity, immobility, sensitivity,
     and ability to concentrate toxic substances; and 3) realization
     of the significant functional roles that benthic communities
     play, including recirculation of vital nutrients to pelagic
     phases and the production of both primary and secondary sources
     of food that are commercially important to man.

     Consequently, it is imperative that we study the effect of oil
     spills on benthic communities in order to assess the overall
     impact on the health of coastal marine ecosystems.

     In response to a spill, samples will be collected at designated
     control and impacted sites employing appropriate quantitative
     sampling methodology and will be processed by standard analytical
     and data reduction techniques which are generally available.
     Temporal and spatial changes in species abundance and distribu-
     tion will provide the data base necessary to properly assess the
     impact of the spill on benthic community structure.

3.   Performing Organization:

     Recognized local groups with demonstrated capability in the design
     and execution of benthic programs include the following:

          Bigelow Laboratory, West Boothbay, ME

          Normandeau Associates, Manchester, NH v

          University of New Hampshire, Durham, NH

          Taxon,  Inc.,  Salem, MA

                                  28

-------
          Northeast Marine Environmental Institution

          Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute, Woods Hole, MA

          Marine Biological Lab., Woods Hole, MA

          University of Rhode Island, RI

          Marine Research Incorporated, Falmouth, MA

          National Marine Fisheries Service, Woods Hole, MA

          Yale University, New Haven, CT

          CUNY, New York, NY

          Lamont-Doherty, Palisades, NY

          Texas Instruments, Inc., Buchanan, NY

          New England Aquarium, Boston, MA

          EG&G - Dr. Charles Menzie

4.   Applicable Habitats:

     A.  Offshore bottom

     B.  Worm-clam flat

5.   Applicable Conditions

     Conditions which must be satisfied in order to successfully
     complete this project include the following:

     A.  Base line data or appropriate control sites must be avail-
         able.

     B.  Oil is incorporated into the sediments.

     C.  Weather conditions permit sampling - in this case the
         weather conditions which would preclude sampling are inter-
         mediate between those for onshore studies and those for
         offshore studies.

     D.  The presence of a viable benthic community in the potential
         impact area(s).
                                  29

-------
     E.  Funding adequate to ensure successful completion of the
         project must be committed prior to its inception.

6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     All oils and related petrochemicals.

7.   Time Frame:

     This project requires frequent sampling from day 0 through
     approximately day 30, although the actual extent of this in-
     tensive sampling period will vary for each spill and should be
     left to the discretion of the study team and OSC.  From approxi-
     mately day 30 to 1 year, the intensity of sampling may be
     gradually reduced, again at the discretion of the study team.
     Long-term monitoring on a seasonal basis should be conducted
     until such time as the oil is no longer present in the sediments
     or the benthic communities regain a "normal" stability.  There
     is no time frame which may be applied universally.

8.   Cost:

     A wide variety of site-specific variables preclude an accurate
     ji priori assessment of costs for a benthic program.  Sample
     processing times are dependent upon the nature of the sediment
     can easily vary by over two orders of magnitude.  The costs
     quoted here must be considered as "ballpark" estimates and
     should be used with caution.

     A typical benthic program designed to develop the information
     needed to assess damage for a moderate spill in a semi-enclosed
     bay of shallow depth would include approximately 20 to 25 sta-
     tions.  At least three, and preferably five, replicate samples
     should be taken at each station at each sampling event.  Assum-
     ing no unusual conditions, such a study, for a period of six
     years, would cost approximately $600,000 complete with 30% of
     the costs being incurred in the first year.  This estimate is
     based on an estimated sample volume, after sieving, of two
     quarts which may be considered typical for inshore samples.

9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     Field equipment for this project includes:

     A.   Sampling device (Smith-Mclntyre, or equivalent) and  support-
         ing stand
                                 30

-------
     B.   Assorted buckets, jars, etc.

     C.   Sieves of appropriate mesh size

     D.   Formalin

     E.   Various and sundry minor items which are widely obtainable

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     Facilities required for benthic work are not extensive but
     include the following:

     A.   Appropriate vessel - 65' boat appropriate if there is
         enough depth, otherwise a smaller craft may be adapted.

     B.   Laboratory with large amount of counter space and storage
         space which may also be used for staging:.

     C.   Adequate microscopes.

     D.   Assorted dishes, jars and reference materials.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     Proper personnel are critical to the successful completion of
     this project.  Taxonomic specialists are always in demand because
     there are so few of them.  Personnel with proven expertise in
     benthic studies include the following:

          Howard Sanders
          George Hampson
          Fred Grassle          Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute
          John Teal

          George Woodwell
          John Hobbie
          Bruce Peterson         Marine Biological Lab - Woods Hole
          Cameron Gifford

          Ivan Valier            MBL - BUMP
          George Matthiessen     Falmouth Marine Res. Insti.
          Robert Croker          Jackson Estuarine Lab, UNH
          Ned Hatfield           J,ackson Estuarine Lab, UNH
          Les Watling            Ira Darling Lab
          Lee Doggett            Bigelow Lab
          Peter Larsen           Bigelow Lab
          Joe Graham             State of Maine, Department of Marine
                                 Resources
                                  31

-------
          A.N. Sastry
          Scott Nixon
          Candace Oviatt         URI - Graduate School of Oceanography
          Sheldon Pratt

          Paul Godfrey           University of Massachusetts
          Frank Cantelmo         City College, NY
          Allan Michaels         Taxon Inc., Salem, MA

12.  Support Services:

     Additional data inputs which may be of critical value in the in-
     terpretation of the faunal data include:

     A.  Hydrocarbon content of sediment.

     B.  Sediment grain size.

     C.  Histopathological analysis of selected species.

13.  Payoff:

     Important knowledge gained through this type of study includes:

     A.  Assessment of the ecological damage and economic loss due to
         impact of spilled oil on a major ecosystem component.

     B.  Long-term data at control or unimpacted sites will provide
         presently unavailable information about long-term benthic
         community variability.

     C.  The program will provide specimens for potential use by
         other groups.

     D.  Accurate information on the status of commercial benthic
         species will be made available to local agencies.

     E.  Immediate guidance will be provided to assist in the direc-
         tion of cleanup efforts.

14.  Limitations:

     A.  Sufficient taxonomic expertise may be unavailable and con-
         siderable delay may result.

     B.  Costs for developing a good statistical study are often
         prohibitive and the compromise study which results  is of
         limited value.


                                  32

-------
C.  Even with sufficient personnel and funds there is always a
    lag between collection of samples and availability of data.
    This is typically longer for benthos than for most other
    areas.
                             33

-------
                      PANEL:   BENTHIC BIOLOGY
                      PROJECT  NO:  4
                      PRIORITY RANK:
 1.   Title:   Initial Assessment of Damage  to Benthic Environment
             Following a Medium to Large Offshore Spill

 2.   Project  Description:

     To  determine  the impact  of an oil spill on  the structure  and
     function of offshore benthic communities, the project will
     emphasize the initial  impact, and is  designed to  accomplish the
     following objectives:

     A.   Identify  dead or moribund organisms.

     B.   Take samples for quantitative community analysis.

     C.   Map  the extent of  the impacted area and provide  a basis
         for  recognizing spill-caused impact by  sampling  stations  at
         control sites and  spill sites for community characteristics
         and  for death assemblages.

 3.   Performing Organization:

     A.   URI

     B.   Coast Guard

     C.   Commercial fishing boats

     D.   NUS  (Naval Underwater Sys. Lab)

     E.   WHOI  - Densmore

     F.   NMFS  - Dr. George Kelly

     G.   EG&G  - Dr. Charles Menzie

     If ships  are  to be provided, benthic  biologists at  several
     other institutions may be interested  in conducting  these  studies.
     See  the  institutional list for shallow-subtidal environments.

4.  Applicable Habitats:

    Offshore  bottom
                                 34

-------
5.  Applicable Conditions:

    A.  Hard funding must be available to the performing organization
        prior to inception of the study.
                                     *
    B.  Experienced coordinated team must be available and committed
        to project.

    C.  Physical, chemical and biological inventory of site under
        investigation is rapidly accessible (quantitative baseline is
        desirable).

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

    All types

7.  Time Frame:

    Minimum of two trips to define problem and the extent of area
 .  affected.

    A.  Detection of initial mortality, changes in death assemblage,
        and oil presence should be done during first 3-4 days.

    B.  Survey to determine the limits of area affected and estimate
        initial impact will require 1-2 weeks.

    If severe impact is indicated by the preliminary cruises, addi-
    tional sampling may be required to determine the duration of the
    effects.

8.  Cost:

    Note 1 - Consult with WHOI for "Oceanus" costs and URI for
    "Endeavor".  The costs for cruises responding to the Argo
    Merchant spill are a good example.

    Note 2 - Costs do not reflect sample workup or data handling
    (drafting and computer costs).

             3-4 day initial cruise

                  Ship @ 2-5k/day      =   $ 6,000  -   $ 20,000
                  Personnel            =    12,500  -     15,000
                  Standby, etc.        -    20,000  -     40,000
                                 35

-------
              Second cruise

                   Ship - 10-14 days    =   $20,000  -     70,000
                   Personnel            =    26,000  -     40,000
                   Standby, et».        =    50,000  -    120,000

 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

                                        2
     A.  Quantitative grabs (4) - 1/25 m  area - 2 Smith-Mclntyre
                                        2
                                  1/25 m  area - 2 Van Veen

         Openable top for access

         Tight seal for covers

     B.  Box core - quantitative grab

     C.  Dredges

         (1)  Epibenthic sled
         (2)  Modified scallop dredge (with smaller mesh insert
              removable)
         (3)  Small rocking chair dredge

     D.  Gravity corer

     Storage depot advisable to store equipment.  Mandatory to have
     person in charge to keep equipment in working order and keep
     track of same.

     E.  Sampling and storage containers of various sizes should
         be available at same location.

     F.  Formalin and ethyl alcohol, 55 gal drums, plastic bags,
         containers for approximately 200 samples - 1/2 pts, pts,
         quarts, gallon jugs, 3 gal jugs.

     The research organizations mentioned in Item 3 will have most
     of these equipment needs on hand.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     Only involved with medium to large spills.

     Ships  - A.   Should have adequate winches  (hydro and main  trawl)
                                 36

-------
             B.  At least minimum speed of 1 knot capability

             C.  Requirements and facilities for a minimum of 3
                 continuous days of operation:

                 (1)  Minimum size 65 feet; preferred size 100 feet
                      plus (North Atlantic)

                 (2)  Adequate storage facilities for gear and speci-
                      mens alive, i.e., refrigeration, operation
                      pumps.

             D.  Loran C or satellite navigation.  Fathometer, meter
                 wheel.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     Availability of personnel dependent on previous commitments
     and with adequate contingency fund available.  Support of two
     teams would assure availability of a crew within a 3-day prepara-
     tion time.  Suggested sources of staff - Southern New England:
     WHOI, NMFS (WH), URI, MBL, etc.  Northern New England:  Taxon,
     Inc.; Bigelow Lab; University of Maine; UNH; North Eastern
     University, etc. (personnel - see inshore benthic personnel
     list).

12.  Support Services:

     A.  Hydrocarbon analysis (UV-fluorescent-HCs from our benthic
         grabs) dissolved and particulate matter, if possible stomach
         analysis of various marine animals.

     B.  Mechanical sediment analysis.

     C.  Histological examination of selected organisms.  See Histo-
         chemistry Panel Report.  Resources will be emphasized in the
         offshore area and physiology will be de-emphasized.

13.  Payoff:

     Information generated by this project would:

     A.  Define impacted area.

     B.  Define initial impact severity.

     C.  Determine communities and species involved.
                                  37

-------
     D.  Determine impact on commercial species and habitat thereof:
         i.e.,  destruction of food sources and identification of
         possible routes of petroleum transfer.

     E.  Describe physical habitat destruction and describe changes
         to natural habitat of selected invertebrates.

14.  Limitations:

     Weather -  icing.

     Ship availability.

     Availability sampling gear and ship board gear.

     Personnel.

     This survey defines the impacted area and the impacted species.
     Complete processing of all samples has not been planned or
     costed. The design of such work would depend on the results of
     the survey.  Rocky  bottom benthos is almost impossible to quantify.
                                 38

-------
                      PANEL:   BENTHIC  BIOLOGY
                      PROJECT  NO:   5
                      PRIORITY RANK:
1*  Title:  Effects of Petroleum Hydrocarbons and/or Dispersants
            on Estuarine Communities under Flow-Through Laboratory
            Conditions

2.  Project Description:

    The objective of  this project would be to determine the effect
    of hydrocarbons and/or dispersants on developing macrofauna and
    meiofauna populations from  local estuarine areas.  Seawater
    pumped in from the estuary  would be supplied to the control and
    experimental aquaria.  The  experimental aquaria would be supplied
    with metered amounts of  the petroleum and hydrocarbons and/or
    dispersants from  a local spill.  Each appartus described 
-------
          The Graduate School of Oceanography - URI.

          EG&G - Dr. Charles Menzie

          Northeast Marine Environmental Institution

 4.  Applicable Habitats:

     System is best used in sand or sand/mud.

 5.  Applicable Conditions:

     Need sufficient pumping facilities to maintain a flow rate
     of 200 ml/min to each aquarium.  Intake pumping facilities should
     be located approximately one meter off the bottom.  Pumping
     facilities cannot operate under conditions of severe icing;  It
     would be advantageous to locate the intake in at least 5-10
     meters of water.

 6.  Applicable Oil Type:

     Cannot use oil that cannot be readily pumped into the aquaria.
     This may apply to some crudes and some No. 6 oils.

 7.  Time Frame:

     The entire experiment would require 6-10 weeks and an additional
     2-3 months to work up samples and analyze findings.

8.  and 9.  Cost and Equipment Needs:

     Depending on availability, laboratory space would cost a maximum
     of $6,000/year.

                                                      Total Cost

     4 - Metering pumps (2,500 each)                  $ 10,000

     1 - Compound Microscope                             5,000

     2 - Dissecting microscope                           4,000

         Sieves, cores, glass, tubing                    1,000

           Estimate total cost for equipment to be:     25,000

     1  - Full-time technician                           10,000
                                 40

-------
     2 - Part-time professionals  (30 working days
         for each experiment - this includes setting
         up system, identifying organisms, analyzing
         data)
                                                        Total Cost
     4 - Part-time technicians  (sorters of benthic         6,200
         samples, hired for two months)

     Total cost of personnel and equipment per spill  $50,000 - $60,000

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     Laboratory supplied with flowing seawater system and ample
     laboratory bench space (20-30').

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     List of possible workers in benthic ecology available from
     other infaunal projects.

12.  Support Services:

     Need adequate amounts of petroleum hydrocarbons to be taken
     at spill area and transported back to laboratory.  For the
     alternate design sediment has to be secured from grab samples.
     This necessitates taking 1 or 2 extra grabs/station.

13.  Payoff:

     The greatest payoff would be to get a relatively rapid estimation
     of the effect of hydrocarbons from the spill area on developing
     and established benthic communities.  Studies conducted under
     controlled laboratory conditions may make it easier to assess or
     determine the economic costs of damage to commercially important
     species.  In addition, flow-through bioassays of the type described
     will enable greater cooperation by chemists, biologists and
     geologists in assessing oil spills.  The same system used by the
     biologist can be monitored by the chemist for hydrocarbon levels,
     metals, etc., and also analyzed by the geologist for sedimentary
     parameters.

14.  Limitations;

     Limitations include icing conditions that would interfere with
     the seawater pumping facilities as well as the inability to
                                  41

-------
exactly simulate the weathering conditions of oil in the natural
environment.
                            42

-------
                        PANEL:   BENTHIC BIOLOGY
                        PROJECT NO:  6
                        PRIORITY RANK:
  1.   Title:   Effects of Oil Pollution on Species Interactions:
              Caging Experiments

  2.   Project  Description:

      The objectives of these experiments are to analyze  the cause  and
      effect relationship between spilled oil and the fauna or flora
      present.   The results would allow separation of the effects of
      oil from those of other factors such as predation and competi-
      tion on  the abundance of fauna and flora.

      Experiments would be  carried out by enclosing known abundances
      of  organisms in contaminated and uncontaniinated sediments  in
      nylon mesh containers.  Sediments with  different amounts of oil
      could be  used.  The effects of the oil  on  biological interactions,
      such as  predator-prey and competition,  could be tested by  using
      the appropriate experimental design.  The  results of these
      experiments would indicate numbers of individuals surviving under
      the different conditions of the experiment.   Some references  or
      persons  to contact for experimental design are:

           Woodin,  S.A.  (1971, Ecol.  Monogr.)  -  The Johns Hopkins
            University

           Disalvo  (75  or 76)  Env.  Sci»  and Tech.

           John  Lee and  John Tietjen - CCNY

           Bruce  Coull  - University of South  Carolina

           John  Gary - Marine  Research,  Inc.

     It might be  of particular importance, regarding  the problem
     of  availability of personnel  to study the  effect  of oil  spills,
     to note that  these experiments  would  require  only a short  time to
     set up and  could be performed by persons otherwise  involved in
     their own  research.

3. - 6.  Performing Organization;  Applicable  Habitats; Applicable
         Conditions; and Applicable  Oil  Type:

     These experiments  are  applicable to all  benthic  habitats and
     could be performed by  persons  present at the  institutions  listed


                                  43

-------
     in other sections of this report.  These experiments would vary
     in design in conjunction with the habitat, season, and animals or
     plants being studied.  The effects of all types of oils could be
     analyzed in this manner.

 7.  Time Frame:

     Studies of this nature could run over periods of days to months.

 8.  Cost:

     The cost of caging studies would be relatively minor compared to
     that of survey work, possibly 10-25 percent.

 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Availability:

     Equipment required in addition to that of the survey work would
     be that used in the construction of cages and the location of cages
     in the field (possibly electronic homing devices).

10. & 11.  Facility Needs and Personnel Needs

     See Benthic Projects 1 through 4.

12.  Support Services:

     Detailed analysis of the amount and kind of oil present in the
     experimental cages would be necessary.

13.  Payoff:

     The results of these experiments would provide insight into
     some aspects of the effect of oil on interactions between species
     and on the structure and function of benthic communities.  It is
     this insight which is essential to the understanding of the
     effects of oil on the dynamics of communities and on the relation-
     ships between species of particular ecological or economic
     importance.

14.  Limitations:

     Experimental field apparatus must not be disturbed by people.
     Winter ice conditions might prevent the placement of cages in the
     field and these conditions or storms could cause  their destruction.
                                  44

-------
MICROBIOLOGY AND BIODEGRADATION PANEL
            Participants

       A. Bourquin, Chairperson
       C. Carty
       C. Fredette
       M. Griffin
       F. Passman
       R. Traxler
                  45

-------
                 MICROBIOLOGY AND BIODEGRADATION PANEL

                         General Information
BACKGROUND CONSIDERATIONS

     A.  Areas of Interest

The panel listed research projects which the members considered
important in the study of the fate of petroleum in the marine environ-
ment.  After some discussion of each topic, the panel prioritized and
grouped various projects.  The summarized priority list in order
of importance or benefit follows:

         1.  Biodegradation potential studies in surface films and
             sediments.

             a.  Water column potential would become important only
                 when dispersants  are used.

             b.  Baseline information is important and should be
                 gathered as much  as possible by current projects.

             c.  Sampling techniques need evaluation or development.

             d.  Heterotrophic potential - effects on
                 degradation potential.

             e.  Biomass determinations are important relative to
                 hydrocarbon degrading microorganisms.

         2.  Physio-chemical degradation vs. microbial transforma-
             tion and/or degradation.

             a.  Methods for determining rates of degradation by
                 physio-chemical and microbial degradation.

             b.  Determine relationship of the two processes to a
                 given oil in a given environment.

             c.  Role of photochemical oxidation in further degrada-
                 tion by microorganisms.

             d.  Role each process plays in anaerobic vs. aerobic
                 systems (long-term fate).
                                 46

-------
         3.  Use of dispersants.

             a.  Toxicity to hydrocarbon degrading microorganisms.

             b.  Increased toxicity to other organisms and decreased
                 degradation in water column.

             c.  Microbial degradation of dispersants.

         4.  Increased pathogenicity to other organisms caused by
             selection of HC-degrading microbes.

             a.  HC-degrading microbe is pathogenic.

             b.  Increased susceptability due to stress on other
                 organisms.

         5.  Formation of toxic metabolic intermediates.

             a.  Toxicity to HC-degrading microbes.

             b.  Toxicity to other organisms.

     B.  Other Subject Areas

The following areas of research were considered and either rejected
for reasons given or reserved for later discussion:

         1.  "Seeding" of oil slicks is not a feasible method for de-
             grading oil for the following reasons:

             a.  Range of HC-utilizers in laboratory available for
                 seeding is limited (no "super-bacteria").

             b.  Cost of nutrient enrichment.
                                                       \
             c.  Abundance of HC-degrading microbes in most environ-
                 ments.

             d.  Low viability of freeze-dried populations.

         2.  Nutrient enrichment of natural populations for HC-
             degradation.

             a.  Easy-to-degrade fractions are probably gone prior
                 to fertilizing.

             b.  Lower cost of mechanical techniques.

                                 47

-------
             c.  Nutrients may not be limiting in surface micro-
                 layers or selected environments.

         3.  Baseline information - not enough information is
             available for New England in-shore areas.

             a.  Improve and incorporate into current studies.

             b.  Develop needed baseline information by sampling
                 prior to spill coming ashore in a given area
                 (expanded in topic discussion).

         4.  Anaerobic metabolism - incorporated into other
             projects.

Discussion on the benefits of assessing ecological damage or predict-
ing the fate within a given environment follows:

     C.  Relevance of Biodegradation Studies

Biodegradation studies will provide:

         •  An index for predicting potential for hydrocarbon metabo-
            lism in a given environment (sediments and surface
            films).

         •  Monitoring tool for tracing biodegradation once a spill
            has occurred (sediments and surface).

         •  An index for effects on heterotrophic potential (metab-
            olism of amino acids and carbohydrates).

         •  Prediction of toxic hydrocarbon fractions reaching the
            water column.

         •  Monitor changes in biogeoehemical processes caused
            by oil intrusion into sediments or surface films.

Biodegradation studies are considered important on the following
basis:

         1.  Microbial degradation is important in the fate of
             hydrocarbons from oil.

         2.  Evidence indicates that amino acid degradation potential
             can be correlated with hydrocarbon degradation whereas
             other heterotrophic potentials (carbohydrate) do not  show
             this correlation.             \

                                 48

-------
3.  Rapid analysis and relatively low cost.

4.  Host oil fractions will be found in surface films or
    in sediments, with relatively little residence time in
    water column.
                         49

-------
                  MICROBIOLOGY AND BIODEGRADATION  PANEL

                         Recommended Projects
 1.   Effect  of petroleum hydrocarbons on biodegradation  potential  and
     heterotrophic potential of marine  and  estuarine  surface  films and
     sediments.

 2.   Hydrocarbon  assimilating yeasts as potential bioindicators  of
     hydrocarbon  pollution of marine and estuarine waters.

 3.   Dispersants  toxicity to bacterial  populations, particularly hydro-
     carbon  degrading bacteria.*

 4.   Degradation  in  anaerobic sediments*.

 5.   Nutrient enrichment.
*This project is currently in progress  at  URI,
                                  50

-------
                PANEL:  MICROBIOLOGY AND BIODEGRADATION
                              PROJECT NO. 1
                            PRIORITY RANK:  1
1-  Project Title:  Effect of Petroleum Hydrocarbons on Biodegradation
                    Potential and Heterotrophic Potential of Marine
                    and Estuarine Surface Films and Sediments

2.  Project Description:

    A.  General
                   ?"                                  -        ''
    Information on the potential for a group of microbes ,in a .given
    environment to degrade petroleum hydrocarbons could be used to
    predict the persistance of hydrocarbon films, and the availability
    of hydrocarbons to the water column and/or sediments.  If the oil
    has a deleterious effect on the physiological functions of the
    microbial groups found in sediments or in the surface waters,
    changes in the indices (numbers performing metabolic function,
    total biomass) can be used to show this effect quantitatively.
    Additionally, data which correlates some "easy to measure" response
    in microbial populations to hydrocarbon potential can be used to
    help in predicting the fate of oil.  The objectives of the study
    are twofold:  1) effect on hydrocarbon degrading potential, and 2)
    effects on heterotrophic potential.  A somewhat detailed approach
    is included in order to standardize many techniques so that data
    can be better used in the final analysis.

    B.  Hydrocarbon-degrading potential

    Some measures of the total heterotrophic bacterial population must
    be made.  We suggest total viable counts on marine agar (Ig
    peptone, Ig yeast extract) and a back-up method using LPS.  In
    order to obtain an index of potential hydrocarbon degraders to
    total biomass, selected agar plates (containing 75-200 CPU's) will
    be replica-plated onto aged filtered sea water made with washed
    agar and various HC-substrates added:

        1.  Synthetic crude oil mixture containing representative
            aliphatics, aromatics, and eye lies - for total HC de-
            graders.

        2.  Aromatic HC degraders - methyl-napthalene, + (another
            aromatic).
                                  51

-------
    3.  Cyclic degraders - incorporate a persisting cyclic hydro-
        carbon if possible, or t-decalin.

Confirmation of the hydrocarbon degraders and rates of oxidation
can be obtained by l^C-HC oxidation studies.  Unaltered water and
sediment samples are inoculated into:

                                                       14
    1.  sea water + crude oil (appropriate to spill) +   C - syn-
        thetic crude mixture - effects of crude oil on specific
        degradation.

    2.    C-synthetic crude mixture +• seawater - degradation
        rates of .these three compounds.

         14                       14
Rates of   CO  evolution from the   C-HC can be obtained relative
to the total biomass showing correlation between the two experi-
mental systems.

Samples should be obtained from surface microlayers (or slicks) by
the Nucleopore method (Bourquin) whenever possible or by the
alternate screen method if needed because of climatic conditions.
Sediment samples should be obtained by aseptically subcoring from
a Smith-Mclntyre grab or box core.  Care should be taken to reduce
the disturbance of the sediment/water interface.  (See heterotrophic
potential description for sampling time.)  These studies will
provide a working index of hydrocarbon degrading potential and the
changes occurring as oil resides in these environments.  Coupled
with some information on rates of oxidation, environmental condi-
tions, oil type, and environmental nutrient levels, one should be
able to predict with reasonable assurance the length of time a
slick may survive or if toxic fractions will persist in surface
layers, water column, or sediments.

C.  Heterotrpphic Potential

        14
    1.    C-labeled substrates
              glutamate, U-^C acetate and either
        or l^C phenylalanine (labeled in ring position).

    2.  Substrate mineralization rates will be determined  from
        scintillation data.  1^C02 evolved will be trapped and
        counted.  Counts will then be converted to the units
        g substrate C/m^/h.

    3.  Rates of glutamate, proline (or phenylalanine), and ace-
        tate mineralization will be compared with:
                              52

-------
            a.  Mineralization rates  for  aliphatic,  aromatic  and
               - cyclic hydrocarbons  (determined during hydrocarbon
                degradation potential project).

            b.  Total and selective viable  counts  (determined during
                HC degradation potential  project).

            c.  Bacterial biomass  (LPS; determined during HC degra-
                dation potential project.

            d.  Sampling:

                1)  Surface:

                     i.  calm seas (state <_ 2) - Nucleopore membranes
                         placed on surface  from inflatable boat.

                    ii.  rough seas - Niskin bag sampler will be used
                         to obtain new surface water sample.

                2)  Sediment:  Smith-Mclntyre grab sample equipped
                    with shroud to prevent  contamination from oil
                    slick at surface.

                3)  Frequency:

                     i.  Surface:  1.  one  set of  3  samples before
                                       oil  intrudes.

                                   2.  one  set of  3  samples + 2 con-
                                       trols within  24 hours after
                                       intrusion.

                                   3.  set  of 3 samples + 2 controls
                                       once each week until slick is
                                       no longer visible.

                    ii.  Sediment:   1. and  2., as  for surface.

    Note:  The following points 3-14 deal with heterotrophic potential
    while point 15 treats aspects of  the  biodegradation study.

3.  Performing Organizations:

    A.  Energy Resources Company, Inc.:   Fred Passmand and Tom
        Novitsky (617/661-3111) capabilities summarized in Items 9
        and 10 below.
                                 53

-------
    B.  URI - Richard Traxler:  capabilities appear on another pro-
        jects report.

    C.  UNH - Galen Jones (607/862-2250) probably interested; doesn't
        have facilities to respond at present.

    D.  EG&G - Mr. William Galen

4.  Applicable Habitat:

    Project applies to all marine and estuarine habitats.

    The study can be modified to include most habitats except rocky or
    shell sediments.  Surface layers and sediments will be the only
    areas considered because of a high probability for hydrocarbon
    contamination and degradation.

5.  Applicable Conditions:

    A.  Numerous samples should be taken whenever possible to pro-
        vide adequate statistical information for correlation with HC
        fate.  The methods and techniques can be modified to meet
        most conditions and environments, i.e., dip surface samples
        in rough seas vs. membrane filters in calm seas.

    B.  Need sufficient notice to get to area for baseline observa-
        tions before oil intrudes.

    C.  Heavy seas will preclude surface sampling, but new surface
        contingency plan is just as useful.

    D.  Due to elegant simplicity of protocol, experiments can be
        performed under wide variety of geographical and ecological
        conditions.

6.  Applicable Oil Type;

    Any type oil except very soluble fractions should be considered.

7.  Time Frame:

    A.  Time required to collect complete set of  surface and sedi-
        ment samples (2-4 hours) depending on weather conditions and
        spill area.

    B.  Processing samples:  24 hours per set.
                                 54

-------
    C.  Interpretation:  2 weeks to a month after processing food
        samples.

    D.  Total time per spill:  sampling - 100 mh
                               processing - 500 mh
                               interpretation - 100 mh.

        (Computer technician/statistician and a microbiologist)

    E.  Size of spill will not appreciably affect these figures.

    F.  Additional information for proper correlation is needed when-
        ever a spill occurs and can be assessed to have a high
        probability to move into a given area.  We would need about
        24 hours notice if possible.

8.  Cost:

    Does not depend on size of spill; however, it does depend on loca-
    tion of spill as ship time will comprise major fraction of total
    cost (estimated at $5000-6000 per day for ship time).

    Costs for heterotrophic potential (exclude ship costs):

    A.  Isotopes - $10,000

    B.  Sampling - $ 3,000

    C.  Processing - $8,000 for isotope experiments
                     $2,000 for bacterial biomass
                     $5,000 for viable plate count of replicate
                            experiments
                     (labor and supplies)

    D.  Interpretation and computer time - $3000

    E.  Total $31,000  Note:  $10,000 estimate for radio labled hydro-
        carbons may be high or low depending on availability of
        labeled substrates.

9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

    A.  Needs

        No major equipment is needed to carry out the project.  Radio-
        isotopes can be purchased locally on short notice if not a
        special synthesis.
                                  55

-------
        A good benthic sampler should be developed which would pre-
        vent contamination or disturbance of the sediment-water
        interface.  A messenger shroud for the Smith-Mclntyre grab
        sampler was proposed to prevent contamination of sediment
        samples with surface oil.

    B.  Available

        1.  Complete microbiology laboratory including epifluorescent
            microscope, scintillation counts, plus all standard
            laboratory equipment.

        2.  Field capability:  inflatable boat equipped with 24 v
            outboard motor; 2 Smith-Mclntyre grab samplers, a 1
            m3 box corer, 2 dozen Niskin bag samplers.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     An open ocean spill would require ship time and some laboratory
     time on board ship.  Most work would be carried out in analytical
     labs on land.  No special facilities needed.

     ERCO's microbiology laboratory is complemented by an organic
     chemistry laboratory and trace metal laboratory.  Gas chromato-
     graphs and a mass spectrometer are interfaced into a computer
     system.  ERCO's team includes data management specialists,
     biostatisticians and computer programmers as well as industrial
     engineers with in-house capability of designing and manufacturing
     specialized equipment.  The company has ready access to a small
     airplane, but does not have a sea going platform or mobile
     laboratory facility.  As principle contractor for BLM's George's
     Bank DCS Benchmark, ERCO is accumulating a broad data base and
     expertise on the mid-north Atlantic region.

     Facilities needed include:  ship to transport investigators to
     off-shore areas and to provide a platform for sediment grabs.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     Galen Jones - University of New Hampshire

     Holger Jannash - Woods Hole Ocean. Inst. (He should be contacted
     concerning in situ benthic sampling and heterotrophic activities.)

     Richard Traxler - University of Rhode Island
                                  56

-------
      Fred  Passman - Energy Resources Company,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts
      02138 617/661-3111

      Most  people  can respond  within 24 hours if radioisotopes  are
      available.

 12.   Support  Services;

      Concurrent hydrocarbon chemical analysis  of sediments  and surface
      films are necessary for  good  correlation  of microbial  potential
      data  with HC disappearance.

      Physical data on water temperature, wind  and current movements
      and Eh of sediments are  required.

      Micronutrient levels (N  & P)  are essential in predicting  ultimate
      degradation  levels.  Toxicity data on  pelagic fauna and in-shore
      benthic  organisms would  aid in ultimate predictions of hydrocarbons
      entering water or sediments.

 13.   Payoff:

      This  investigation  has the same payoff as  the hydrocarbon bio-
      degradation  project,  with two added advantages:   1) radioactively
      labeled  amino acids are  considerably less  expensive than  radio-
      actively labeled hydrocarbons,  and 2)  incubation  periods  required
      for amino acid  experiments are  on  the  order  of 4  hours as compared
      with  several  days for hydrocarbons.  Once  the correlation between
      amino acid mineralization and hydrocarbon  mineralization  has been
      shown, we will  have a tool for  rapidly assessing  the natural,
      standing bacterial  populations  potential  for  degrading hydrocarbons
      in the spilled  oil.

 14.  Limitations:

     The project does not  answer the  questions  of  ecological damage
      assessment directly.  However,  it does  allow  the  predictions of
      recovery if enough  information  is gathered initially.  It also
     helps the OSC in making decisions about cleanup operations
     because  some  information on rates and  extent  of degradation can
     be obtained within  24 hours after a spill.

15.   Biodegradation Potential:         s

     (3) Performing Organizations:

     University of Rhode Island Oil Spill Research  Team supported by
     an ERDA contract.  Dr. -Mason Wilson, Jr., Project Leader, Dr. R. W.

                                 57

-------
Traxler, Principal Investigator Biology and Dr. C. Ordzie,
Research Associate for macro-biology systems.  Dr. Chris Brown,
P.I. Chemistry, Dr. T. Kim, droplet size distribution, Dr. Roger
Dowdell, wind-wave interactions, Dr. M. Spaulding - modeling
Principal Investigator.

(4) Applicable Habitat;

Various habitats, salt ponds, clam flats, offshore bottoms.  Also
spill sites of opportunity as a response function of the existing
project.

(5) Applicable Conditions:

(6) Applicable Oil Type:

Crudes, No. 6, can do any petroleum.

(7) Time Frame:

Projected 3 year period.

(8) Cost:

(9) Equipment Needs/Equipment Available;

BOD capability about 300 determinations at any one time with
increasing incubation over temperature range 0°C - 100°C.
respiration system with air sweep and traps.  Capability 24
samples/run.  Run times up to 24 hours.  Full spectrum of carbo-
hydrates analysis.

Replicate plating capability - genus and predomance estimation
capability by photographic means.

Amino acid and representative hydrocarbons by classes.  Full
capability for detection plate counts and membrance plate counts
(up to 300 samples in triplicate, over a 3 log dilution range.
MPN for about 300 samples.  Limited capability for ATP analysis
currently (estimate about 50 determination on a noncontinuing
basis).

Sampling gear - in development phase - surface slick by two
techniques are under consideration, water column by vacuum bag
method.  No satisfactory sediment system has been identified.
May have to use typical samples.
                            58

-------
  Currently developing a liquid nitrogen sampling holding system so
  definitions analysis can be done at base lab rather than ship
  board.

  (10) Facility Needs/Facilities Available

  Three tanks at meso-scale size with 1 foot interval water column
  sampling - sediment trap.

  Complete micro biology laboratory capability including aerobic
  and anaerobic systems, TEM and SEM support, general bacterial
  physiology methods.

  Chemistry back up consists of GC-MS as well as special analysis.

  (11) Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

  Full team capability represents 20 people.  Contact Dr. Mason
  Wilson, Jr., 401/792-2330.

  Microbiology team 4 persons contact Dr. Richard Traxler 401/
  792-2481.  Biology Principal Investigator.

  Biology (macro) Team includes two additional persons.   A post-
  doctoral Research Associate, Dr. C. Ordzie and a technician
  available October 1, 1977.

(12) Support Services:

  Chemical analyses (available)
  Histological examination (probably available)
  Modeling group (available)
  Droplet size distribution (available)
  Physical effects group (available)
  Wind-wave indicator (available)

  (13) Payoff:

  This entire project provides biodegradation potential  under
  controlled conditions and in situ for oil studies at surface,
  water column and sediment with various crude oil and petroleum
  products untreated and also treated with chemical dispersants.
  Dispersant treatment must respond to all three zones.

  Can provide instant response for biodegradation determination by
  January 1, 1977, at a level of 25 samples - can expand on short
  notice to 100 sample capability.

  (14)  Limitations:  (See Limitations for Biodegradation Potential.)

                              59

-------
               PANEL:   MICROBIOLOGY AND BIODEGRADATION
                            PROJECT NO. 2
                          PRIORITY RANK:   2
1.  Project Title:   Hydrocarbon-Assimilating Yeasts  as  Potential
                    Bioindicators  of Hydrocarbon Pollution of Marine
                    and Estuarine  Waters.

2.  Project Description:

    A.  Rationale

    Reported oil spills in Connecticut alone during  1976 totalled
    over 200,000 gallons.   This figure,  while significant to the
    State, is small in comparison  with areas such as the Gulf of
    Mexico, California, and regions subject to occasional major
    accidents (e.g., Torrey Canyon, Argo Merchant).   Most concern
    has centered on the possible biological effects  (toxicity,
    biodegradability) of oil in natural  waters once  the event has
    occurred.  We have, in fact, been locking the barn  door after the
    horse has gotten out;  our assessment of the ability of natural,
    indigenous biopopulations to handle  hydrocarbon  spills is meager
    at best and these communities  may be inadequate  in  numbers and/or
    degradative potential.  Artificial "seeding" with known hydrocar-
    bonolytic organisms may not be feasible.  Rather, we should
    perhaps investigate the possibility  of microorganisms with
    degradative activity to serve  as indicators only of hydrocarbon
    presence instead of expecting  them to totally biodegrade the
    spilled material.  In this manner, the extent of a  spill could be
    assessed and dealt with in an  appropriate fashion (if one exists).

    While bacteria have received the most attention  with regard
    to natural degradation of oil  spills in marine waters, a number of
    problems have been noted.  Bacteria  which are active in marine
    waters are usually stenohaline and are thus not  efficient in
    estuarine or fresh waters.  Also, certain hydrocarbons possess
    bactericidal or bacteriostatic components which  require removal by
    natural or artificial  means before the bacteria  can biodegrade.

    Certain species of filamentous fungi have been reported to degrade
    hydrocarbons; however, their relatively slow growth rates and
    restriction to certain salinities renders their  biodegradation or
    bioindication potential questionable.

    In fact, the yeasts may well provide a better potential than
    bacteria or other fungi.  Long-term pollution of soil, freshwater,
                                 60

-------
and marine habitats have produced unique yeasts capable of serving
as indicators of petroleum addition.  Also yeasts are tolerant of
a wide range of salinity and  temperature.  It has been suggested
that the ability of some yeasts  to assimilate hydrocarbons could
be useful in taxonomic studies.

Comparatively little attention has been applied to the matter
of small, chronic, almost "accepted" petroleum spills in marinas,
private dockages, and small fuel depots along coastal areas.  For
outboard motors, up to 55 percent of the original fuel can be
discharged into receiving waters, although an average value is
closer to 10-20 percent.  The small scale addition of diesel fuel,
gasoline, kerosene, motor oil, and other hydrocarbon containing
materials at marinas, etc. through spillage, leaks, discarded
containers, and run off renders  the receiving waters subject to
constant, low level influx of a  variety of hydrocarbons, thus
producing an environment conducive to the development of relatively
high levels of hydrocarbonolytic yeasts.

Unfortunately, little information is available on the yeast
microflora indigenous to Long Island Sound; our laboratory is the
only active one in the area doing yeast research.

The project rationale may be  summarized as follows:

    1.  Use areas of small-scale "chronic" petroleum introduc-
        tion (marinas, etc.)  as  a source of yeasts characterized
        by hydrocarbon-assimilating ability.  The assumption to be
        studied is that the presence of low (non-obvious) levels
        of hydrocarbons will  stimulate populations of various
        hydrocarbon-assimilating yeasts in these waters.

    2.  Establish this relationship by surveying "clean" areas
        for the absence of these organisms in large numbers yet
        present at low densities.

    3.  Use techniques below  and additional ones depending upon
        the genera and/or species found to recover them in marine
        and estuarine areas "unknown" with respect to hydrocarbon
        content; e.g., adjacent  to a spill.

    4.  Application is made to classify waters adjacent to and
        well away from "known" sources of hydrocarbon introduc-
        tion; waters not clearly polluted due to obvious spills.
        Hopefully, we will show  gradients of hydrocarbon occurrence
        and areas not previously suspected of containing certain
        hydrocarbons.
                             61

-------
    5.  Emphasis is placed not on biodegradation as such but
        rather on the hydrocarbon-assimilating ability of
        the yeasts to indicate the presence of hydrocarbon-
        containing waters and sediments - the development of a
        microbiological indicator of hydrocarbon pollution.

B.  Objectives

To study the feasibility of utilizing hydrocarbon-assimilating
yeasts as indicators of the presence of hydrocarbons in marine
and estuarine areas.  Since these organisms are not subject to
extreme environmental stresses of varying temperature and salinity
and are not particularly "territorial" in distribution, their
presence, both quantitatively and qualitatively, in different
coastal (and perhaps offshore as well) locales may be indicative
of the occurrence of a variety of hydrocarbon-containing products
(kerosene, diesel fuel, heating oil, etc.).  Our approach is not
to seek yeasts for potential large scale use as biodegraders per
se but to use their ability to assimilate hydrocarbons as a tag
for water masses containing the hydrocarbon substrate.  Or put
differently, we will attempt to show that it is possible to
identify a pollutant in water by assaying the water for micro-
organisms associated with the utilization of the specific pollutant,
or class of pollutants.  In this way, a relatively uncomplicated
microbiological monitoring system might be developed to allow
for classification of coastal waters based on kind and amount
of hydrocarbon present.

C.  Procedures

A number of medium to large sized marinas will be selected for
study in the Stonington-Groton-New London (Long Island Sound)
area.  In addition, we will attempt to gain sampling access to
several small fuel depots located in the area.  Several different
types of materials will be sampled, depending on each individual
site; e.g., oil-soaked soils in the vicinity of tanks, pumps,
hoses; surface waters as close as possible to dock dispensing
facilities; pilings and rocks.  These areas, through a long
history of constant hydrocarbon introduction, could be expected
to select for microbial populations with hydrocarbon-assimilating
characteristics.  Samples of the various petroleum products
available or stored at each site will be obtained for laboratory
use.  Water samples, solid substrata scrapings, soil, sediment,
etc. will be cultured directly or diluted as appropriate on
antibiotic-containing media selective for the growth of  fungi.
Both hydrocarbon-supplemented and unsupplemented  liquid  and  solid
media will be employed; in the latter case, the membrane  filter
                              62

-------
technique will be used  to  concentrate  yeast  cells  from water  or
other samples.  Both broth and  agar  cultures  will  be  incubated at
or near ambient conditions.   Colonies  will be picked  directly
from solid media; liquid enrichment  media will be  streaked  for
colony isolation.

Several techniques will be used for  the j.n vitro establishment
of petroleum assimulating  activity:

    1.  Basal medium (synthetic)  containing  artificial seawater,
        trace elements, and  salts will be surface-inoculated
        with yeast isolates.  Plates will be  placed in sealed
        containers containing an  open  source  of various volatile
        hydrocarbons (gasoline, etc.). Growth of  yeast cultures
        will indicate a stimulation  by petroleum products since
        fumes constitute the  only available  carbon source.

    2.  Certain hydrocarbons  are  not readily  volatilized at
        low (laboratory) temperatures; these  compounds will be
        assayed using the  basal medium above  inoculated prior to
        solidification  (i.e., pour plates).   Sterile  filter paper
        discs, saturated with the petroleum  product,  will be
        placed on the surface of  the plates.   Colony  growth near
        or around the disc is indicative of  utilization of  the
        product as a carbon source.

    3.  A more quantitative  estimation of petroleum degradation
        can be obtained in liquid media.  As  above, an enrichment
        broth will be prepared  with  no carbon source.  The
        petroleum product  in  question  will be added aseptically
        in various concentrations.   Growth (turbidity) of a yeast
        isolate will be measured  spectro-photometrically.

    4.  In all cases, appropriate controls will be included.
        Also, microscopic  examination  of cultures  will be routine
        since others have  shown that,  in some cases,  yeast  cells
        actively accumulate  on  the surface of,  or  even in,  oil
        globules.  This is an important point since it is essential,
        from an environmental standpoint, to  differentiate  ,
        between actual degradation and just  emulsification.

All cultures isolated with petroleum-assimilating  characteristics
will be identified according  to accepted procedures,  allowing the
determination of particular  genera and/or species  active in the
presence of petroleum products. Also, petroleumphilic cultures
will be cross-checked for  the ability  to grow in the  presence of
a. variety of products; i.e.,  an isolate from diseal fuel soaked
coastal mud will be examined  for  its ability  to assimilate  fuel
oil, gasoline, keroscene,  etc.

                              63

-------
    To establish clearly the association of petroleum-assimilating
    yeasts with the hydrocarbon substrate, we will examine suitable
    "control" areas; e.g., rocks,    pilings, sediments, water, etc.
    at considerable distances from any known source of hydrocarbon
    contamination,  by comparison of microbial responses from the
    different areas, we will seek to detect a distinct hydrocarbon-
    assimilating population of yeast association with the presence of
    the chemical substrate.

    Having delineated this population, a set of microbiological
    tests will be evaluated for specific detection of these yeasts in
    "unknown" areas; i.e., waters contiguous with and at varying
    distances from known sources of hydrocarbon pollution (fuel
    depots, tander docks, etc.).  Eventually, natural waters subject
    to spills may be "hydrocarbon-classified" by the presence of
    absence of the yeasts sought in this study.

3-  Performing Organizations:

    University of Connecticut, Marine Sciences Institute, Marine
    Research Laboratory - Dr. John D. Buck, Associate Professor of
    Biology (Microbiology).

4.  Applicable Habitats:

    Initial work involves shoreline and near-shore habitats.  Subse-
    quent application may be made to off-shore locales.

5.  Applicable Conditions:

    Probably not a significant factor.

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

    Probably any type hydrocarbon.

7.  Time Frame:

    The project  would require probably two years to establish the
    assumptions  herein.

8.  Cost:

             Salaries & Wages            $14,000
             Direct & Indirect Costs      10,000
             Equipment (1st yr only)      10,000
             Supplies                      2,000
             Other                         1,500
                    Approx.              $37,500 (first  year)

                                  64

-------
 9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     A.   Needs:

         Initially,  a large variable temperature incubator will
         be required.

         In addition, several roller drums are needed for culture
         incubation.

     B.   Available:

         Complete microbiology laboratory with standard equipment;
         skiffs and  motors for coastal sampling.

10.]  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     All covered with present facilities

11.   Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     A.   Needs:

         Graduate student—Research Assistant; should be covered by
         an incoming student in the fall (September) semester.

         Hourly help-usually available from pool of undergraduate
         or graduate students without additional financial support.

     B.   Available:

         Dr. John D.  Buck (Principal Investigator)  - available
         for full time work June-August; 30-35 percent of time
         September-May.

12.   Support Services:

     Not applicable

13.   Payoff:

     The possibility of assessing the geographical  extent of any
     spilled hydrocarbon in a variety of waters (estuarine, marine).
     Hopefully, the  ability to map the vertical and horizontal  scope
     of  a spill will be enhanced.  Other than obvious indications
     (slicks, dead organisms, etc.) the real limits of an accident
     are unknown. Dilution, wave action,  currents, tides, etc.  may
                                 65

-------
     well disperse a hydrocarbon beyond (or below)  the limits of
     visual (or even chemical)  detection.   This project may offer an
     alternative of greater sensitivity.

     At the very least,  we will obtain information  on the micro-
     biological aspects  of chronic hydrocarbon degradation will be
     expanded,  particularly with respect  to "cross-reaction" with a
     variety of pollutants.  In addition,  we will increase our
     knowledge  of the abundance and distribution of hydrocarbonolytic
     yeasts in  a variety of individual habitats characterized by the
     presence of a broad scope  of petroleum substrates acting as
     selective  and enrichment nutrients for particular groups or
     species.

14.  Limitations:

     The project could be considered as gathering baseline or back-
     ground information  and may thus be rejected or reserved on this
     basis.  Nonetheless, "before" preceeds "after" and the data
     generated  are planned to be applicable once a  spill has occurred.
                                 66

-------
                PANEL:  MICROBIOLOGY AND BIODEGRADATION
                              PROJECT NO. 3*
                            PRIORITY RANK:  3
1.  Project Title;  Dispersants Toxicity to Bacterial Populations,
                    Particularly Hydrocarbon Degrading Bacteria.

2.  Project Description;

    A.  To determine whether dispersants promote or inhibit biodegra-
        dation of hydrocarbons, the project will monitor in situ
        microbial activity and biomass before impact, after impact,
        before treatment with dispersant, and after treatment.
        Sampling in an untreated region of the spill will provide
        control data if possible.  Otherwise, data from similar
        spills for which dispersants were not used will serve as
        "control".

    B.  Parameters to be monitored are:

        1.  Heterotrophic potential as determined by mineralization
            of C-labeled substates.

        2.  Bacterial biomass as determined by LPS concentration.

        3.  Total and hydrocarbonoclastic (viable count as deter-
            mined by membrane filter and replicate plating techniques),

        4.  Change in lipid:carbohydrate:protein:nucleic acid (RNA)
            ratios as a function of impacting oil or dispersant.

        5.  Presence of exo-enzymes or metabolites induced by dis-
            persants.

    C.  Sampling:

        1.  Surface film

        2.  Near surface water column-using Niskin bag samplers

        3.  Bottom sediments


*This project is currently in progress at URI.
                                  67

-------
    D.  More detailed descriptions of methods for monitoring the
        listed parameters and sampling have been provided in other
        projects proposed by the group, and are not elaborated
        here.  Support  from organic chemists will be required for
        parameters 4 and 5.

 3.  Performing Organizations:

    Energy Resources Company - The multi-disciplinary scientific and
    managerial support  team at ERCO is described in Project No. 1.
    Key personnel are Fred Passman and Tom Novitsky at (617) 661-3111.

    Galin Jones (UNH) is doing soine work on siderochrome production
    by marine bacteria.  This project might be of interest to his
    group.  607-862-2250

    Richard Traxter (URI) - His group's capabilities have been
    described elsewhere.

 4.  Applicable Habitat:

    As with the other microbiology projects, minor modifications in
    the sampling protocol make the project applicable to all New
    England aquatic habitats.

 5.  Applicable Conditions:

    Mechanical dispersion of the oil slick by heavy seas would
    seriously impair the chances of getting meaningful results.  If
    there is no chance  of obtaining control data from previous spills
    or an untreated fraction of the current spill, interpretation of
    the results would be tenuous at best.  Accordingly, seas <2,
    spill area of sufficient size that a region of the spill could be
    left untreated, and a pre-spill period during which laboratory
    experiments would be performed on candidate dispersants are all
    important to the success of the investigation.

6.  Applicable Oil Types:

    Heavier oils,  crude oils would be the best suited for this type
    of study since use of dispersants is probably best justified for
    such spills.

7.  Time Frame:

    A.  Sampling:   16mh/sample set (6 surface, 6 water column  and  6
        sediment samples/set).
                                 68

-------
    B.  Sample Processing

        1.  Radio-nucleides experiments    4mh/set            16mh
        2.  LPS assay                      Imh/set & setup     5mh
        3.  Viable count & replicas       18mh/set & prep     80mh
                              Total                          lOOmh
        4. & 5.  Organic Chemistry Support    ?              200mh

    C.  Interpretation                         80mh

    D.  Summary:  Sampling will be completed during the first 2 weeks
        of the spill/treatment event.  Processing will require about
        3 months exclusive of the organic chemistry which may take as
        long as 6 months.  Final report should be prepared within 9
        months of start of investigation.

8.  Cost:

    A.  Materials:  Isotopes + Media + Membranes +    $2,000
                    Reagents

    B.  Processing:                                   $2,000-5,000

    C.  Interpretation & Computer Times:              $2,000-2,500

    D.  Transportation, platform costs-
        depends on location and geography of
        spill site                                    $1,000-30,000

9., 10., and 11.  Equipment, Facilities, Personnel:

     Equipment, facilities, and personnel have been described in
     detail in Project No. 1.

12.  Support Services:

     Biochemical assays described above.  Physical data on dynamics,
     of air-ocean interface and slick migration.  Data on vertical
     migration of micelles formed due to treatment is important.
     Also needed is information from organic chemists on rates of
     hydrocarbon speciation change in micelles.

13.  Payoff:

     As with the other microbiology projects, the primary benefit of
     this study is to*provide a means for rationally selecting the
     optimum technique for minimizing the ecological and socioeconomic
                                 69

-------
     impacts of an oil spill.   If it can be demonstrated that dis-
     persants enhance biodegradation of oil by increasing surface
     area,  etc., then use of dispersants would be indicated for at
     least  some oil spills.   If dispersants are toxic,  cause produc-
     tion of toxic metabolites, or cause no enhancement in biodegrada-
     tion rates, then other  recovery techniques are preferred.

     In terms of damage assessment,  once the initial studies are
     completed, metabolic rate studies will provide a relatively
     rapid, inexpensive and  statistically significant means of
     assessing the efficiency of cleanup efforts, as well as long-
     term impact on affected environments.

14.  Limitations

     The most serious limitations have been suggested:

    A.   A background of information from laboratory experiments is
        needed to ensure success of a field study.

    B.   Dispersants are not  routinely used  in the U.S.   If disper-
        sants were used to treat an oil spill, some means would have
        to  be devised to preserve an untreated portion  of the spill
        for control studies.
                                 70

-------
                PANEL:  MICROBIOLOGY AND BIODEGRADATION
                           PROJECT NO. 4*
                         PRIORITY RANK: 4
1.  Project Title:  Degradation  in Anaerobic  Sediments

2.  Projection Description:                   >

    To determine  if hydrocarbon  degradation does occur in anaerobic
    sediments, and if  so, at what rate.  Using standard petroleum
    crude oils (API reference Kuwait, South Louisiana and Bunker C)
    determine which components are degraded.  Physical-chemical ••
    degradation must be  identified as compared to biodegradation.
    The study should also determine  if oils in anaerobic sediments
    have a negative, positive or no  effect on physiological processes
    in anaerobic  sediments  such  as sulfate reduction or nitrate      '
    reduction.

3.  Performing Organization:

    University of Rhode  Island,  Department of Plant" Pathology -
    Entomology and Department of Microbiology, Dr. R. W. Traxler in
    cooperation with Dr. C. Brown of the Department of Chemistry,
    EG&G - Mr. William Galen.

4.  Applicable Habitats:

    Offshore bottoms,  sand  shores; worm-clam  flats; salt ponds.

5.  Applicable conditions:

    Uncontaminated sediment which can be oiled by standard reference
    oils.  There  are no weather  or climatic conditions which would
    prevent the study.  Oiled sediments from  Argo Merchant or other
    spill sites,  with  similar unoiled sites for reference.  Weather
    limitation associated with sediment sampling, such as sea state.

6.  Applicable Oil Types:

    Standard reference oils would be preferred due to existing
    analyses but  any product could be used.


*This project is  currently  in progress at URI.
                                  71

-------
7.  Time Frame:

    The study would require a 3-year time frame to ensure that low
    degradation rates are not missed in the analysis scheme.  Repli-
    cate samples would require 1-week testing periods each month for
    up to 24 months, unless rates are established in shorter time
    frames.  Chemical analyses would represent 3 days per month.

8.  Cost

    In this project there is no relation between cost and spill size.
    Cost would be calculated at personnel,  supply, and equipment base
    of about

    2-part time personnel      $12,000
    Overhead and fringe          6,000
    Initial equipment           10,000
    Expendable support           4,000
      Total                    $32,000

9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

12.  Support Services:

13.  Payoff:

14.  Limitations
                                 72

-------
                PANEL:  MICROBIOLOGY AND  BIODEGRADATION
                               PROJECT  NO.  5
                            PRIORITY RANK:   4
1.  Project Title:  Nutrient  Enrichment.

2.  Project Description:

    To determine 1) if nutrient  enrichment has  a  significant stimula-
    tory effect upon hydrocarbon oxidation rate and percentage of
    hydrocarbon oxidation by  microbial populations as compared to
    non-nutrient enriched systems, and 2) if nutrient enrichment has
    potential adverse environmental effects such  as over production
    of microbial or other biomass.

    The experiment can be carried out in meso-scale environmental
    systems utilizing a natural  seawater control  tank, an oil treated
    tank and an oil treated tank supplemented with oleophilic nitrogen
    and phosporus nutrient supplements.  Biodegradation potential can
    be determined using biomass  and rate determinations and correlated
    via chemical analyses for rate of component degradation.

    It is anticipated that degradation rates will be increased but
    that the increase in biomass will result in other problems of
    environmental significance.  More degradation products will
    appear in the water column than in nonsupplemented systems.

3.  Performing Organizations:

    The University of Rhode Island Oil Research Group supported by an
    ERDA contract to study treated vs. untreated  oil spills has the
    capability to respond to  this problem.  The MERLE project group
    at URI/GSO also has the capability from a facility standpoint, as
    well as EG&G through Mr.  William Galen.  Dr.  Richard Bartha,
    Rutgers, is an expert in  the field of nutrient enrichment, and
    may be consulted on questions in this area.

4«  Applicable Habitat:

5.  Applicable Conditions:

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

7.  Time Frame:
                                 73

-------
 8.   Cost:




 9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:




10.   Facility Needs/Facilities Available:




11.   Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:




12,   Support Services:




13.   Payoff:




14.   Limitations:
                                74

-------
 BIRDS AND MARINE MAMMALS PANEL
         Participants

   J.L. Dunn, Chairperson
B. Baxter             T. Hoehn
B. Blodget            A.M. Julin
J. Cardoza            C.L. Knapp
J. Harris             K. Powers
F. Heppner            J.H. Prescott
          R.F. Randall
               75

-------
                    BIRDS AND MARINE MAMMALS PANEL

                 General Considerations and Guidelines

                •  Background Information on Birds

                •  Preliminary Panel Considerations

                •  Recommendations to the Workshop
                     Executive Committee

                •  Laws Concerning Marine Mammals and
                     Birds in EPA Region I

                •  Recommended Procedures for Processing
                     Specimens

                •  General Procedures for Assessing
                     Damage to Birds

 BACKGROUND  INFORMATION ON BIRDS, MAMMALS AND REPTILES

     A.  Population and Inventories

 Populations of coastal and marine birds in EPA Region I have been
 addressed in Drury (1973-1974), Nisbet (1973), Brown et al (1975),
 Brown  (1977), and Powers (manuscript being developed for U.S. Fish and
 Wildlife Service based on an 18-month Georges Bank study by Manomet
 Bird Observatory).  Most of the above work deals with breeding
 populations on the New England and eastern Canadian seaboard, and to
 a  lesser extent on pelagic distributions.  The Fish and Wildlife
 Service also is presently cataloguing all colonies of coastal and
 marine birds from Maine to the Carolinas, and developing estimates of
 total breeding pairs.

Temporal and spatial distributions of species have been described
 in the above-listed publications.

     B.  Critical Habitats
Coastal critical habitats are far better understood than critical
pelagic habitats.  W. Drury (College of The Atlantic), I.C.T. Nisbet
(Mass. Audubon Society), Brian Harringon (Manomet Bird Observatory),
Michael Erwin (U. of Mass., Coop. Wild Res. Unit) are the  authorities
on coastal critical habitats in EPA Region I.  Kevin Powers  (Manomet
Bird Observatory) and R.G.B. Brown (Canadian Wildlife Service)  are
the present authorities on pelagic distributions of marine birds  in
                                 76

-------
EPA Region  1.   The  previously  mentioned publications  deal  with
critical habitats to  some  extent,  but  communication with above
persons will provide  specific  unpublished  information on certain
families of birds and areas  in the Region.

      C.  Facilities,  Personnel and Areas of  Expertise

Massachusetts Audubon Society  - I.C.T.  Nisbet  (Terns  and gulls),
R. Foster

Manomet Bird Observatory - Brian Harrington  (Shorebirds),  U. Powers,
R. Veit

Boston University/Museum of  Comparative Zoology  (Harvard University)
Tim Rumage  (Seabirds  and Avian Pathology)

University  of Massachusetts  Cooperative Wildlife Research  Unit -
Michael Erwin (Waders and  coastal  birds)

College of  the  Atlantic -  William  Drury (Gulls and  seabirds)

Massachusetts Division of  Fish and Wildlife  -  Brad  Blodgett,
H.W.  Heusmann
                                                                       /
U.S.  Fish and Wildlife Service Regional Office (see Appendix F)

State Conservation  Agencies  in Maine, New Hampshire,  Connecticut
and Rhode Island

Pelagic birds

      Manomet Bird Observatory  - Kevin Powers (seabirds)
      College of the Atlantic - William  Drury (seabirds)
      University of  Rhode Island -  Frank Heppner  (Trigom report compiler)

      D.  Available  Impact  Information

Substantial information exists on  past  impact  on bird  populations of
certain spills  throughout  the  world.  The most important accidents
are summarized  in a chapter  by W.R.P. Bourne on  Seabirds and Pollu-
tion  in Marine  Pollution,  ed.  R. Johnston, Academic Press  (1976).
However, most information  on ecological impacts deals  with abundance
and species diversity from birds that have been picked up  on "beached
bird  surveys" of affected  coastlines.   Quite a bit  of  information
deals with methods  of cleaning and rehabilitating oil  contaminated
plumages.  Long-term  effects on bird populations have  not  been dealt
with.  Both short-term and chronic studies of  the dietary  effects of
oil on waterfowl are  underway  at the Patuxent Wildlife Research


                                  77

-------
 Center, Laurel, Maryland.   Information  from the Argo Merchant
 incident dealing with beached bird surveys and pelagic surveys of
 oil  contaminated birds will be dealt with in a publication by K.
 Powers  (MBO) by January 1978.

 Likely  effects of  future spills on coastal and pelagic birds include:
        f
      (1)   Direct mortality  due to physical oiling of plumages.
      (2)   Indirect mortality by ingestion of oil, either directly or
           indirectly through food chains.
      (3)   Effects  of external and internal oiling on reproductive
           success, during applicable seasons.
      (4)   Effects  on wintering or breeding habitats of oil reaching
           shoreline habitats.  Breeding, feeding, loafing habitats
           may be altered.

      E.  Background Reports

 1.   A Socio-Economic and Environmental  Inventory of the North
         Atlantic  Region (Including the Outer Continental Shelf
         and Adjacent Waters from Sandy Hook, New Jersey to the
         Bay of Fundy).  Vol. 1, Book 4.  Submitted to the Bureau of
         Land Management, Marine Mammals Division, November, 1974.
         TRIGOM/PARC, Public Affairs Research Center.

                           Available From:

                             TRIGOM
                             Box 2320
                             So. Portland, ME

 2.   Oil Spill Prevention and Response.  Report to the Massachusetts
         Interagency Task Force on Oil  Spills.  Executive Office of
         Environmental Affairs, Publication No. 9705-185-30-5-77-CR.
         April, 1977.

 3.   Massachusetts Breeding Bird Atlas.  Five year project (1974-1978)
         to determine distribution of breeding birds in Massachusetts.
         Joint project of Mass. Audubon Society and Mass. Division  of
         Fisheries and Wildlife.  In preparation for eventual publi-
         cation.
     Contact:  B. Blodget (MDFW), R. Forster (Mass. Audubon).

4.  U.S. Fish and Wildlife Colonial Seabird Nesting Survey.  Three
         year project (1975-1977) to furnish baseline data on colony
         occupancy and distribution in  Coastal North America.  To be
         published.
                                 78

-------
    Contact:  Dr. Wendell E. Dodge and R. Michael Erwin, Mass.  Coop.
         Wildlife Research unit, 204 Holdsworth Hall, University of
         Mass., Amherst, MA  01002

5.  Winter Waterfowl Surveys (for Massachusetts).  Job progress reports
         published under Pittman-Robertson Projects W-35-R, W-42-R,
         and other State and PR projects.  Coverage-ca. 1950 to date.
    Contact:  H.W. Heusmann, Mass. Division of Fish and Wildlife,
         Field Headquarters, Westboro, MA  01581
         Regional compilation by U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

6.  Nisbet, I.C.T., 1973.  Terns in Massachusetts:  Present numbers
         and historical changes.
         Bird-banding 44(1):27-55.

7.  Drury, W.H. 1973.  Population changes in New England Seabirds.
         Bird-banding 44(4):267-313.

    	 1974.  Population changes in New England Seabirds.
         Bird-banding 45(1):1-15.

     F.  Wildlife Inventories

Birds:

1.  Griscom, L. and D.E. Snyder, 1955.  Birds of Massachusetts.
         Peabody Museum, Salem, Mass. 295 pp.  Discussion of history
         and annotated list of species.

2.  Barley, W., 1955.  Birds in Massachusetts, PP for Mass. Audubon
         Society.

3.  Barley, W. , 1968.  Birds of Cape Cod National Seashore.  Mass.
         Audubon Society.  Annotated list.

4.  Hill, N.P., 1965.  Birds of Cape Cod.  W. Morrow and Co., New York,
        364 pp.

5.  Griscom, L. and E.V. Floger, 1948.  Birds of Nantucket.  Harvard
        University Press, Cambridge, 156 pp.  Information local, but
        largely dated.

6.  Griscom, L. and G. Emerson, 1959-  Birds and Martha's Vineyard.
        Privately Printed, Martha's Vineyard, Mass., 164 pp.  Informa-
        tion local but largely dated.

7.  Blodget, B.  Annotated list of birds of Massachusetts.  With
         Seasonal Abundance and Distribution.  In prep.

                                 79

-------
8.  Resource Management Plan.  Phase 1 RBI.  For Cape Cod National
          Seashore  (1976).
    Contact:   P. Godfrey, Dept. of Botany, Morrill Hall, University
          of Massachusetts, Amherst, MA  01003

Mammals:

1.  Cordoza, James E., 1976.  Preliminary List of Mammals of Massa-
          chusetts.  Mass. Division of Fish and Wildlife.  Mimeo.
          Unannotated  list of mammals of the state.  Distribution
          and abundance of land mammals.

2.  Godin, A.J., 1977.  Wild mammals of New England.  Johns Hopkins
          Press, Baltimore, 304 pp.  Detailed description, by species,
          of distribution and natural history of regional mammals.

3.  Leatherwood, S.,  D.U. Caldwell and H.E. Winn. 1976.  Whales,
          dolphins  and porpoises of the western North Atlantic.  A
          guide to  their identification.  NOAA (NMFS), NOAA Tech.
          Rept.  NMFS  Circ-396, 176 pp.

Reptiles:

1.  Lazell, J.D.,  Jr., 1974.  Reptiles and Amphibians of Massachusetts,
          (2nd  ed.) Mass. Audubon Society, Lincoln, 34 pp.  Annotated
          with  brief comments on distribution and abundance.

2.  Lazell, J.D.,  Jr., 1976.  This broken archipelago.  Quadrangle
          Press, New York, 260 pp.  Distribution, abundance and
          history of reptiles and amphibians in Barns table, Dukes,
          and Nantucket Counties, Mass.

3.  Bleakney,  J.S., 1965.  Reports of marine turtles from New England
          and Canadian waters.  Canadian Field Nat. 79(2):120-128.

4.  Frair, W.  1972.   Leatherback: northward, ho!  Aquasphere, New
          England Aquarium 6(3):12-15.
PRELIMINARY PANEL CONSIDERATIONS

     A.  Critical Habitats and Species  Inventories

It became apparent to the panel that time  limitations would not
permit a cataloguing of critical habitats  and a  species  inventory.
Panel members were asked to suggest available published  reports  which
would provide this information.  Several such reports were  on hand


                                  80

-------
and several others were suggested.  Of  special  interest were the
Manomet Bird Observatory's Final Report to  the  U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service on the spatial and temporal distribution of marine birds at
Georges Bank and adjacent waters, and a recent  Trigom Report which
attempted to describe the distribution  of marine mammals in New
England Outer Continental Shelf.  It was the  consensus of the panel
that identification of habitats critical to birds and marine mammals
is one area of baseline information which is  sorely lacking.  There
is a substantial lack of confidence in  currently available data.
Throughout the panel's discussions, a consistent theme was the lack
of baseline data.  These gaps  in our knowledge  cast doubts upon the
validity of any studies aimed  at assessing  the  damage to marine
mammals and bird populations in the area of oil spills.  The panel
was unanimous in its recommendation that EPA  should undertake major
efforts to support research designed to fill  these gaps.  In areas
outside its normal purview, EPA should  attempt  to make certain that
appropriate agencies are aware of the requirements for research in
such areas.  [An area not encompassed by the  Workshop is the impact
of oil spills on marine and estuarine reptiles.  The Panel feels
this is an unfortunate oversight and has attempted to make repara-
tions by including references  on marine reptiles and a project
dealing with effects of oil pollution on marine reptiles.

     B.  Project Areas

         1.  Recommended Projects

The panel identified several projects which it  feels will aid in
assessment of oil damage to marine mammals  and  bird population in its
region.  These projects include:

     •  Survey of birds and marine mammals  in the area of an offshore
        oil spill.
                                                        j
     •  Near-shore survey of birds and  mammals.

     •  Collection, classification and  salvage  of suspected oil
        impacted wildlife,  (includes histopathology, toxicology,
        physiology, and causes of mortality.)

     •  A study to develop methods to determine actual mortality
        from post-spill mortality observation.

     •  Behavioral observations on wildlife in  and around an oil
        impacted area,  (includes observations  on both impacted and
        .non-impacted animals.)
                                  81

-------
     •  Long-term follow-up of the impact of an oil spill on birds
        and marine mammals.

     •  Determination of the impact of cleanup operations on birds
        and mammals.

     •  Development of methods to minimize adverse impact of cleanup
        operations.

The panel initially considered one project in depth, a survey of birds
and marine mammals in the area of an oil spill.  After completing this
exercise, our initial impression—that projects involving high cost
platforms must be piggybacked with other projects—was strengthened.

         2.  Other Subject Areas

Other areas that are not suitable for development as projects but that
require further investigation are:

     •   Identification of Federal, state and local agencies which
         may have jurisdiction over a particular species in order to
         avoid conflict between these agencies or between these and
         other agencies.

     •   Identification of current Federal, state or local laws which
         may delay or prevent execution of required studies.

RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE WORKSHOP EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

The following formal recommendations are made to the Executive
Committee:

1.  In a field as esoteric as marine mammology, the numbers of in-
dividuals in a given EPA region attending an oil spill workshop may
not be adequate to provide the required expertise to produce the
information requested of the panel.  We feel that EPA should consider
funding a national workshop designed to produce the required informa-
tion.  In December there will be a meeting in San Diego dealing with
marine mammals.  This meeting will be attended by most of the nation's
marine mammologists.  One additional day at such a meeting could be
devoted to assessing oil spill damage in marine mammals.  By piggy-
backing on this meeting, the cost of assembling the required informa-
tion would be extremely low whereas the information acquired would be
maximized.
                                 82

-------
2.  In future workshops birds  and marine mammals  should  not  be  lumped
together.  The only common ground between  these  two  groups  is the
fact that they are homeotherms  and may  exist  in  the  same areas.
Close coordination of projects  developed by separate panels  is  of
course highly desirable.

3.  The panel suggests the creation  of  a permanent advisory  body to
assist the agencies in development of data collection and analysis
methods.

4.  The requirement for rapid  response  to  an  oil  spill makes it un-
likely that equipment needed for proposed  studies will be either
immediately available from an  institution  or  immediately available
for purchase.  For these  reasons, the panel suggests  the Executive
Committee consider the establishment of two or more  sites where
equipment pertinent to routine  oil spill studies  can be  stored  ready
for immediate shipment to the  scene  of  a spill.   A coordinated  nation-
wide scientific program suggests that certain equipment  will be neces-
sary no matter where the  spill  occurs.  Establishment of equipment
depots on each coast is a more  cost-effective mechanism  than funding
such equipment purchases  for a  dozen researchers  nationwide.

LAWS CONCERNING MARINE MAMMALS  AND BIRDS IN EPA'REGION I

     A.  Massachusetts

Subject to the provisions of existing Federal statutes,  the Massa-
chusetts Division of Fisheries  and Wildlife (MDFW) of the Department
of Fisheries, Wildlife, and Recreational Vehicles has jurisdiction
over wild birds, mammals, and  inland fish  within  the  bounds  of  the
State Legislation to extend jurisdiction to include  reptiles and
amphibians is pending*  The Division of Marine Fisheries  has juris-
diction over marine fish  and shellfish, and,  equally  with the Division
of Fisheries and Wildlife^ over marine mammals.   In  addition to any
Federally required permits, individuals or agencies  wishing  to  conduct
investigations involving  collection, capture, harassment, marking,
etc. of state-protected species should  request a  permit  for  that
purpose from:  MDFW, Leverett  Saltonstall  Building,  Government  Center,
100 Cambridge Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02202; 617-727-3151.
The Division of Marine Fisheries customarily  waives  their permit
requirement for bona-fide investigators holding  valid Federal
permits.  They may be reached at the above address,  telephone    >
617-727-3196.

The MDFW also has legal authority to conduct  investigations  on  wild-
life within the above classes of vertebrates.  Whether or not such
researches are conducted, and  to what extent, is  dependent on policy,
funding, and training and availability  of  personnel  and  equipment.

                                 83

-------
Statutory authority  for the above is contained in Chapter 130, Sections
1,  17, and 101A (Marine Fish and Chapter 131, Sections 4 and 5
(Fisheries and Wildlife) of the Massachusetts General Laws, and
related  laws and regulations.

     B.  Connecticut

Under  state law it is  illegal to take birds without permit.  Statute
26.60  provides for scientific and educational permits.  Statute 26.54
states that it is illegal to possess live birds without a custodian
permit.  Migratory birds and marine mammals require Federal permits
from U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and/or the National Marine
Fisheries Service.

It  is  recommended that:

         1.  Researchers work with existing permit holders, e.g.,
             wildlife  biologists, universities, etc.

         2.  Permit  requests be addressed to:  Connecticut Department
             of Environmental Protection, Wildlife Unit, State Office
             Bldg., Hartford, CT.  The request should explain species,
             times, purpose of collection.

     C.  Federal

Laws governing Federal responsibility for migratory birds include:

     •   Migratory Bird Treaty of 1918, as amended.

     •   National Oil  and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency
         Plan, issued  in the Federal Register by the Council on
         Environmental Quality on February 10, 1975, as amended in
         1976 and 1977.

The Migratory Bird Treaty gives responsibility for managing migrator.y
birds to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and states.  This includes
issuance of Federal and state collection and possession permits.  The
regional contact for Federal permits is:

         Wayne Sanders
         U.S.  Fish and Wildlife Service
         Newton Corner, Mass.
         617-965-5100   ,

Federal permits may be approved by phone for those competent  to col-
lect, possess  and handle birds.
                                 84

-------
The "National Contingency Plan"  (1510.22)  provides  that DOI will pro-
vide (f) "expertise to OSC and RRT with  respect  to  land,  fish, wild-
life resources under  its jurisdiction";  (m)  "making resources avail-
able for Federal pollution response  operations";  and under 1510.46
(b) "arrange for and  coordinate  actions  of professional and volunteer
groups that wish to establish bird collection, cleaning and recovery
centers", and "to the extent practicable,  identify  organizations or
institutions that are willing to operate such  facilities."
GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR ASSESSING  DAMAGE  TO  BIRDS

     A.  Immediate Direct Damage to  Individual Organisms and Popula-
         tions

     (1)  Assess total populations (density estimates) of each
          species in area of  spill and  monitor on at  least ,a weekly
          basis (daily during spring  or fall migratory periods) to
          measure possible movement  of  specific populations to and
          from the affected area.

     (2)  Estimate damage to  specific populations by  determining per-
          centages of each species that show visible  oiling on their
          plumage and by beached bird surveys.

     (3)  Utilizing density estimates in area and percent of specific
          populations that were  contaminated, estimates of immediate
          direct damage to specific  bird populations  may be developed.

     B.  Indirect, Delayed or Chronic Damage to Bird  Populations

These assessments require accurate information on the composition and
characteristics of the spilled fuel.  These needs are discussed under
specific recommended projects.

     (1)  Determine the source or origin (e.g., breeding colony) of
          contaminated bird species  (includes direct  and indirect
          mortality) to enable assessment  of population losses at
          selected breeding locations.   Birds from both the Northern
          and Southern Hemispheres are  involved.

RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES FOR PROCESSING SPECIMENS*

1.   Dead Animals

     a.  Advanced autolysis - place  animal in freezer

*Specimens should be handled  according  to  EPA chain of custody pro-
 cedures.

                                  85

-------
     b.   Recently dead

          - tissue samples in 10% buffered formalin for histological
           purposes; Vol. of the formalin must exceed 10X vol. of
           tissue.

          - tissues  for hydrocarbon analysis* (e.g., blubber, muscle,
           liver, brain, gut).  Sample size depends on precision
           desired.  Tissue must be packaged according to appropriate
           CF. FR 40(28) Pt.ll pp. 62-97 guidelines.  Volume of tissue
           should be lOOg or better.

          - necropsy of animals to determine cause of death.

     c.   Frozen specimens, not decomposed

          - handle hydrocarbon analysis as in b above.

 2.   Moribund Animals

     a.   Liver samples - lOg or more should be obtained.  If mixed
          function oxidase levels are desired, must go into  liquid
          nitrogen ASAP.

     b.   Blood samples - 5 cc of blood in EDTA and 20cc of  blood, no
          anticoagulant.  Refrigerate and centrifuge to separate serum.
          Remove serum from packed cells.  Serum can be frozen for
          future analysis.

          Make 2 thin smears from EDTA sample; air dry.

     Reference for sampling tissues

     Patuxent Wildlife Research Center, Laurel, MD
     USFW Service National Wildlife Health Labs, Madison, WI

3.   Gut  Contents - remove for analysis of ingested hydrocarbons, food
     items, or empty.  Many collected specimens may be emaciated and
     starved.
*Techniques for analysis of hydrocarbons  in warm blooded  animals,
 although still under development, are currently useful  in deter-
 mining if an organism has been exposed to oil  pollution.
                                 86

-------
                   BIRDS AND MARINE MAMMALS PANEL

                      Recommended Projects

1.   Assessment of immediate impact on bird populations in area of
     offshore oil spill.

2.   Breeding bird population studies.

3.   Collection, classification and salvage of suspected oil impacted
     birds.

4.   Effects of oil spills on bird reproduction.

5.   Determination of spill associated bird mortality from post-spill
     body counts.

6.   Assessment of the impact of an oil spill on marine mammals.

7.   Summary of birds and marine mammals for offshore oil spills.

8.   Assessment of oil spill damage to New England marine turtle
     populations.
                                  87

-------
                 PANEL:   BIRDS AND MARINE MAMMALS
                 PROJECT NO:   1
                 PRIORITY RANK:  1

1.   Project Title:   Assessment of Immediate Impact  on Bird Populations
                     in  Area  of Offshore Oil Spill

2.   Description of  Project:

     A.  Objective - Determine species  composition,  density,  and
         distribution of bird populations in area of oil  spill, and
         the proportion  of each bird species which  is visibly con-
         taminated with  oil.

     B.  Procedure

         (1)  By aerial  surveillance the species composition, density,
              and distribution of bird  populations  in the area of the
              spill  will be estimated using a fixed-wing  aircraft
              flown  over a pre-selected grid to randomly  sample bird
              populations present on contaminated and adjacent areas.
              This technique  involves using 2 observers and one re-
              corder (in addition to the pilot) in  a twin-engine  hi-
              wing aircraft flown at 100 feet above  sea level at  100
              mph.  All  birds within a  300m transect will be counted
              by species for  10-minute  periods. Densities (birds/km2)
              will be extrapolated using species abundances per area
              sampled [300m wide x (10  min x air speed)].  This tech-
              nique  is being  utilized by the USFWS  - OBS/CE, 800  A St.,
              Suite  110, Anchorage, AK  99501 - Project Leader -
              Calvin Lens ink.

         (2)  Determine  percent of each species visibly contaminated
              with oil from shipboard surveys by using 10-minute
              counts of  total numbers of each bird  species within
              sight  of the ship (Brown  et al. 1975  - Atlas of eastern
              Canadian seabirds, and Manomet Bird Observatory unpub-
              lished cruise reports).  Specific formats for sampling
              and compilation of data on computerized data sheets are
              discussed  in the references above.   Behavioral observa-
              tions  and  notes on the degrees (i.e.,  light, medium, or
              heavily oiled)  of plumage contamination and areas of
              body affected (i.e. nape  of neck, breast, belly, etc.)
              will be recorded in the 10-minute count format.
                                 88

-------
         (3)  Utilizing density estimates determined from aerial
              surveillance and percents of specific populations
              visibly contaminated from concurrent shipboard surveys,,
              estimates of immediate direct damage to bird popula-
              tions can be made.

3.   Performing Organization:

     A.  Offshore spills - Manomet Bird Observatory 617/224-3559 -
         Kevin Powers or Brian Harrington.  This organization
         presently has the capability and available manpower to
         perform such a study.

     B.  Possible performing organizations suggested:  College of the
         Atlantic - 207/288-5015 - William Drury; University of Rhode
         Island - 401/792-2372 - Frank Heppner.

4.   Applicable Habitats;

     All offshore habitats in EPA Region I (i.e., Gulf of Maine,
     Georges Bank, shelf waters South Cape Cod, and Rhode Island, OCS
     slope waters).

5.   Applicable Conditions:

     Presence of bird populations in area of spill.  The only condi-
     tions necessary for completion of study are the use of aircraft
     and surface vessels able to contend with weather/climate and
     geographical conditions.  Ecological conditions with the bird
     component of the ecosystem are strictly limited to ocean surface
     and air strata.  An organization like Manomet Bird Observatory
     can presently supply trained manpower to meet study requirements
     with internal funds for one week.  Equipment such as aircraft
     and surface vessels must be supplied.

6.   Applicable Oil Type;

     Any oil type or group of oils.

7.   Time Frame;

     Inclusive period of short-term assessment requires period from
     oil spill to one month after spill has visibly dissipated and
     can no longer be traced by air.  Daily to weekly surveillance
     flights depending on season of year will be necessary.  One-week
     sampling periods per month from shipboard surveys will be neces-
     sary.  Depending upon size of spill more than one survey ship
                                 89

-------
         may be necessary.   Sample work-up and data analysis requires
         an additional 2 months per year.   Note:   This time frame does
         not consider any long-term effects.
8.   Cost:
     A.  Aircraft - $100 per hour.

     B.  Surface vessels - range $500 - $3000 per day, 7-10 days on
         study area per vessel desired.

     C.  Personnel

         (1)  Aircraft - 2 observers and 1 recorder per flight.

         (2)  Surface vessels - 1 observer.

              Extra cost of Manomet Bird Observatory observer =  $100
              per day (includes salary ($12K/year) and 57% overhead) -
              does not include travel and per diem costs.

     D.  Equipment - (may sometimes be provided by certain institu-
         tions or agencies, but for this project proposal it is  assumed
         that the NRT will provide necessary equipment).

         (1)  Photographic - $2000 per kit.  One kit includes:  SLR
              35-mm camera with motor drive and data back; 200-400 mm
              zoom lens with gunstock mount; 10 rolls @ 36 exp Tri-X
              film; 10 rolls @ 36 exp. Plus-X film.  (One kit per
              aircraft and surface vessel needed.)

         (2)  Cassette tape recorders @ $75 (one recorder per aircraft
              and surface vessel needed).

         (3)  Optics - 1 pair 8 x 40 WA binoculars @ $75. (1 pair per
              observer needed).

         (4)  Film processing - grossly estimated at $1000.

     E.  Automatic data processing, if necessary.  Key punch and
         statistician's time grossly estimated at $1500 for a spill
         of similar size and duration as Argo Merchant incident.

     F.  Phone,  Xerox, etc., costs (if University-based study) grossly
         estimated at $500.
                                 90

-------
     G.  Principal investigator - salary range, $15 - $25K per year.
         Mean - $20K per year.  Daily consultant rates based on USFWS
         scale = salary per year Daily pay rate = $77 per day.
                       260

         Based on one month duration spill and three months' data
         analysis and report writing - 4 months with 20 working days
         per month = 80 days.

         $77 x 80 = $6160 total P.I. salary.

         P.I. at 33% of time for 4 months = $2033.

9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     A.  As this project is largely observation orientated, little
         equipment will be required beyond optical and recording
         materials.  One kit with the following materials will be
         required for each crew (aircraft or ship):

         (1)  single lens reflex camera with data back and motor
              drive unit

         (2)  200-400m 200m lens w/gunstock attachment

         (3)  cassette tape recorder with tapes

         (4)  8X40 binoculars

     B.  All these materials are potentially available through the
         appointed institutions, but are not guaranteed to be access-
         ible at the moment of a spill.  Therefore, kits should be
         prepared in advance.

10-  Facility Needs/Facilities Available;

     Facility needs involve aircraft and ship transport:

     A.  Aircraft - hi-wing, 2 engine, float equipped preferred,
         VFR/IFR, deicing, communications, and navigational capability
         appropriate to pelagic survey, room for two observers,
         recorder, and pilot.

     B,  Surface Vessels - from 1-3 vessels of similar design or
         observational capability, range and construction suitable to
         open ocean work in poor sea conditions for 10-day minimum
         (port to port); location electronics equal to Loran A or
         better; VHF radio with sea-air, sea-sea, sea-land capability;

                                 91

-------
         lifeboat or skiff with capability in cabin to moderate seas;
         berth for 1-2 observers.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     Discussed in parts 3 and 8(C).

     The principal investigator and associates chosen from list of
     performing organizations will delegate staff for the project.

12.  Support Services:

     A.  Relevant long-term and cause-and-effeet studies can be assoc-
         iated with and after this study.  Base line data necessary
         for background and more accurate ecological assessments are
         discussed in part #14 (Limitations).

         The following studies should be considered in priority listed:

         (1)  Recovery, rehabilitation and salvage operations during
              spill.

         (2)  Indirect mortality by ingestion of oil, either directly
              by preening or indirectly through food chain.  What are
              the chances of survival for a lightly oiled bird?  Can
              we assume any bird that ingests oil will die?  What are
              external and internal toxicity levels?

         (3)  Effects of external and internal oiling on reproductive
              success (long term and short term).

         (4)  Effects of habitat degradation or alteration (wintering,
              breeding, or migratory stopover habitats; whichever is
              applicable to bird species in question).  Habitat
              aspects to be considered are feeding, loafing, nesting,
              etc.

13.  Payoff:

     A.  The study will provide capability to clearly respond  to
         public sentiment regarding impact on bird populations.  More
         specifically, it addresses:

         (1)  estimates of direct mortality per bird species at spill
              site

         (2)  probable estimates of indirect mortality due to  spill


                                 92

-------
         (3)  limitations in estimating long-term or more accurate
              assessments are discussed in part #14 (Limitations).

14.  Limitations:

     A.  Our capability to assess environmental damage to marine
         bird populations associated with these spills is dependent
         on necessary base line information.

     B.  These populations are highly mobile.  Even with the best base
         line data present capabilities can provide, statistically
         significant measurements (P<.05) may not be possible.

     C.  Weather and sea state may severely disrupt the effectiveness
         of the project.

     D.  Initial counts of direct mortality at spill site may be
         misleading.  Oiled birds may die many miles away, may sink
         before being counted, may float out to sea unobserved
         (opposed to washing ashore).  They also may be more likely
         to be counted because of behavioral factors (flight and
         feeding characteristics; spending more time on water).  All
         oiled birds may not be contaminated from same source.

     E.  Cost predictions listed for this study may not be considered
         feasible (e.g., aircraft and vessel costs) with available
         funds.  Most of these high-cost facilities necessary, may
         be dove tailed with USCG operations and other research
         groups.  However, the quality of data collected may be
         reduced. To what extent data quality will be impaired is
         unknown.
                                 93

-------
                  PANEL:   BIRDS AND MARINE  MAMMALS
                  PROJECT NO:   2
                  PRIORITY RANK:
 1.    Project  Title:   Breeding  Bird  Population  Studies  to  Monitor
                      Population Fluctuation at Breeding Colonies and
                      to Study  the Relationship of  Such Fluctuations
                      to Oil  at Sea

 2.    Project  Description:

      This  project  takes a  long-term approach to monitoring  changes and
      trends  in sea populations.  It provides invaluable base  line
      data, material  that ideally should have been  generated 20  years
      ago.  Only in seabird rookeries are  the populations  concentrated
      in space and  time  to  the  extent that accurate and meaningful
      population estimates  can  be made.  Therefore,  this approach
      should provide  a most sensitive measure of population  fluctuations-
      some  of  which may  be  attributable to oil  spills.   The  Torrey
      Canyon disaster demonstrated the value of this approach  in the
      British  Isles where considerable surveys  of the seabird  resources
      have  gone on  for many years.   Actual percentage drops  in the
      populations could  be  measured  by noting declines  at  the  rookeries.
      This  proposed project would be international  in scope  and  would
      be  quite expensive.   Some data are already available (cf.
      Canadian F. & W. Survey of  the Seabirds colonies  in  eastern
      Canada;  USFWS,  Seabird  Survey;  U. of Maine Coop.  Res.  Unit and
      U.  of Mass. Coop.  Res. Unit, Dr. R.  Michael Erwin and  Wendell
      Dodge, P.I.)

3»    Performing Organizations:

      The enormous  scope  of this  project makes  it essential  to utilize
      all available observers and cooperators.   These would  probably
      represent various  organizations  contracting with  a lead-coordi-
      nating agency -  e.g., USFWS or The Seabird Group. Dr. William
      Drury, College  of  the Atlantic,  Bar  Harbor, Maine, has consider-
      able expertise  in  the Region I seabird population.  The  only
      known reference  for Canada  is  the Canadian Wildlife  Service.

4.   Applicable Habitats:

     Offshore  islands,  sandy beaches  and  bare  cliffs,  stacks, ledges,
     and wherever  seabirds are found  to be nesting.
                                 94

-------
5.   Applicable Conditions:

     Successful completion would depend on availability of necessary
     manpower, operation platforms and equipment.  The huge scope of
     the project means that these factors might, in fact, be limiting.
     Necessary men and equipment would need to be highly coordinated
     to correspond/coincide with the seabird meeting chronologies.
     Accuracy of data generated would be limited by weather, sea
     conditions, difficulties associated with landing on offshore
     islands, etc.

6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     Not directly applicable.

7.   Time Frame:

     A.  Total scope of project:- minimum 10 years.

     B.  Annual scope of project:

         (1)  Field Operation May - July.

         (2)  Equipment Preparation/Data Processing August - April.

8.   Cost*:

     A.  Personnel

         Principal Investigator  (1)                           $ 6,875**
         @ $250-300/week for 25 weeks

         Field Observers (12)                                  13,000**
         @ 80-100/week for  12 weeks
 *For this section, cost  estimates  are based on survey and observation
  of all seabird colonies  in Massachusetts.  Cost  for total NE Maritime
  Region would be expanded Province by Province, with highly variable
  costs expected due  to different colony access problems and require-
  ments.  For example, Newfoundland would require  large boat and much
  off-shore work, while in Massachusetts, small boats and vehicle work
  would be adequate.
**This figure reflects all staffed, agency-filled  positions and
  doesn't take into account the  probability that some personnel
  are volunteers or personnel  already on the job,  e.g., P.I.
                                  95

-------
     B.  Operating Platforms

         16'  Boston Whaler,  rented or chartered                 5,600
         @ $100/day, boat trailer included,  for
         8 weeks, fully-equipped

         2 4x4 Scout International Jeeps at  $50/day             4,200
         for 12 weeks

     C.  Equipment

         (a)   Binoculars (6  pairs) 8x40 Swift                     720
              @ $120 each

         (b)   Spotting telescope and tripod                        200
              @ $200

     D.  Contingencies (e.g., telephone calls,  beach              350
         permits, notebooks, etc.)                            	
                                                              $30,570

                                                           or $32,000

9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available;

     A.  Binoculars, Swift 8x40 or 7x50
         (about 6 should be  available for use)

     B.  Telescope, Bausch & Lamb Bolscope Sr.  20 power, 300MM (1)

     C.  Tripod (1)

10.   Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     A.  Boat (1) Boston Whaler, 16" fully equipped and C.G. inspected
         ideal.

     B.  Trailer for Boat (1)

     C.  Trucks (2) 4x4 Scout International  equipped with 7.50 x 15
         tires with psi = 17, low-pressure tire gauge, air-tank (capy
         200  Ibs.), hydraulic jack, tire iron,  several boards, shovel,
         spare tire, come-along; 25 feet 1/2" nylon rope or equivalent
         strength cable.

     D.  Garaging for vehicles assumed to be covered by owning
         agencies,  e.g., MDFW, Wbo. hdqtrs or SE District Office, etc.
         No additional cost  involved.

                                  96

-------
     E.  Docking/launching facilities for boat.  Arrangements in
         advance at appropriate points of departure.  Possibly some
         cost involved here not shown in Paragraph 8 above.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     A.  For Massachusetts, possible Principal Investigators:

         Dr. R. M. Erwin, U. MA. Coop Res. Unit, Holdsworth Hall,
         Amherst, MA 01003 (presently USFEW Coordinator or on MA
         Coast for Seabird Survey).

         Bradford G. Blodget, State Ornithologist, Mass. Div.
         F. & W., 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, 02202.  Tel. (617)
         727-3151.   Home No:  (617) 853-5474 at 74 Hillcroft Ave.,
         Worcester.  Currently co-coordinator of Division activity on
         tern project.

         Richard Forster, c/o Mass. Aud. Soc., leader of MA tern
         project.

     B.  Current additional observer personnel furnished by other
         agencies, e.g., Trustees of Res., Parker R. NWR, MAS, Cape
         Cod Nat. Seashore, Barnstable Conserv. Comm., and, volunteers
         too lengthy a list to give here.

     C.  Adequate personnel are available on short notice.  Names and
         details available from any of above individuals or agencies
         listed (for MA only).  Personnel would have to be lined up
         and coordinated state by state or province with a state or
         provincial coordinator.                               '

12.  Support Services:

     A.  Aerial reconnaissance of study area helpful in surveying
         for locations of colonies to be censused.  All actual census
         work to be carried out from land and water-based platforms.
         Aerial data are useful only in locating breeding colonies.

     B.  Studies on census techniques might help refine methods
         of obtaining accurate numerical estimates.

13.  Payoff

     Payoff would be in long range build-up of data to be used as a
     barometer of change in seabird numbers.  Immediate use for
     determining damage due to spills would be minimal, but the study
                                 97

-------
     could yield excellent general population data after sufficient
    ; time (probably at least 10 years).  Yields current information
     on sea-bird numbers in total population that cannot be obtained
     in any other fashion and therefore potentially very useful in
     assessing long range trends—some trends in part possibly due to
     oil contamination at sea.  The long term oil related mortality
     in seabirds may be greater than the spectacular one-shot mortality
     immediately associated with spills.
     Figure 1.  Two schemes showing seabird mortality due to oil.  In
     Model A, mortality is scattered over a wide area, as birds
     encounter oil at many small spills, or individual globs of oil
     and die.  In model B, there is spectacular loss at a spill site.
     However, over the long range, actual mortality under scheme A
     may be much greater than that associated with B.  The proposed
     project would give a much better assessment of the seabird
     resource picture at control concentration points, where birds
     congregate from the oceans of the world.  Over time, these two
     types of mortality might appear thus:

     Scheme A  	

     Scheme B
               JFMAMJnJlAgSOND

     Scheme B takes into account only concentrated, visible oil
     mortality; scheme A takes into account continuous, non-point oil
     mortality.

     This discussion gives the major payoff, which may be the only
     long term solution to assessment of damage being done.

14.  Limitations;

     A.  Financial limitations would probably be most severe.  Hence,
         the project could be broken down into state or provincial
         programs  that would capitalize on local experts familiar
         with their areas to minimize the associated costs.
                                 98

-------
     B.   Project  does not give a direct cause-effect relationship
         between  oil at sea and impact on seabird numbers.   Rather
         the proposed project shows fluctuation in seabird  numbers
         resulting from a large assemblage of factors.

     C.   Project  has little or no value in short-term assessment
         of damage at the site of an oil spill.  Benefits are entirely
         based on long-term development.

     D.   Project  may be limited severely in some states or  provinces
         by any or all of the following factors:

         (1)  difficulty of access to remote colonies,

         (2)  lack of competent observers, and

         (3)  impossibility of documenting number of birds  in colon-
              ies due to difficulties in obtaining accurate number
              estimates.

     E.   Projects would apply only to colonial nesters (see point 15).

15.  Species Affected;

     A.   The following colonial nesters would be most easily assessed
         by this project:

         (1)  Dovekie

         (2-3)  Murres (2 spp)

         (4)  Razorbill

         (5)  Black Guillemot

         (6)  Gannet

         (7)  Black-legged Kittiwake

         (8)  Puffin

         (9-10)  Cormorants (2 spp)

     B.   The following species may all be assessed, but may be  less
         critical as they might be more affected by other  factors
         than oil.
                                  99

-------
         (1)  Tern spp. (NE and north, 4 spp)

         (2)  Gulls (NE and north, 6+ spp)

     C.  The following species are highly colonial, but colonies
         are geographically very remote from our area:

         Cory's Shearwater (Azores, the closest)

         Greater Shearwater (Tristan Archipelago)

         Sooty Shearwater (sub-Antarctic islands)

         Wilson's Storm Petrel (sub-Antarctic islands)

         Atlantic Fulmar (Northeast Atlantic)

     D.  The following pelagic species are non-colonial and would
         require different censusing techniques:

     Oldsquaw, Scoters (3 spp), Eiders (2 spp) Loons (2 spp),
     Grebes (2 spp).

Addendum to Project No. 2:

The spatial and temporal distribution of the marine bird-
populations in DCS New England waters is only superficially under-
stood.  Only one 18-month study (USFWS-Manomet Bird Observatory) has
examined pelagic distributions of birds in this area.  Yearly trends
have not been investigated.  A viable census technique for counting
birds at sea has been developed, and a format for automatic data
processing of such information is available.  A prototype ADP program
is currently being developed and tested by U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service Migratory Bird and Habitat Laboratory at Laurel, Maryland.
Data processed in this format was collected at the site of the Argo
Merchant spill and will be analyzed by January 1978.  We have capi-
talized on a unique offshore research opportunity.  The existence of
a spatial and temporal distribution data will allow more accurate
estimates of probable import of future spills.  The mobility of sea-
bird populations makes this data base necessary for valid damage
assessments.

The seabird populations that utilize U.S. Northwest Atlantic OCS
waters involve species from Tristan De Cunha, Antarctic Peninsula,
and South Shetland Islands in the Southern Hemisphere; and species
from northwest Africa, the Canaries, Azores, Shetland and Faroe
Islands, Iceland, Canadian Arctic islands, Newfoundland, Nova Scotia,


                                 100

-------
and New England in the northern Hemisphere.  A spill may have a
devastating effect on a particular breeding population or may involve
a small percentage of several breeding populations.  We simply do not
know this information and therefore  cannot really assess the actual
damage because it may not be apparent until the birds are thousands
of miles away.  We can obtain better information with collecting and
banding operations on an international scale.

We do not know, but may only conjecture  from the literature, what
food resources the seabird populations utilize in these waters.
Studies in the literature are few and were investigated in other
countries mainly during the breeding seasons.  Damage (i.e. resource
reductions) or contamination of prey items may seriously affect bird
populations.  A depleted prey species may act as a severe stress on
bird populations, or hydrocarbon accumulations in prey species may
result in a detrimental build-up of  hydrocarbons which may kill
individual birds when otherwise stressed; or when toxic tissue levels
are reached from contaminated prey items (i.e., fish in Mississippi
River drainage resulted in extermination of all breeding populations
of this species along coastal Louisiana  in the early 1960's).

In conclusion, we may well be able to assess mortality at the site
of the spill with a comprehensive effort as stated in this project,
at a phenomenal cost, but we cannot  make any meaningful statements
concerning an ecological assessment  of damage until we have a data
base with which to compare results obtained during damage assessments
studies.
                                 101

-------
                 PANEL:   BIRDS AND MARINE MAMMALS
                 PROJECT NO:   3
                 PRIORITY RANK:

1.   Project Title:   Collection,  Classification and Salvage of
                     Suspected Oil Impacted Birds

2.   Project Description;

     A.  Objectives

         (1)  Collect distressed  and dead birds in and around an
              oil spill, including adjacent on-shore areas.

         (2)  Transport  collected specimens to a control processing
              point.

         (3)  Classify specimens  into categories of living vs.
              dead,  oiled vs.  non-oiled.

         (4)  Record appropriate  site and specimen data, including
              species, sex and age, condition, date, time, location.

         (5)  Coordinate disposition of specimens for treatment under
              allied projects.

         (6)  Necropsy of dead animals.

     B.  Techniques

         (1)  Land-based collection:  regionalize shoreline and
              associated inland areas.  Assign a regional coordinator
              (and assistants  if  necessary) to each region.  (Refer-
              ence:   Cardoza,  J.E., 1977.  Oiled bird recovery
              program for the  "Argo Merchant" Spill.  Typescript
              memorandum to the Director of the Mass. Div. Fisheries
              and Wildlife.  10pp.  Provide a central coordinator.
              Regional collectors would be responsible for patrolling
              their  area, collecting the specimens, and transporting
              them to a  central point.  Based on Argo Merchant
              experience, regions may be 3-5 miles in length (depend-
              ing on numbers  of birds involved and accessibility of
              terrain).   Patrolling at least twice a day, but capable
              of expansion.  Nightlighting as applicable.

         (2)  Water-based collection:  regionalize coastal (up
              to 1/4 mile off-shore) areas.  Assign regional coordi-
              nator  and  assistants.  Same central coordinator as  (i)

                                102

-------
              above.  Patrol daily  (capable  of  expansion).  Provide
              at least one off-shore/on-spill collection  crew, as
              necessity requires  and  conditions  permit.

          (3)  Classification:  central  coordinator  and assistants
              examine specimens collected by regional crews, make
              status determination, record applicable data, package
              specimens for distribution.

          (4)  Salvage:  central coordinator  liaisons with allied
              investigators to provide  for transportation and distri-
              bution of specimens.  Follow recommended EPA chain of
              custody procedures.  Procedures for handling specimens
              apply.

3.  Performing Organizations:

     A.  Lead:  U.S. Fish and Wildlife  Service  (name & address of
         coordinator) and state fish  and wildlife department(s) of
         state(s) in area of spill  (for Mass., contact Matthew B.
         Connolly, Jr., Director, Mass. Div. Fish & Wildlife, 100
         Cambridge St., Boston, Mass.' 02202, 617-727-3151).

     B.  Secondary:  local conservation and  humane  organizations;
         local scientific and educational institutions; municipal
         conservation commissions/civil defense  departments.

4,  Applicable Habitats:

    Pelagic; rocky shore; sandy shore;  salt  marsh;  and salt pond.

5.  Applicable Conditions:

     A.  .Physical accessibility of on-shore  terrain.

     B.  Permissible accessibility of area (e.g., bombing ranges,
         hazardous area).

     C.  Sea state _<4 ft. for water-based collection.

     D.  Presence or immediate potential presence of birds in subject
         area.

     E.  Availability of collection personnel and associated transport,

     F.  Requirement for specimen disposition.
                                  /
                                103

-------
6.  Applicable Oil Type

    All types or groups of oils.

7.  Time Frame

    Duration of spill, plus period during which capturable/collect-
    ible oiled birds continue to appear.

8.  Cost:
     A.  Equipment:

         Vehicle, 4x4  -  .20 per mile
         ATV           -  $1.00/hr of*
                          operation
         Vessel/boat   -  $100 per day
         Shipping boxes-  $1.75 per box
         Burlap bag    -  .15 per bag
         Plastic bag   -  .20 per bag
     B.  Personnel:
Nets       - $5-$8 per net
Goggles    - $5.00 per pair
Gloves     - $5.00 per pair
Spotlight  - $10.00 each
Scale      - $50.00 each
Expendables- $50.00 each
Utilities  - $250-$500/mo.
 for facilities
         PI-$100/day salary, plus $35 per diem
         Others-$75/day, plus $35 per diem.

     C.  Operating Cost for One Month Operation

         1.  P.I. Salary + cost (1)
             Other personnel (20)

         2.  Vehicles (based on about 6 vehicles,
             travelling 5,000 mi. at .20/mi O.C.)

             Boats (2) (based on $100/day/boat)

             ATV's (1) (based on $1.00/hr of
               operation, at 4 hrs/day)

         3. Equipment:

            Shipping boxes 500x1.75 e
            Bags, burlap 500x.l5 e
            Bags, plastic 500x.20 e
        $ 4,050,00
         45,000.00*
          1,000.00

          6,000.00


             120.00 J
            875.00
              75.00
            100.00
7,120
*Based on assumption all personnel are brought  in  by  agency  involved.
 It is likely the breakdown of personnel would  include  volunteers.
                                 104

-------
            Nets, 12x$5 or $8                           60.00 to 96.00
            Goggles, 12x$5                              60.00
            Gloves, 25x2 = 50x$5                       250.00
            Spotlights (on trik) 6x$10                  60.00
            Scale                                       50.00
            Expendables                                100.00

         4.  Utilities (heat, tele., elec.)        200.00 to 500.00*
             Rental of collection center           300.00 to 500.00
               (if necessary)
                                                58,500.00

9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     A.  Truck or utility vehicle, 1/2 to 3/4 ton, 4x4.  One per 3-5
         mi. shoreline plus one 2x4 or 4x4 truck for central coordi-
         nator.

     B.  ATV/ACV.  One per 3-5 mi. shoreline inaccessible by vehicles
         in (A) above.

     C.  Collapsible waxed cardboard pheasant shipping boxes, or
         equivalent.  One per bird.

     D.  Burlap sacks, new or washed.  One per bird.

     E.  Landing net, 8 ft., nylon bag, wooden or aluminum handle.
         One per collection crew plus reserve supply.

     F.  Goggles, work gloves, elbow-length rubber gloves.  One
         set goggles per collection crew and 2 gloves per man plus
         reserve supply.

     G.  Spotlight (narrow beam, candlepower).  Vehicle-mounted
         or hand-held.  One per truck.

     H.  Scale, suspension, dial-reading, with pan, 15Kg capacity.
         One.

     I.  Plastic bags, heavy-duty, approximately 36x18 in.  One
         per bird.

     J.  Expendables:  labels, markers, writing materials, twine,
         etc.
*Variable, due to season.
                                 105

-------
10.  Facilities Needed:

     A.  Collection point.  Enclosed building, seasonally usable,
         with adjacent parking area, and ample space for processing
         and temporary storage of live and dead specimens in warm
         weather.  Land line and CB/RT Commo.

     B.  Surface vessels:  One per shoreline or sq. mi. surface
         area. Length 18-25 feet, deck working space, enclosed cabin.
         Smaller craft (whaler) availability as substitution or
         supplement for equivalent shoal/shallow water/harbor areas.

11.  Personnel;

     Principal investigator and associates selected from list of
     performing organizations (see #3) will delegate staff or requi-
     sition volunteers from secondary organizations.

     A.  Central coordinator (Pi)     1

     B.  Assistants                   1-3

     C.  Regional Coordinators        1 per vehicle/boat

     D.  Assistants                   1-2 per coordinator

12.  Support Services

     A.  Necropsy, histopathological, chemical analyses of impacted
         or suspected impacted dead specimens.  Includes superficial,
         ingested, and absorbed contaminants.

     B.  Rehabilitation of potentially recoverable live specimens.

     C.  Coordination of collection efforts with on-shore and close
         in-shore surveys of distressed birds.

     D.  Coordination of collection efforts with on-shore and close
         in-shore surveys of distressed birds.

13.  Payoff;

     A.  Distressed birds are one of the most, if not  the most,
         visible indicators of disaster in an oil spill.  The re-
         sultant surge of emotional public response demands equally
         visible recovery efforts - despite the frequently question-
         able biological grounds for such efforts.  Public support  or


                                106

-------
         resistance for all phases  of  spill  studies may be keyed to
         the favorable or adverse publicity  generated by recovery
         operations.

     B.  Collection of impacted specimens will  provide a known
         (albeit minimal) tally of  bird  losses  from a spill.
     C.  Collection of  impacted  (and  control)  specimens will provide
         samples  for  initiating  determination  of  the physical and
         physiological  effects of  ail  on  birds.

14.  Limitations

     A.  Weather, sea state,  and terrain  may limit  the effectiveness
         of collection  efforts.

     B.  Collection of  live  specimens  dependent on  mobility of
         live birds,  skill of collectors,  terrain accessibility,
         extent of holding facilities,  extent  of  interference by
         unsolicited  help, and degree  of  predation  on distressed
         birds.

     C.  Collection of  dead  specimens  is  dependent  on at sea flota-
         tion time, terrain  accessibility,  and degree of scavenging
         by predators.

     D.  Utility  of specimens is dependent  on  preservation facilities
         for dead specimens,  and holding  facilities and transport for
         live specimens.

     E.  It should be recognized that  this  method does not neces-
         sarily provide an estimate of total loss,  but only a tally
         Of known collected  losses.
COMMENT ON PRIORITY

     Allied projects will  depend  on  this  project  for  the collection
and distribution of specimens,  e.g.,  tissue  analysis, blood sample
collection, etc.  Hence, this  should  be ranked high.  This is not to
mention the high public relations  importance  of this  type of project.
                                 107

-------
                 PANEL:  BIRDS AND MARINE MAMMALS
                 PROJECT NO:  4
                 PRIORITY RANK:

1.   Project Title:  Effects of Accidental Oil Spills on Bird
                     Reproduction

2.   Project Description;

     Effects of contamination on yolk formation, localized in the
     ring structure of avian egg yolks, are easily distinguishable
     from other environmental variables and would provide a good
     diagnostic index of an oiling effect during egg formation.  If
     this can be taken as an exposure index, other data on ovarian
     and testicular structure and function, embryonic development,
     hatchability, clutch size, and subsequent growth and survival of
     young can be related quantitatively to oil exposure.  Yolk
     variation with respect to oil contamination can be quantified in
     lab experiments and this information later could be applied to
     field samples to determine the level of exposure.  Field samples
     of birds and eggs, and other data, will be collected during and
     after the spill throughout the breeding season.

     References:

     Grau, C. R. 1975.  Ring structure of avian egg yolks.  Department
                        of Avian Sciences, University of California,
                        Davis.

     Grau, C. R. 1977.  Altered egg structure and reduced hatchability
                        of eggs from birds fed single doses of
                        petroleum oils.  Science (in press).

3.  Performing Organization:

    C. R. Grau and T. E. Roudybush
    University of California, Davis
    Department of Avian Sciences

4.  Applicable Habitats;

    Depends on species impacted.

5.  Applicable Conditions;

     A.  Oil spills impacting on seabirds, waders, or waterfowl.

     B.  During breeding season.

                                108

-------
 6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     All types.

 7.   Time Frame:

     Two months after the end of the breeding season—roughly 3-8
     months.

 8.   Cost;

     Salaries             - $4,600
     Travel and Per Diem  - $9,000
     Lab, and Equipment    - $4,000
     Total                 $17,600

 9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     The majority of the equipment is lab equipment in the UC Davis
     Lab.

10.   Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     Possible fixed wing aircraft or helicopter and quarters for
     field personnel.  These could easily piggy-back with other
     projects and facilities.

11.   Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     A.   Requirements

         3 field biologists

         1 lab biologist

         part time Principal Investigator

     B.   Persons to Contact

         C. R. Grau 916/752-3535 office
                    916/752-1300 dept.
                    916/753-4349 home

         T. E. Roudybush 916/752-1300 dept.
                         916/758-2626 home
                                 109

-------
         Alice Berkner
         International Bird Rescue Research Center
         Aquatic Park
         Berkley, California

12.  Support Services;

     A.  Continued laboratory studies of effects of oil on yolk
         structure

     B.  Baseline data on bird reproduction

13.  Payoff;

     A.  Quantification of exposure

     B.  Impact on reproduction related to exposure.

14.  Limitations:

     A.  Only few investigators/labs capable of doing this.

     B.  Does not in itself yield total effect on a population.

     C.  Can be done only during the breeding season.

     D.  Proven only on geese and laboratory animals—may not
         work with wild birds.
                                 110

-------
                 PANEL:  BIRDS AND MARINE MAMMALS
                 PROJECT NO:  5
                 PRIORITY RANK:

1.   Project Title:  Determination of Spill Associated Bird Mortality
                     from Post-Spill Body Counts

2.   Project Description;

     For assessment of liability and determination of damages in an
     offshore spill incident, it will be important to know actual
     spill associated bird mortality.  This information cannot be
     obtained directly by counting dead birds in the spill area,
     because some bodies will sink or drift away from the spill area.
     Knowledge of the fate of dead oiled birds and actuarial techniques
     based on knowledge of currents could provide a means of predicting
     actual mortality, if current data were available in the spill
     area.

     A.  Project Objectives:

         (1)  Determine floating times for various seabirds oiled
              with the major oil types, and;

         (2)  Develop a model and actuarial tables for calculating
              the mortality given the time of body count, character-
              istics of the sampling techniques, and basic oceano-
              graphic data.

     B.  Basic Experimental Design:

         (1)  Floating times of oiled birds
              Mallard ducks will be sacrificed, and their feathers
              oiled with a standard quantity of each of the test
              oils.  The bodies will be placed in a temperature
              controlled seawater wave tank and tested under the
              following conditions:

              winter temperature and summer temperature
              calm, 1 ft. sea and 2 ft. sea

              Observations will be made by photographing the tank
              every 2 hours.  When a bird is 1 ft. below the surface,
              it will be counted as "sunk" and 10 birds/condition
              will be used.
                                Ill

-------
         (2)  The statistician and oceanographer will cooperate
              in developing a computer model which will predict
              mortality when the following factors are known:

              a.  area of spill   e.  number of live birds counted
              b.  current               on transects
              c.  tides           f.  number of dead birds counted
              d.  wind                  on transects
                                  g.  sink rate of dead birds
                                  h.  other factors to be determined

         (3)  Verification of the model and sink times will be
              provided by taking sacrificed, oiled birds on ships
              of opportunity, placing them in a floating "trap" which
              will be easily visible, and recording rate of sinking
              over several days.                         «

3.  Performing Organization:

    Any organization which has in-house expertise in ornithology,
    statistics, and machine processing of data, and physical ocean-
    ography should be able to handle this project.  WHOI, URI-GSO
    immediately come to mind.  Expertise in ornithology is the least
    important aspect.

4.  Applicable Habitat:

    Primarily offshore

5.  Applicable Conditions:

    This is primarily a laboratory simulation, so completion is
    largely a matter of funding and facilities rather than environ-
    mental factors.  Verification and validation of the actuarial
    model can be made on ships of opportunity.

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

    Each of the common offshore cargoes; Crude, #2, #4, #6,
    Bunker C, would be tested.
                                112

-------
7.  Time Frame:
    Month

      1
      2

      3
      4
      5
      6
      7

      8

      9
      10
      11

8.  Cost:
Floater Experiments

organization, construction
of apparatus, securing of
specimens
start of exp.
exp.
exp.
exp.
field confirmation of model

exp. field confirmation of
model
reduction of data
writing
writing
Simulation Model

1&2 construction of
model

3—no work
4—no work
5—no work
6—no work
7—incorporation of
   floater data writing
    This estimate  assumes  a university contract.  Industry will
    be higher.
     A.  Personnel

         P.I.  (20k/year)  summer  salary
         Oceanographer-engineer  summer
           salary
         Statistician-summer
         Technician  (full  time 9 mos.)
         Lab helper  (full  time 9 mos.)

         Overhead

     B.  Capital Equipment

         tank
         "trap"
     C.  Supplies

         livestock
         chemicals
         glassware
         misc.
*would not be needed if existing one available

                                113
                          $4,200

                          $4,200
                          $4,200
                          $7,200
                          $5,000
                         $24,800
                         $14,000
                          $5,000*
                             500
                          $5,500

-------
     D.  Computational Time               $1,500

     E.  Travel-Per Diem for
         Ship Trials                        $400

     F.  Publication expenses,
         secretarial, telephone,
         postage                     .       $500

         TOTAL	$48,200

 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     The primary piece of equiment is a wave tank.  Various university
     mechanical and ocean engineering departments have such tanks, but
     their availability depends on time of the year, other projects,
     etc.  A tank could be constructed using standard techniques if
     none were available at the time of the project.  A floating
     "trap" to hold dead birds for the field trials would have to be
     constructed.  Small amounts of glassware, lab supplies, etc.,
     would be needed.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available;

     See 9 and 2 above.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available;

     P.I. full time summer, 1/4 time for 9 months
     Actuary-statistician 1/4 time for 6 months
     Ocean engineer-physical oceanographer 1/4 time six months
     Technician-full time for 9 months
     Lab helper-full time for 9 months

12.  Support Services;

     This project is in support of other project.

13.  Payoff:

     This project has an immediate payoff in determining much more
     accurately than now, the possible number of birds killed in a
     spill.   Since it is likely that liability judgments will be
     based on $/bird, this data will be essential in the adjudication
     process.   From a scientific standpoint, knowledge of the fate  of
     dead birds,  and an assessment of mortality will help to determine
     the short and long term impact on populations.


                                114

-------
14.   Limitations

     Limitations include the fact that not all sea and weather
     states can or will be simulated in the laboratory.  The study
     also will not include considerations of those birds which ingest
     oil, fly elsewhere and die.  What it will do is narrow the
     confidence limits of mortality predictions.
                                 115

-------
                 PANEL:   BIRDS AND MARINE MAMMALS
                 PROJECT NO:   6
                 PRIORITY RANK:

1.   Project Title;   Assessments of the Impact of an Oil Spill
                     on  Marine Mammals

2.   Project Description;

     A.  Data Gathering  Techniques

         (1)  Aerial surveys  to identify local populations,  distribu-
              tions  and  relative abundance of marine mammals in the
              area of a  spill.

         (2)  Shipboard  and/or shore surveys as above to confirm
              involvement of  marine mammals and oil

         (3)  Collection of obviously fouled marine mammals  for
              necropsy or physiological sampling and debilitated
              animals for rehabilitation and release.

         (4)  Tagging of affected but otherwise healthy appearing
              animals (includes use of  radio tags and tracking and
              photographic identification of individual animals.

     B.  Cleaning of Oiled Marine Mammals

         (1)  Initiation of clean-up operations

         As oiled marine mammals are identified, efforts should
         be made to  clean affected individuals.  As yet, there is no
         established method for removing oil from various impacted
         animals. A methodology should be delivered and recommended
         for implementation in the event of a spill which affects
         marine mammals  populations.

         (2)  Monitoring of cleanup acitivities

         Since cleanup operations have  never been conducted on
         N.E.  marine mammal populations in connection with an oil
         spill, effects  of the cleanup  operation itself should be
         carefully monitored.  This involves investigating:

         (a)  the effect of cleaning and no cleaning agent on
              individuals and;
         (b)  effect of  overall cleanup activities on population
              and community structure,  and

                                116

-------
         (c)  habitat utilization.

    With respect to the effects on the individuals, cleaned
    animals should be tagged so that subsequent monitoring
    phases can lead to,the determination of the apparent success
    of employed cleaning operations in terms of the survival of
    cleaned individuals.

    In the case of the cleaning operation's effects on the
    community as a whole, inter and intra-population associations
    should be observed to investigate any behavioral modifica-
    tions associated with human intervention.

    The redistribution of populations associated with oiled
    habitat should also be observed and changes in habitat
    utilization noted.

     C.  Anticipated Results

         (1)  Can or do cetaceans avoid spills?

         (2)  Acute and chronic impact of oil contact and/or
              ingestion on marine mammals

         (3)  Behavioral modifications of impacted cetaceans
              with respect to:

              (a)  Mother/pup interaction
              (b)  Selection of haul-out sites and rookeries
              (c)  Are there adverse thermoregulatory effects
                   on neonatal seals?
              (d)  Demonstrations of physiologic or histologic
                   changes in oil impacted marine mammals.

    Without long-term control studies on the effects of oil on
    marine mammals, oil spills will provide the only source of
    data on such effects.

3.  Performing Organizations:

    College of the Atlantic, S. Katona-Census and behavioral
    Aspects

    NEA, Prescott-All Aspects

    URI, Winn/Dunn-Physiology, behavior, census, tagging

    WHOI,  Watkins-Tagging/census

                                117

-------
     NMFS, Woods Hole, John Nichols

     ERGO, Boehm-Hydrocarbon analysis

     Univ. of Maine, Gilbert-Census/tagging/behavior

 4.  Habitats Applicable:

     All but benthic.  Because of mobility and species specific
     behavior, temporal requirements must be considered.

 5.  Applicable Conditions;

 6.  Applicable Oil Type;

 7.  Time Frame;

 8.  Cost:

 9*  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available;

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available;

12.  Support Services;

13.  Payoff:

14.  Limitations:
                                118

-------
                 PANEL:  BIRDS AND MARINE MAMMALS
                 PROJECT NO:  7
                 PRIORITY RANK:

1-   Project Title:  Summary of Birds and Marine Mammals for Offshore
                   "  Oil Spills

2.   Project Description:

     Objectives:  Attempt to determine species composition, relative
     abundance, distribution, and proportion of each species of bird
     and marine mammal that is visibly contaminated with oil in the
     area of the spill.

     A.  Birds

         (1)  Determine species composition, abundance, and distri-
              bution of birds in area of spill using a fixed-winged
              aircraft flown over a pre-selected grid, so as to
              randomly sample bird populations present on the con-
              taminated and adjacent areas.  Technique involves using
              2 observers and 1 recorder in a fixed-winged twin
              engine hi-wing aircraft flown at 100 feet above sea
              level at 100 mph.  All birds within a 300m transect
              will be counted by species for 10 minutes.

         (2)  Determine percent of each species that is visibly
              contaminated with oil, using 10-minute counts of the
              total number of each species within sight of the ship
              (Brown et al., 1975-Atlas of eastern Canadian seabirds,
              and MBO cruise reports—unpublished data).  The ship
              must be moving at least 4 knots and on a fixed course.

         (3)  Determine by bird species the degrees (i.e., light,
              medium, or heavily oiled) of plumage oiling and areas
              of body affected (i.e., nape of neck, breast, belly,
              etc.)

     B.  Mammals

         (1)  Using a fixed-winged aircraft (probably that used for
              Coast Guard surveillance flights) marine mammal sight-
              ings will be made at 500-1000 feet to make species
              counts  (techniques used in Tropical E. Pacific Tuna
              and Porpoise study of NMFS and California Bight Study
              by BLM).
                                119

-------
         (2)  Sightings from surface vessels will be made to
              determine:

              (a)  evidence of direct contact and coating of oil

              (b)  interference with normal swimming or feeding
                   behavior

              (c)  obvious avoidance or attraction to spill area

3.   Performing Organization:

     A.  Birds

         (1)  Manomet Bird Observatory
              Kevin Powers
              Brian Harrington
              617/224-3559

         (2)  University of Rhode Island
              Dr. Frank Heppner
              401/792-2372

         (3)  College of the Atlantic
              Dr. William Drury
              207/288-5015

     B.  Marine Mammals

         (1)  College of the Atlantic
              Dr. Steve Katona
              207/288-5015

         (2)  New England Aquarium
              John Prescott
              617/742-8830

         (3)  University of Rhode Island
              Dr. Howard Winn
              401/792-6251

         (4)  Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution
              William Watkins
              617/548-1400

         (5)  National Marine Fisheries Service  (Woods Hole)
              John Nicholas
              617/548-5123

                                 120

-------
4.   Applicable Habitats;

     Offshore only.

5.   Applicable Conditions;

     A.  Aircraft - VFR marine mammals
         Sea state _£ 6 ft-birds
         - additional base  line data helpful (i.e., prior surveys or
           assessments of species composition and relative abundance
           in past years within the study area).
         - Accessible air space, i.e., not restricted areas
         - rapid response before spill, if possible.

     B.  Surface vessels

         - platform availability (i.e., will appropriate vessels be
           available?)
         - oil detectable from air or will be if uncontained

6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     All oils or groups of  oils.

7.   Time Frame;

     A.  Duration of spill, plus 2 weeks after spill is no longer
         detectable by aircraft.

     B.  Data analysis within 3 months.
                                             *
8.   Cost;

     A.  Aircraft-Marine mammals - may be USCG aircraft
         Birds-$1000 per day (based on 10 hour day and 1 day needed
         to cover study area)
         1 surveillance flight per week desired

     B.  Surface Vessels -  range $500-$3000 per day
         mean-$1750 per day
         (10 days on study  area per month desired)
                                     *
     C.  Personnel

         (1)  Aircraft-marine mammals - 1 observers per flight
                              birds   - 2 observers and 1 recorder
                                        per flight
                                121

-------
    (2)  Surface vessels-marine mammals and bird observers
         should equal 2 people per ship.
    (3)  Exact cost of Manomet Bird Observatory observer=$100
         per day (includes salary, ($12k/yr) and 57% overhead) -
         does not include travel expenses, food, per diem, etc.

D.  Equipment (may sometimes be provided by certain institutions
    or agencies, but for this project proposal it is assumed
    that the NET will provide necessary equipment).

    (1)  Photographic - $2000 per kit
         1 kit includes:  SLR 35-mm camera with motor drive and
         data back; 200-400mm zoom lens with gunstock attachment;
         10 rolls @ 36-exp Tri-X film; 10 rolls p 36-exp Plus-X
         film)
         (one kit needed per aircraft and surface vessel)
    (2)  Tape recorders-cassette @ $75
    (3)  Optics-1 pair 8x40 Swift W.A. binoculars or comparable
         item per observer.
    (4)  Expendables-$1000 for film processing

E.  Automatic Data Processing of Bird Information

    (l)  Key punch and statistician's time grossly estimated at
         $1500

F.  Phone, Xerox, etc. (if University-based study) costs grossly
    estimated at $500.

G.  Principal Investigator

    Salary range:  $15,000-$25,000 per year, Mean:  $20,000 per
    year

    Consulting rates based on USFWS Scale = salary per annum =
    $77.00 per day                                 260

    Based on one month duration oil spill and three months' data
    analysis and report writing—4 months (20 working days per
    month) x $77.00 = $1,540 + P.I. at 25% of time for 3 addi-
    tional months = $1,155.00.

    Total Principal Investigator Cost:  $2,695 per spill
                            122

-------
9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     As this project is largely observation oriented, little equip-
     ment will be required beyond optical and recording materials.
     One kit with the following materials will be required for each
     crew (aircraft or ship):

         - single lens reflex camera back w/motor drive
         - 200-400mm zoom lens w/gunstock attachment
         - cassette tape recorder w/tapes
         - 8 x 40 wide angle binoculars.

     All these materials are potentially available through the
     appointed institutions, but are not guaranteed to be accessible
     at the moment of a spill.  Kits should therefore be prepared in
     advance.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     Facility needs amount to aircraft and ship transport.  The
     marine mammals aerial survey may dovetail with Coast Guard over-
     flights and IR studies of the spill or operate on a timesharing
     basis with the bird surveys.
     i,
     A.  Aircraft- (1) highwing, > 2 engines, auxphilions preferred,
         VFR/IFR, deicing, communications, and navigational capa-
         bility appropriate to pelagic survey, room for two observers,
         recorder, and pilot.

     B.  Surface Vessels - (3) ships of similar design or observa-
         tional capability, range and construction suitable to open
         ocean work in poor sea conditions for 10 day minimum,
         hoists and nets for salvage and tagging capability, berths
         for at least two observers.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     The principal investigator(s) and associates chosen from the
     list of performing organizations (See 3) will delegate staff
     for the project.

12.  Support Services;

     Relevant studies would include tagging programs, additional base
     line population research and any work pertaining to clarification
     of impacts on lower units of food chain supporting these top
     carnivores.   These studies could be undertaken concurrently
     and/or outside the time frame of the spill.

                                 123

-------
13.  Payoff;

     This study provides the capability to clearly respond to public
     sentiment regarding impacts on wildlife.  More specifically it
     addresses:

     A.  Short-term impact on wildlife at the spill site.

     B.  Behavioral alteration of a gross nature, i.e., avoidance of,
         or attraction to a slick, flight or swimming difficulties as
         a result of fouling.

     C.  Valuable supplement to the available population assessments—
         collect specimens under stress conditions.

14.  Limitations;

     A.  Lack of base line data.  The strongest recommendation made
         by this panel is for more hard data on the 'normal1 popula-
         tions in the U.S. Northeast Atlantic.  This requires expen-
         sive and long-term studies.

     B.  These populations are highly mobile.  Even with the best
         base line data in hand, a reduced population cannot be re-
         garded as a certain response to stress.

     C.  Weather and sea state may severely disrupt the effectiveness
         of the project.

     D.  The extrapolation of observed species counts (or numbers of
         animals impacted) to population estimates may be inadvisable
         in some cases—especially with regard to population of great
         whales for which diving times and repeat sightings still
         constitute difficult statistical complications.

     E.  Initial counts of impacted birds may be extremely misleading.
         Oiled birds may die and sink before being counted or may
         retreat from the area following fouling or infection only  to
         die outside the observation area (note Project No. 5, Birds
         and Marine Mammals).

Cost predictions for this project should be considered unreliable  in
light of the fact that most if not all of the equipment and facilities
required can be "piggybacked" with other work by Coast Guard and  re-
search groups.
                                 124

-------
                    PANEL:   BIRDS  AND MARINE  MAMMALS
                    PROJECT  NO:  8
                    PRIORITY RANK:

1.   Project Title:  Assessment  of Oil Spill  Damage to New England
                     Marine  Turtle Populations

2.   Project Description:

     Two New England species of  marine turtles  are presently listed
     as endangered  (Fed. Reg.  41 (208),  p. 47195, 1976):  the leather-
     back  and  the grey  ridley.   These species are migratory, and
     reach higher population densities in New England waters during
     summer and  autumn  than  they do anywhere  else within their known
     ranges (Lazell, 1976.   This Broken  Archipelago, Quadrangle, New
     York, and works cited therein).
     Green,  loggerhead,  and  hawksbill  turtles,  all  listed as threat-
     ened or endangered,  also  occur  in New England  waters, the two
     former  regularly  and abundantly.

     To date, baseline data  are  anecdotal, unsystematic, and
     scattered.  We  need  a definitive  pre-spill survey based on at
     least weekly  overflights  of Georges Bank,  Cape Cod and Buzzards
     Bays, and Nantucket  and Vineyard  Sounds,  from  1 June through
     1 January.

     Every marine  turtle  washed  up dead along  our coasts should be
     autopsied.  It  is believed  that swallowing tar balls is a direct
     cause of death  for at least leatherbacks.  Because the various
     species feed  on jellyfishes (especially Cyanea and Aurelia),
     they are apt  to swallow blobs of  petroleum (as well as other
     jellyfish mimics  such as  plastic  bags and  pot  buoys).  Direct
     toxicity to the turtles also must be expected  whenever they
     surface within  a  spill.

3.   Performing Organization:

     Massachusetts Audubon Society, Lincoln, Mass.  01773 (Dr. J. D.
     Lazell, Jr.,  Staff Herpetologist).

4.   Applicable Habitats:

     All U.S. waters out  200 miles, north of Cape Hatteras, but
     especially Georges Bank,  Cape Cod and Buzzards Bays, and
     Nantucket and Vineyard  Sounds.
                                 125

-------
5.   Applicable Conditions:

     Marine turtles are active—both travelling and feeding—in waters
     above 7°C (about 45°F).  Leatherbacks, being warm-blooded
     homeotherms, enter even colder waters.x Certain types of spills,
     especially of crude oil, are dangerous even in weather and water
     too cold for the turtles, because the spilled material may sink,
     remain in the area, and rise again during warmer periods.

6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     All types must be considered potentially toxic to all marine
     turtles.  Crude oil, however, because of its densities and
     blobbing characteristics, poses special threats in mimicking
     jellyfishes (see Lazell, op. cit. ,  pp. 185-192, for descriptive
     and anatomical analysis of the problem).

7.   Time Frame:

     Pre-spill survey should begin ASAP,  preferably 1 June 1978 and
     continue through 1 January 1979-  Dead,  stranded specimens
     should be autopsied, and preserved,  for the foreseeable future.
     On the occasion of a spill between June and January, an immedi-
     ate survey should be made.

8.   Cost:

     The .major expenses are for travel.   Estimated terrestrial travel
     would be about one thousand miles year.   A weekly, one-day
     overflight is called for.  A couple of shipboard days can be
     anticipated.   A reward (say of $5.00) for live individuals
     inadvertently caught (e.g., in pound nets by commercial fisher-
     men)  should be offered, so that tagging and recapture may begin.
     Some  chemicals will be expended in preservation and preparation
     of specimens  found dead.  A reasonable wage should be offered
     for student assistant(s).

        Terrestrial travel at $0«15/mile 	 $  150.00
        Air  travel at $100.00/day  	  2,800.00
         Ship travel at $1000.00/day  	  2,000.00
        Rewards and tagging  	  1,000.00
        Chemicals  	    500.00
        Assistant (one full time for 7  mos.  at
           $3.00/hour)  	  5,360.00

               TOTAL                                 $11,810.00
                                 126

-------
9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     MAS can provide a half-ton, four-wheel drive truck with electric
     winch.  This has been used regularly in the past to salvage and
     transport dead specimens.  We have the necessary dissection and
     preparation equipment.

     Airplane and ship will have to be arranged with other organiza-
     tions and workers on a shared basis.

     Tagging equipment can be obtained from Archie Carr or Nicholas
     Mrosovsky as soon as we can demonstrate the financial ability to
     follow through on its use.

     MAS keeps some chemicals on hand, but this limited supply requires
     constant replenishment (pickling even a small marine turtle
     uses a lot of fluid).

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     MAS has an adequate lab at the Endicott Sanctuary, Wenham, Mass.,
     for autopsies, specimen and tissue preparation, and forzen stor-
     age.

     The Museum of Comparative: Zoology, Harvard University could serve
     as a repository for collected specimens.

     Histologic preparations can be done at several area institutions,
     probably most reasonably dependent on the academic affiliation of
     of the student assistant.

     Identification of petroleum products would have to be arranged
     with other workers on other oil spill assessment projects, pre-
     sumably on a shared basis at a central facility (Marine Pathology
     Laboratory, URI, for example).

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     Lazell, MAS, is a full-time employee available on call for mar-
     ine turtle work.

     At least one student assistant will be needed on a basis equiva-
     lent to full-time for seven months (work will, in fact, tend to
     be less than 40 hours/week, but will surely spread out over the
     full year).
                                 127

-------
12.  Support Services:

     Lazell has been studying New England marine turtles, their
     abundance, distributions, ecologies, and anatomical specializa-
     tions, for six years—whenever an opportunity arose (Lazell, op.
     cit., pp. 120-192  and 244-246, and works cited therein).   Dr.
     Robert Shoop, URI, Kingston, is also involved in local marine
     turtle studies.  Lazell and Shoop can work well cooperatively.

     The Cape Cod Museum of Natural History, Brewster, The New England
     Aquarium, Boston,  and the National Marine Fisheries Service,
     Gloucester, all work cooperatively with us on salvaging and
     investigating marine turtles.  However, no organization or
     institution in this area can presently underwrite the proposed
     study financially.

     Lazell and Shoop are both in close contact with Carr, Mrosovsky,
     Pritchard, and the other marine turtle experts nationally and
     int erna t ionally.

13.  Payoff:

     Because of their status as endangered and threatened species,
     protected by Federal law, and because of their great seasonal
     concentrations in our waters, various marine turtles require
     ecological and biological understanding.  This is especially
     true for leatherback and grey ridley; green and loggerhead are
     also likely to be  severely impacted by human activities such as
     oil spills in New  England waters.

     Lazell is in the process of requesting a critical habitat desig-
     nation for the leatherback that would include New England waters.
     It is imperative for marine turtle biologists, petroleum scientists
     and geologists, and other relevant personnel to work closely to-
     gether for the benefit of these legally protected species if con-
     frontation and tragedy are to be avoided.

14.  Limitations :

     Because marine turtles swim the Ocean of the Earth, our efforts
     in New England are only a part of a much larger whole.  We  can-
     not lose sight of  that.  Because the animals are concentrated
     here,  close to scientists and institutions optimally suited  to
     their study, our opportunities are tremendous and unique.
                                 128

-------
9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:
                             •>
     MAS can provide a half-ton, four-wheel drive truck with electric
     winch.  This has been used regularly in the past to salvage and
     transport dead specimens.  We have the necessary dissection and
     preparation equipment.

     Airplane and ship will have to be arranged with other organiza-
     tions and workers on a shared basis.

     Tagging equipment can be obtained from Archie Carr or Nicholas
     Mrosovsky as soon as we can demonstrate the financial ability to
     follow through on its use.

     MAS keeps some chemicals on hand, but this limited supply requires
     constant replenishment (pickling even a small marine turtle
     uses a lot of fluid).

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     MAS has an adequate lab at the Endicott Sanctuary, Wenham, Mass.,
     for autopsies, specimen and tissue preparation, and forzen stor-
     age.

     The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University could serve
     as a repository for collected specimens.

     Histologic preparations can be done at several area institutions,
     probably most reasonably dependent on the academic affiliation of
     of the student assistant.

     Identification of petroleum products would have to be arranged
     with other workers on other oil spill assessment projects, pre-
     sumably on a shared basis at a central facility (Marine Pathology
     Laboratory, URI, for example).

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     Lazell, MAS, is a full-time employee available on call for mar-
     ine turtle work.

     At least one student assistant will be needed on a basis equiva-
     lent to full-time for seven months (work will, in fact, tend to
     be less than 40 hours/week, but will surely spread out over the
     full year).
                                 129

-------
  CHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND FATE PANEL
            Participants

    W.D. MacLeod, Jr., Chairperson
W. Andrade               E.J. Hoffman
P. Boehm                 G. Kleineberg
R. Ceurvels              J. Lake
P. Gearing               G. McLeod
R. Hiltabrand            P. Rogerson
                         T. Spittler
             M. Wilson
               130

-------
                   CHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND FATE PANEL

              General Considerations and Recommendations

                     •  General Discussions

                     •  Panel Results

                     •  References


GENERAL DISCUSSIONS

     A.  Findings

The Panel made the following initial findings and recommendations:

         1.  The Panel accepted the current analytical chemical
             methodology as practiced throughout New England.

         2.  Sufficient laboratory capabilities are available through-
             out New England to meet the needs of any likely, combina-
             tion of oil spill damage assessments.  ERGO (Cambridge,
             MA) appears to be in the best position to offer prompt
             large sample processing capacity (100's).  EG&G (Waltham,
             MA) also appears well prepared to contribute expertise
             and analyses.  Others such as EPA and URI (Narragansett,
             RI) and NOAA's National Analytical Facility (Seattle, WA)
             may be able to respond similarly depending on the circum-
             stances, whereas the EPA (Lexington, MA) and New England
             Aquarium (Boston, MA) probably could handle only 10-20
             samples.  The Coast Guard Center (Groton, CT) may be too
             occupied with their own chemical analyses to participate
             except in an advisory role.

         3.  Initial chemical analytical surveying of the oil spill
             affected area should be done, if possible, by the Coast
             Guard's UV fluorescence method.  The panel recommends
             that a mobile field analysis capability (lab-van, research
             vessel) be established and maintained in New England for
             rapid response to oil spills.

         4.  Preliminary sample analysis cost estimates:

             a) UV fluorescent screening:  $50/sample

             b) Extraction, chromatography, gas chromatographic
                analysis, GC/MS backup:  $350-500/sample.

                                 131

-------
         5.  The Panel recommends establishment of a committee of
             regional oil spill chemists who can be immediately
             consulted in the event of an oil spill.  One committee
             member should represent these chemists on an inter-
             disciplinary Technical Advisory Committee to the RRT/OSC.
             This chemist/representative should be accessible to the
             RRT/OSC to assist in immediate judgments on initial
             actions following an oil spill.

A significant point remained somewhat unresolved throughout our proceed-
ings:  the concept that during this workhop, realistic cost-effective,
detailed chemical analysis projects could be devised collectively to
assess ecological damages resulting from oil spills according to size,
oil type, habitatj weather, season, climate, etc.  [Only one panel
member attempted to address this issue.]  Instead, this panel has
devoted its efforts to elaborating information on the capabilities of
key analytical laboratories, the prompt availability of chemical
consultants, the preferred analytical methodology, and some general
advance preparations to be made, such as acquisition of field analysis
and sampling equipment.  Additional information and specifications can
be introduced during review of the draft report.  Successful synthesis
of these materials into an overall program will be a most important
factor.

     B.  Assignments

The following individual assignments were made to individual panel
members for further development at the workshop:

         1.  Preliminary assessment of chemical analyses needed by
             other panels.

         2.  Special research opportunities afforded by oil spills.

         3.  Delineation of likely demands on chemical analyses
             with regard to:

             a) immediate emergency response to determine initial
                nature and extent of spill

             b) environmental damage assessment, intermediate and
                long term.

         4.  Elaboration of the role of a proposed "on^-scene  chemist,"
             as part of an interdisciplinary Technical Advisory
             Committee available to the OSC.
                                132

-------
          5.   Description of sample preservation and distribution
              procedures.

          6.   Design questionnaire to inventory chemical  analysis
              and  research capability applicable to New England  oil
              spills.

          7.   Description of limitations of chemical analyses, i.e.,
              what consequences  could be expected of chemical analyses,
              what should not be expected;  discuss some aspects  of
              sampling strategy.
 RESULTS

      A.   Chemical  Analysis  Needs  of Other  Panels

 Table 1  gives  the  results  of needed chemical  analytical  capabilities
 of  other disciplines  represented  at the Hartford  Workshop.

      B.   Identification of  Existing Capabilities

 An  inventory of  all organizations having equipment  and personnel
 capable  of  petroleum  hydrocarbon  analyses  has been  made  and oil spill
 research teams and ongoing  oil  spill research of  these organizations
 will  be  identified.   This  survey  was conducted by Dr. Mason P.
 Wilson of URI.   The survey  results are included in  the Addendum to
 the Chemical Analysis and  Fate  Panel.

 It  is recommended  that an  advisory panel consisting of representatives
 from  major  oil spill  research teams and organizations in Region I be
 formed.   This  team will help coordinate the scientific investigation
 of  the spill and serve as  an advisory  panel at the  request of the OSC.
 It  is important  to use Regional personnel  whenever  possible because
 of  their expertise of the  area.  Compensations and  per diem could be
 used  as  an  incentive  for continued participation  of individuals not
 employed by the  Federal government.

      C.   Recommended  On-Scene and Advisory Support

          1.  Interdisciplinary  On-Scene Committee

 These  are scientists  who respond  immediately  to a spill.  They are "on
 call"  and respond  when someone  in authority activates the plan.  As a
minimum  a chemist  and a biologist might be called,  but for a large
 spill more  disciplines should be  involved. These people are will
 advise the  on-scene coordinator and coordinate and  integrate any of
                                 133

-------
                                     TABLE 1

                     ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY NEEDED IN SUPPORT OF
                         BIOLOGICAL AND PHYSICAL PROGRAMS
    REQUESTED TASK
(UV-FLUORESCENCE OR IR)
PANEL REQUESTING
 THIS ANALYSIS
                                                                 ESTIMATED
                                                                 NUMBER OF
                                                                 ANALYSES0
Determination of areal extent
 of sediment contamination through
 screening (UV fluorescence) of
 sediments collected in potentially
 impacted areas
Benthic biology

Lab toxicity

Microbiology
                                                                    200
Determination of concentration
of HC's in the water column as
a function of depth location and
time by screening (UV-f luorescence)
Determination of concentrations of
HC's in tissue samples by screening
(UV-f luorescence)
Water column
Lab toxicity
Water column
20003 (50b)
ioooa (ioob)
UV fluorescence or I.R. monitoring
 of HC levels in tanks used in lab
 toxicity experiments (UV-fluorescence
 or IR)
Lab toxicity
                                                                   50 /tank
                                                              (est a = 5 tanks)
Chemist estimate.
Biologist estimate.
This obviously depends highly upon habitat, size of spill, etc.
                                      134

-------
                               TABLE 1  (Continued)
REQUESTED TASK
(GC AND MS)
Changes of oil chemistry as a
function of time in the
sediment
Vertical distribution of oil
in the sediments - chemical
variations with depth
HC composition (quant. & qual.)
in tissues of selected key
organisms
Polynuclear aromatics in water
column esp. if spill in
subtidal area
HC composition of oil in gut
contents and on feathers of
oiled birds
PANEL REQUESTING
THIS ANALYSIS
Microbiology
Benthic biology
Benthic biology
Benthic biology
Lab toxic ity
Hi s topa tho 1 ogy
Water column
Marine mammals
Benthic biology
Marine mammals
and birds
ESTIMATED
NUMBER OF
ANALYSES
50
50
20
20
20
100 (20 )
20
5-10
400 (20 )
HC levels in bird tissues
Marine mammals

 and birds
      20
GC monitoring of HC composition
 in lab toxicity experiments
Lab toxicity
       5  /tank
(est   =  5  tanks)
HC levels in tissues of lab
 experiment organisms	
Lab toxicity
                                                                    100
HC compositional changes as a
 function of time in sea slicks
Microbiology
                                                                     20
HC compositional changes as a
 function of time in benthic
 infauna               _____
Microbiology
                                                                     50
                                       135

-------
                               TABLE 1 (Continued)
    REQUESTED TASK
    (GC AND MS)
PANEL REQUESTING
 THIS ANALYSIS
ESTIMATED
NUMBER OF
ANALYSES
Cargo oil
 complete analysis
All
Dissolved and particulate
 HC's in seawater
Benthic Biology
    40
HC content in sediments and
 water of cages as a function
 oft ime
Benthic Biology
    20 /cage
HC content as a function of
 size of plankton	
Water column
    15
HC content of fish flesh
Water column
    30
Compositional changes of slick
 water column during use of
 dispersants	
Physical group
    20
Quality assurance analyses
 10% of total

Blanks 10% of total
All
    60


    60
                                       136

-------
                               TABLE 1 (Continued)
REQUESTED TASK
(NON-HYDROCARBON ANALYSES)
Dissolved 0,, S /OO
nutrients
Mixed function oxidases
Blood chemistry parameters
Analysis of sediment for OC,
N, P
Analysis of lipids in tissues
of selected organisms
Eh of sediments
Biochemical assays
lipids, carbohydrates, proteins,
RNA, LPS, exoenzymes, metabolites
PANEL REQUESTING
THIS ANALYSIS
Water column
Bird and mammal
Bird and mammal
Microbiology
Benthic biology
Benthic biology
Microbiology
Microbiology
ESTIMATED
NUMBER OF
, ANALYSES
50 each
20
20
20
20
20
20 /parameter
Analysis of phytoplankton for
 C, N, ATP, chlorophyll, biomass,
 POC
Water column
20 /parameter
    REQUESTED TASK
 (PHYSICAL PARAMETERS)
PANEL REQUESTING
 THIS ANALYSIS
ESTIMATED
NUMBER OF
ANALYSES
Cargo oil
 pour point
 density as function of weathering
 surface tensions
 composition of emulsion forming
 oils versus non-emulsion forming oils
Physical group
                           2
                          10
                          20
                           5
                                       137

-------
                               TABLE 1A

     TOTALS OF REQUIRED ANALYSES IF THE ENTIRE REGIONAL RESPONSE
PLAN HEREIN DESCRIBED WERE IMPLEMENTED.*
                                Chemist               Biologist
Analysis  type                   estimate              estimate**


HC analysis:

  UV-fluorescence                  350                  3200

  Infra-red                        250                   250

  GLC                              775                  1255

  GLC-M.S.  (10% of GLC)            75                   125

Non Hydrocarbon:

  Routine oceanographic
   parameters - water              250                   250

  Sediment analyses -
nutrients, etc.
Biochemical assays
Plankton parameters
Physical measurements
Trace metal analyses
TOTAL
80
260
120
37
100
2297
80
260
120
37
100
5677
 *Chemistry panel projects 2 and 3 overlap with biology projects.
  Project 1 requires air analyses (20 GLC).  Project 4 requires
  80-100 bioenzyme assays of fish.  Project 5 requires -100
  trace metal analyses.  These values have been added in  to  the
  biology-physical analytical requests to arrive at a complete
  estimate of analytical support required.

**The chemist estimate is used when the biologists did not  specify.

                                138

-------
the specific scientific studies  that  become  activated.  There should
be a mobile laboratory (the old  EPA trailer?)  stocked with sampling
gear, containers and the other items  necessary for  the  field support
effort.  It should also be equipped with  enough  instrumentation
(e.g., UV-fluorescence and/or IE)  so  that samples could be analyzed
in the field.  This will give the  On-Scene Coordinator  and the
biologists the knowledge of where  the oil is and where  it is not.

         2.  Advisory Groups

In support of each discipline activated in the on-scene committee,
there should be a regional group of experts  on whom the committee
members could call on for help and advice.   For example, the hydro-
carbon chemists in New England would  organize  into  a committee which
would meet periodically.  They would  be available to the responding
chemist to help him with whatever  problems come up.  This same mecha-
nism can be set up for the biologists, physical process people, and
whomever else it would be appropriate for.   This gives a mechanism
whereby almost everyone in the area working with oil pollution could
be called onto a spill site, if  needed.

     D.  Sampling Considerations

The sample strategy to be utilized for sampling oil-impacted environ-
ments is adequately covered in "An Oil Spill Sampling Strategy" by
Woollcott Smith (WHOl).  While that note  outlined the best procedure
to be utilized in an oil-spill event,  several  comments on its content
arose in our panel discussions.  The  group appears  to be in general
agreement with Smith's conclusions that a grid pattern of sampling
covering the entire area is best,  that ancillary information should
be obtained, and that the size of  the grid survey should be determined
by the cost and manpower available rather than by the cost of analy-
zing the samples.  However, several considerations  were not addressed
by Smith and he raises several interesting questions which seem best
handled by pragmatic decisions by  an  on-scene  chemist:

         1.  If numerous samples are  taken, how will they be trans-
             ported and where will they be stored to avoid decom-
             position and/or degradation?

         2.  Smith's last paragraph speaks to  the inability of oil-
             spill surveys to assign  a direct  or indirect causal
             relationship between  the oil  spill and differences
             observed in the survey.  He  then  states that "One must
             turn to scientific  results from controlled experiments
             on the effects of oil to show the probable relationship
             between the impact  of oil on the  survey area and the
                                 139

-------
             results of the survey analysis."  It seems, then, that
             without the necessary back-up of data from controlled
             laboratory tests on effects of oil on organisms (which
             do not presently exist), oil-spill surveys have very
             limited value.

         3.  Experience in oil-spill situations has shown that oil
             often distributes in a patchy manner; large differences
             in the concentration of oil are seen on both the large
             scale and the small scale.  It seems that in order to
             survey the extent and concentration ranges of an oil
             spill-impacted environment, tremendous numbers of samples
             (a far finer grid sampling pattern) must be taken, stored,
             and analyzed.

         4.  Smith states that "the control area should include
             sediment and water depths similar to the affected area."
             Oil spills may be extensive and it may be difficult to
             find suitable control areas within many miles (e.g.,
             Chesapeake Bay Spill).  Do the control areas then,
             contain similar sediment and environmental characteristics
             as the impacted areas?

These are four points that emphasize the need to preserve the freedom
of action of the on-scene chemist to direct the field sampling opera-
tion.  Unfortunately, this may mean that a statistically valid program
is not possible.  However, it is apparent that legal action must
commence without the necessary back-up of a direct or indirect causal
relationship between the oil spill and differences observed in the
survey.  Therefore, our best and most practical effort (as directed by
the on-scene chemist) to survey oil-impacted areas must suffice.

     E.  Sample Preparation and Chain Custody

Sediment, biological, and water samples collected at a spill site
should be distributed by a central regional laboratory and the trans-
fer of these samples should be accompanied by a chain of custody
record similar to the one recommended by the Coast Guard.

Preparations should be made in advance to store sampling equipment
where it can readily be available during an emergency.  All samples
collected should be preserved or extracted immediately upon collection.
Mobile facilities should be available for this.
REFERENCES

The following reports were submitted with  the panel  report  or  other-
wise identified:
                                 140

-------
1.  Research by NOAA National Analytical Facility, Environmental
    Conservation Division, Northwest and Alaska Fisheries Center.

2.  A Pilot Study on the Design of a Petroleum Hydrocarbon
    Baseline Investigation for Northern Riget Sound and Strait of
    Juan de Fuca.  W.D. MacLeod, D.W. Brown, E.G. Jenkins, L.S.
    Ramos and V.D. Henry.  NOAA Technical Memorandum ERL MESA-8.
    November 1977.

3.  Energy Resources Company, Inc.  Oil Spill Response Capabilities,
    ERCO, Cambridge, MA.

4.  Bowdoin College Hydrocarbon Contamination Research Center.

5.  Techniques and Proposals/USGS Contributions to Overall
    Ecological Damage Assessment.  Compiled by F.T. Manheim.
    August 1977.

6.  U.S. Coast Guard:  The U.S. Coast Guard Oil Spill Identifi-
    cation System (1977) is now available from NTIS (CG-D-52-77).
    Documents may also be available on "Sampling, Sample Handling
    and Chain of Custody Procedures" as soon as published.
    Manuals on "Field Thin-Layer Chromatography Method for Oil
    Identification" and "Field UV Fluorescence Spectroscopy
    Method for Oil Identification" can be made available, from:
    U.S. Coast Guard R&D Center, Groton, CT.
                           141

-------
                   CHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND FATE PANEL

                         Recommended Projects


1.  The physical-chemical weathering of oil at sea.

2.  The physical-chemical weathering of beached or stranded oil.

3.  The chemical fate of biologically assimilated oil.

4.  The monitoring of the aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase enzyme system
    in sessile teleost fish and selected benthic infauna.

5.  Feasibility of using trace metal ratios to identify oil and/or
    tarball sources after weathering.
                                142

-------
                   PANEL:   CHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND FATE
                   PROJECT NO:   1
                   PRIORITY RANK:   NOT ASSIGNED


  1.  Project  Title:   The  Physical and Chemical Weathering  of Oil at Sea

  2.  Project  Description:

     This  project  will  study the  changes in hydrocarbon  and non-
     hydrocarbon  (NSO compounds*) composition of (1)  the spilled oil,
     (2) of  the adjacent  water, and (3)  of the air  mass.

     We do not know  how spilled oils partition and  are altered immedi-
     ately following a  spill.   Weathering studies have never addressed
     the combined  questions relating to  hydrocarbon as well as metabo-
     lite  (i.e.,  phthalates, fatty acids, phenols)  chemistry.  The
     bacterial metabolites and photo-oxidation products  are more
     soluble  and  potentially more toxic  than are the  hydrocarbon
     compounds.

     The study will  be  carried out by continually sampling a given
     patch of oil, monitoring the water  below and air above the patch,
     thereby  establishing a realistic mass balance.

     This  information,  in addition to being fundamental  to our chemical
     understanding of oil spills, is essential for  toxicological
     investigations  and links  to  microbiological degradation studies
     and physical  processes.

  3.  Performing Organizations;

     Woods Hole
     URI
     ERCO
     EG&G

     Probably these  groups will have to  interact closely to provide
     seagoing oceanographers and  sampling capability.  ERCO seems
     well  equipped to handle large sample numbers.  However, URI
     probably has more  experience in air sampling (C. Brown, J.
     Quinn).

 4.  Applicable Habitats:

     Pelagic, salt pond,  estuarine

*Non-hydrocarbon  (nitrogen,  sulfur and oxygen containing)  compounds
 are also  referred to as  NSO compounds.

                                   143

-------
 5.  Applicable Conditions:

     A.  All spilled oil conditions.

     B.  Weather conditions must permit accurate sampling as far
         as depth under oil slick.

 6.  Applicable Oil Type:

     All, although fuel oils and light crudes are more apt to result
     in good data sets due to more rapid dissolution and evaporation
     rates.

 7.  Time Frame:

     Start immediately and continue as long as oil mass can be traced;
     probably on the order of a week to several weeks.  Sample every
     hour, perhaps.

 8.  Cost:

     Analytical s $25,000

     Ship Time  =$15,000 (time shared with other groups)

     Total Cost 3^ $50,000 (open ocean)

                ^$30,000 (near shore)

 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available;

     A.  Sampling bottles (Bodman, Niskin)

     B.  Air sampling gear

     C.  On-board sample extraction capability

     D.  Sample containers

     E.  GC and GC/MS; IR capability

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     A.  Ship or small boat

     B.  Analytical lab
                                  144

-------
11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     A.  Presently available to ERCO, URI, WHOI

     B.  Immediate response needed

         ERCO can respond immediately, others later

12.  Support Services;

     Physical process group must interact.

13.  Payoff;

     Our knowledge of chemical alterations of spilled oil is meager.
    •-••- This knowledge is fundamental to any ecological assessment.

14.  Limitations;

     A.  Good sampling weather is needed.

     B.  Good analytical schemes in  identifying especially non-
         hydrocarbon secondary products  is essential.
                                 145

-------
                 PANEL:  CHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND FATE
                 PROJECT N0::  2
                 PRIORITY RANK:  NONE ASSIGNED
1.  Project Title:  The Physical-Chemical Weathering of Beached
                    or Stranded Oil

2.  Project Description:

    An immediate and long-term study following the chemical changes
    in stranded oil and the chemical recovery of a given environment.

    It is carried out by sampling polluted shoreline substrate as
    well as tarry residues from beached oil.  Also, short cores
    should be taken.

    This includes hydrocarbon as well as NSO compounds.

    Ref:  Blumer:  The Environmental Fate of Stranded Crude Oil
          (Deep Sea Research?)

3.  Performing Organizations:

    ERCO
    WHO I
    URI
    Bowdoin
    EPA/Narragansett
    NOAA NAF
    EG&G

4.  Applicable Habitats:

    Applies to any habitat where oil has reached the bottom or
    shoreline, excludes pelagic habitats.

5.  Applicable Conditions:

    All conditions applicable although offshore bottom would pose
    problems in rough weather.

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

    Any oil type applicable.
                                146

-------
 7.  Time Frame:

     Start  immediately.   Sample  daily  for  2 weeks; then weekly for
     6 months;  then monthly  for  5 years.

 8.  Cost:

     = 100  samples x $500 =  $50,000

     onshore sampling     =  $  5,000

     offshore sampling    =  $50,000

     Total  = $55,000 - $100,000

 9.  Equipment  Needs/Equipment Available:

     - GC,  GC/MS
     - Grab sampler on hand-held beach corers
     - Available soon after  spill; however, immediate analyses not
       needed
     - Jars needed

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     A.  Onshore:  sampling  and  analytical equipment and instrumenta-
                   tion

     B.  Offshore:  small or large boat depending on distance offshore

     C.  Facilities are available on short notice

11.  Personnel Weeds/Personnel Available:

     Personnel  are available on  short notice from universities,
     from private contractors (ERGO) and NOAA-NAF.

12.  Support Services:

     Must interface with microbiology program and benthic biologists.

13.  Payoff:

     A.  Short and long-term weathering of stranded oil, from both
         the hydrocarbon and non-hydrocarbon perspective, is sorely
         needed using glass capillary GC.
                                 147

-------
     B.   Can relate chemical changes directly to changes in micro-
         bial and faunal populations.

14.   Limitations:

     Must carefully select sampling areas and preserve them from
     disturbance (i.e.,  cleanup operations).

     Offshore station revisitation may be tricky and sediment
     resuspension and physical disruption of study may occur.
                                 148

-------
                 PANEL: rCHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND FATE
                 PROJECT NO:  3
                 PRIORITY RANK:  NOT ASSIGNED


1.  Project Title:  The Chemical Fate of Biologically Assimilated Oil

2.  Project Description:

    This project is designed to trace the chemical changes that
    occur in biologically assimilated oil over a long period of time.
    Clean organisms, shellfish (Mytilus or Mercenaria),  are kept in a
    controlled area (lab or field) and are completely characterized
    chemically.  After a spill, and as oil approaches land, these
    organisms are either marked or are put in cages and deployed near
    shore before the oil landfall.

    The initial chemical uptake of oil is monitored by sampling
    this deployed population; subsequent samples reveal further
    uptake, degradation or depuration for the months following the
    landfall of oil.  Individual tissues should be monitored chemically
    and histopathologically throughout the study.

    Ref:  D. Salvo et al:  Environmental Science and Technology (1975?)

3.  Performing Organizations:

    A.  Biological Deployment

        MBL
        Taxon
        URI
        E6&G

    B.  Chemical Analysis

        ERGO and/or NOAA NAF
        URI
        EG&G

4.  Applicable Habitats:

    Oyster-Mussel Reef
    Rocky Shore
    Salt Marsh
    Salt Pond
    Clam Flat
                                149

-------
 5.  Applicable Conditions;

     A.  All conditions applicable.  In fact, this experiment is
         designed for massive dosing (direct) or indirect contamina-
         tion via the water column.

     B.  Need controlled, chemically-characterized organisms.

 6.  Applicable Oil Types:

     All types of oil could be studied.

 7.  Time Frame:

     Starts immediately before landfall and can continue for several
     years.  Should sample immediately and continue weekly for 2
     months, then monthly for 5 years.

 8.  Cost;

     A.  Modest total cost = $50,000 - $75,000

     B.  Analyses, deployment and maintenance of test animals

         Analyses                 = $50,000

         Maintenance deployment   = $10,000

         Test animal maintenance  = $10,000

9., 10., and 11.  Equipment, Facility, Personnel Needs/Availability:

     A.  Need facility for storing animals prior to deployment;
         flow-through tanks, etc.  (New England Aquarium; URl).
         Personnel for deployment (URl); perhaps small boat  for
         deployment (URl).

     B.  Analytical equipment (GC, GC/MS) and large facility (ERGO,
         URl, Bowdoin).

12.  Support Services;

     Must interface with histopathologists.  Individual  tissue
     analyses essential.
                                 150

-------
13.  Payoff:

     This is a very critical type of study.  Chemical impacts and
     histopathological studies for the first time can be interfaced
     and cause-and-effeet relationships established under careful
     monitoring of these deployed animals.  Behavioral and biochemical
     responses of adjacent communities then can be more fully under-
     stood.

14.  Limitations;

     Animals may not react naturally in cages; therefore, marking
     organisms and deploying them in a marked area may be necessary.
                                  151

-------
                 PANEL:  CHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND FATE .
                 PROJECT NO:  4
                 PRIORITY RANK:  NOT ASSIGNED
1.  Project Title;  The Monitoring of the Aryl Hydrocarbon Hydroxylase
                    (AHH) Enzyme System in Sessile Teleost Fish and
                    Selected Benthic Infauna (e.g., Nephtys)

2.  Project Description:

    The AHH system has been studied recently by Gruger et al (Bull.
    of Environ. Cont. and Toxicol.) and Payne (Science, 1977).  AHH
    activity is induced by exposure to polynuclear aromatic hydro-
    carbons (PNA's).  Assaying for AHH can be of great importance in
    assessing subtle impacts of spilled oil and may precede more
    important and obvious effects.

3.  Performing Organizations;

    A.  Chemical Analysis:  Environmental Conservation Division,
        NMFS/Seattle

    B.  Sampling:  NMFS/Woods Hole

4.  Applicable Habitats:

    All habitats where appropriate species are available.

5.  Applicable Conditions:

    All conditions; this may be a good indication of spilled oil
    dispersion and the extent of impact of a certain spill event.

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

    Better for large quantities of aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., fuel
    oil, Venezuelan crude), but can apply to all spill events.

7.  Time Frame:

    Days to several weeks; the exact time frame is unkown.  Research
    has not yet indicated the response lag of the enzyme system to
    PNA stress.

8.  Cost:

    $25,000 - $30,000  (80-100 assays at $300 apiece)

                                152

-------
 9.  and  10.   Equipment,  Facility Needs/Availability:
      •

     A.   Needs:

         Trawling and dredging for fish and invertebrates.

         Ship for trawl/dredge operations.

         Analytical facilities - enzyme assay system.

     B.   Facilities that may assist:

         NOAA/Seattle     - E. Gruger

         ERGO             - P. Boehm

         EPA/Narragansett - G. Jackem

11.   Personnel Needs/Personnel Availability:

     Shipboard for sampling and lab technician.  Required personnel
     should be readily available.

12.   Support:

     Should correlate with chemical analyses of PNA and histopathology.

13.   Payoff:

     May be the pollution monitoring mechanism that we need to spot
     early biochemical changes  in marine  systems exposed to oil
     (PNA).

14.   Limitations:

     Enzyme may be activated by PCB's and other aromatic compounds as
     well.  More lab research is needed to complement field studies.
                                 153

-------
                 PANEL:  CHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND.FATE
                 PROJECT NO:  5
                 PRIORITY RANK:  NOT ASSIGNED
1.  Project Title:  Feasibility of Using Trace Metal Ratios to Iden-
                    tify Oil and/or Tarball Sources after Weathering

2.  Project Description:

   , This project will study changes in trace metal ratios in petro-
    leum products (especially crude, #6) as a function of time in the
    environment, and examine applicability of such measurements to
    fingerprint oils even after substantial weathering.

    Very little is known about what happens to trace metals (i.e.,
    Ni, V, Mo, Fe) in petroleum when the hydrocarbons begin to
    weather and/or degrade.  Although there is interest in conducting
    weathering experiments with various crude oils, it will be neces-
    sary to verify these results under actual environmental conditions.
    Sampling of the oil should proceed as described in Project 1 so
    that the samples for organic and inorganic analyses can be
    collected simultaneously.  Thus hydrocarbon weathering data can
    be directly compared to the progress of inorganic weathering.

3.  Performing Organizations:

    Places where the capability presently exists, all have neutron
    activation and atomic absorption expertise.

    EPA-Narragansett
    ERCO
    WHOI
    URI

4.  Applicable Habitats:

    All habitats.

5.  Applicable Conditions:

    Routine monitoring of the surface oil and oil in  the  sediments
    on a long-term basis will be necessary.

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

    Crude oils and heavy fractions (i.e., #6).
                                154

-------
7.   Time Frame:

     Start immediately and continue as long as oil mass can be traced.

8.   Cost:

     Analytical - $5,000
     Ship time (shared with other groups) - $15,000
     Total cost - $10,000 nearshore
                  $30,000 off-shore

9.   Equipment Needs:              -

     a.  Sample containers
     b.  Slick collection device
     c.  Grab samplers
     d.  Analytical instrumentation (neutron activation, atomic
         absorption, etc.).

10.  Facilities Needed:

     a.  Ship/small boat
     b.  Analytical facilities

11.  Personnel needs:

     Presently available to EPA-Narragansett, URI, WHOI, ERGO.

12.  Support Services:

     Physical process group must interact, tracking of oil necessary.

13.  Payoff:

     a.  Knowledge of chemical alterations of spilled oil is meager.
         Influence of trace metals-hydrocarbon synergistic effects
         is unknown as well.

     b.  Possibility of identifying the oil source long after it has
         been in the environment makes the study attractive from an
         enforcement/legal point of view.

14.  Limitations:

     See Project No. 1 from this Panel.
                                 155

-------
           ADDENDUM TO




CHEMICAL ANALYSIS AND FATE PANEL
                156

-------
                               TABLE  1
           OIL SPILL RESEARCH AND LABORATORY  QUESTIONNAIRE

Name and Address:                  Alternate  person to  be contacted,  and
 P*. WiZtum J.  Ancfoade   _  address:    Etco
 60 ItosAwM Sfacc*                            60 ^tuw Stx-e.it
 Lexington, MA  02f73	 	Lexington, MA 02? 73	
Bus. Phone:  (611) 861-6700 ext 277 Bus.  Phone: (677)  861-6700 ext 277
Home Phone:  (6/7) 275-7809	 Home  Phone: ( 6/7)  444-5316
Sponsoring Agencies:   U.S. EPA P-qiia>i(m So/tiiiel&ince and
ANALYTICAL EQUIPMENT:  If more  than  one,  insert  number.
     Infra-red  (   ) Make   Re.CA.cman IR-20A _
     Gas Chromatography:
        packed  column   2     glass capillary _ Mass  spec
     UV Fluourscence:
        Type _
     Microbalance
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EXTRACTION  TECHNIQUES:  Aqueooa 15% mvtkyte.ne.
 feexane; 2) Sedunewt Aoxhtyt zxtftaction to&ie.ne./m&th.a.nol; 3)  T/cMae m&thanol
TYPES OF SAMPLES ANALYZED:  Sediment   t/e&   Tissue  j/e6   Seawater   t/g^
     Tarballs _ Cargo   y&>   Other  _ __
OTHER LAB CAPABILITIES:   Ecosystem tanks, weathering,  etc.
FIELD WORK CAPABILITIES:  Sediment,  water column, surface,  doplet  size
and distribution, etc., please  list  filed equipment.

RESPONSE CAPABILITY:
     (1) How many people  can you muster  in  24  hours?
         (a) to obtain  samples  _
         (b) to analyze samples   *
     (2) Do you need sponsoring agency approval?
         Yes  ^   No      Recommended  _
                                  157

-------
(3)  Are you part of an oil spill research team?  Yes 	 No  X
(4)  If  so,  what is the expertise of the team and individual members?
    Please  list:
(5)  Can the whole team response?  Yes 	 No 	 Not applicable
(6)  Are there other people or laboratories in your organization
    that can respond?  Yes 	 No 	.  If yes please list names
    and addresses.
(7)  Under what conditions can you respond?   (or cannot respond)
    UUL we. need >CA doteetcve
(8)  What is your primary interest?  Oil spill research _ Impact
    assessment _ Other, please explain   Mo 4pec£^cc int&ML&t
     but to  ke£p vok&ie. po&&-lb£e..   MoAt  o   nft  expfc^cence hou>  been
                            158

-------
                OIL SPILL RESEARCH AND LABORATORY QUESTIONNAIRE

Name and Address:                              Alternate person to be contacted; and
   Dr.  Paul  Boehm	        address:  Mm 1am Ste1nhauer	
   ERCO.  185 Alewife Brook Pkwy	           ERGO.  185 Alewife Brook Pkwv.	
   Cambridge. HA  02138	^           Cambridge. MA  02138   	
Bus. Phone:  (   )   617-661-3111	        Bus. Phone: (  ) 617-661-3111	
Home Phone:  (   )   617-369-7791	        Home Phone: {  ) 617-354-01Q4	
Sponsoring  Agencies:   BLM.  EPA	

ANALYTICAL  EQUIPMENT:If,more than one, insert number.
     Infra-red  (  1)  Make  Perkin  Elmer 283	
     Gas Chromatography:
         packed  column     T     .glass  capillary    5      Mass spec   1  (GC/MS)
                       	(HP 5840)        	(HP System)
     UV  Fluourscence:
         Type Forrand  Mk-1
     Microbalance  Cahn 4100
GENERAL  DESCRIPTION OF EXTRACTION TECHNIQUES:  Standard Farrington,  Quinn and
      BLM methodologies.
TYPES  OF SAMPLES ANALYZED:  Sediment   yes    Tissue   yes    Scawater  yes (90 liter
                                                       ,                    capacity)
     Tarballs yes   Cargo  yes    Other  surface fi1m/air_samp1es
OTHER  LAB  CAPABILITIES:  Ecosystem tanks, weathering, etc.
FIELD  WORK CAPABILITIES:   Sediment, water column, surface, droplet size and
distribution, etc., please list  filed equipment.       (Experience in all phases of
  oceanographic sampling equipment,  see attached list.)
                                               I
RESPONSE CAPABILITY:
      (1)  How many people can you muster  in 24  hours?
           (a) to obtain samples     4
           (b) to analyze samples 	4	
      (2)  Do you need sponsoring agonry  approval? yes  	no	recommended	
           *yes  for use of BLM field equipment
           *no for analytical  and personnel  requirements
                                         159

-------
(3)  Are you part of an oil  spill  research team? yes 	 no  X

.(4)  If so, what Is the expertise  of the team and Individual members?

     Please list:            	
(5)  Can the whole team respond? yes	no	not applicable  X

(6)  Are there other people or laboratories in your organization that

     can respond? yes   X   no	.   If yes please list names and

     addresses.  Dr.  Tom Novitsky  -  Marine  Microbiology	

                 Dr.  Steve  Piotrowicz - Trace  Metal Chemistry
(7)  Under what conditions can you respond?  (or cannot respond)
      Can  respond  under most  conditions; our  group  is at sea 4 times per
      year,  so  spills  during  our  field activities may pose problems of
      timing.

(8)  What is your primary interest?  Oil spill research   X   impact

     assessment    x   Other, please explain   Methodology improvement

      and  development
                     Please return to:

                     Dr. Mason P. Wilson, Jr.
                     Department of Mechanical Engineering
                     and Applied Mechanics
                     Wales Hall  Room 101
                     University of Rhode Island
                     Kingston, Rhode Island   02881
                                160

-------
           OIL SPILL RESEARCH AND LABORATORY QUESTIONNAIRE

Name and Address:                   Alternate person to be contacted,  and
 "Bfi. Ch/uA 0). Bftotm _  address;   Motfe khmadjian ___
            oft ChwiA&ui _  _ Ve.pcvitme.nt, g& Chemit>&iy
            06 Rhode. Inland _  _ UyiivesiAity ofi Rfoocte Inland
Bus. Phone: (40?) 792-2369 _  Bus..  Phone: ( 4QJ)  792-2369
Home Phone: (40?) 294-2029 _  Home  Phone: (   ) _
Sponsoring Agencies: ERPA, API and RI CooAtat Rfc6oa/tc.eA Management Connect

ANALYTICAL EQUIPMENT:If more  than  one,  insert number.
     Infra-red  (   ) Make  Becfemcm 4260, PeAfcoi  EfmeA 521
     Gas Chromatography:
        packed  column   X     glass capillary    X   Mass spec	_X	
     UV Fluourscence:
        Type 	
     Microbalance
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF  EXTRACTION TECHNIQUES:

TYPES OF SAMPLES ANALYZED:  Sediment   X    Tissue  X     Seawater  X
     Tarballs   X    Cargo   X     Other     ^^	.
OTHER LAB CAPABILITIES:   Ecosystem tanks,  weathering,  etc.
FIELD WORK CAPABILITIES:  Sediment, water  column, surface,  doplet size
and distribution,  etc., please  list filed  equipment.

RESPONSE CAPABILITY:
     (1) How many  people  can you muster  in 24  hours?
         (a) to obtain  samples     6
         (b) to analyze samples   &
     (2) Do you need sponsoring agency approval?
         Yes       No      Recommended  X
                                    161

-------
(3)  Are you part of an oil spill research team?  Yes   X  No 	
(4)  If so, what is the expertise of the team and individual members?
    Please list:  CkwiA&itj, micAobAMJOQij, VQind/lMve.
                           , cfo0p.5-C.Ze
(5) Can the whole team response?  Yes _X	 No 	 Not applicable
(6) Are there other people or laboratories in your organization
    that can respond?  Yes _2	 No 	.  If yes please  list  names
    and. addresses.
(7)  Under what conditions can you respond?   (or cannot  respond)
       Am/

(8)  What  is your primary interest?  Oil spill research  X    Impact
    assessment 	 Other, please explain 	
                               162

-------
                OIL SPILL RESEARCH AND LABORATORY QUESTIONNAIRE

Name and Address:                              Alternate person to be contacted; and
 A. Russel I  Ceurvels	        address:  John  Per Hovanesjan	
 Cat Cove Marine Laboratory	         Cat Cove Marine
 92 Fort Avenue                                 92 Fort Avenue
 Salem, MA  01970	         Salem.  MA 01970
Bus. Phone: (617)  745-3107 _        Bus.  Phone:
                                                                745-3107
Home Phone: (617)  526-1906	        Home Phone: fci?)  483-6515
Sponsoring Agencies:	
ANALYTICAL EQUIPMENT:  If more than one, insert number.
     Infra-red  (X) Make  B & L 250	
     Gas Chromatography:
        packed  column     x    glass capillary _____ Mass spec	
     UV Fluourscence:
        Type   P & E MPF-3
     Microbalance 	
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EXTRACTION  TECHNIQUES:  Varies-Farrington method
TYPES OF SAMPLES  ANALYZED:  Sediment     X     Tissue    x     Seawater _
     Tarballs	Cargo	x.	Other	
OTHER  LAB  CAPABILITIES:   Ecosystem tanks, weathering, etc.
FIELD  WORK CAPABILITIES:   Sediment, water column, surface, droplet size and
distribution,  etc.,  please list filed equipment.

RESPONSE CAPABILITY;
     (1)   How  many people can you muster in 24 hours?
           (a)  to obtain  samples     A
           (b)  to analyze samples __j>	
     (2)   Do you nood sponsoring agency approval?  yes	no _x._ recommended „
           Not for Inwodlate emergency
                                         163

-------
(3)  Are you part of an oil  spill  research  team? yes 	 no   x

(4)  If so,  what is the expertise  of  the  team  and  individual members?

     Please  list:              	
(5)  Can the whole team respond? yes	no	not  applicable	

(6)  Are there other people or laboratories in your organization that

     can respond? yes	no	.  If yes please list  names  and

     addresses.
(7)  Under what conditions can you  respond?  (or cannot respond)




(8)  What is your primary interest?  Oil  spill  research  .x   Impact

     assessment    x   Other,  please explain    .	





                     Please return  to:

                     Dr.  Mason P. Wilson, Or.
                     Department of  Mechanical Engineering
                     and  Applied Mechanics
                     Wales Hall  Room 101
                     University of  Rhode Island
                     Kingston, Rhode Island   02881
                                   164

-------
           OIL SPILL  RESEARCH AND LABORATORY QUESTIONNAIRE

Name and Address:                   Alternate person to be contacted, and
 Dn. Jokn W. fcwUngton                       M*.  8/tuce 01. TtUpp
 A&AocJjate. ScAe.ntit>£ -  address: — R
 Chemi&ttui Ve.paAtm&nt  _  _ ChemU&iy Vepowtmewt ___ _
 Wood* Hole. Qc.eanoguipkic. In&t.                Woodi Hate  Oaeanog'iapfu.c. In&t.
 Wood* ffo£e, Maid. — 0£543 -  - Woods, Hole., MOM. — 0254J —
Bus. Phone:  (677)  S4B-1400 ex*. 316 Bus. Phone: (&11 ) 548-1400  ZXt  353
Home Phone:  (517)  540-2S7S _  Home Phone: (6? 7 ) 548-6999 _
Sponsoring Agencies;   EPA,  CA/R,  NSF,  ERPA _

ANALYTICAL EQUIPMENT:   If more than one, insert number.
     Infra-red  (   )  Make  Petfe/cn E£meA 337 _
     Gas Chromatography: (6)  1/o/u.otU  mode£&  0(J VtVuan and HeMt&tt PacfefVid,
        packed  column     *   glass capillary    *    Mass spec    * _
     UV Fluourscence:
        Type PeAfcot  ££meA MPF-3
     Microbalance  2  Cq/in Bo£ancfca
GENERAL DESCRIPTION  OF EXTRACTION TECHNIQUES:
TYPES OF SAMPLES ANALYZED:  Sediment   *    Tissue        Seawater
     Tarballs _ Cargo  _ Other ___
OTHER LAB CAPABILITIES:   Ecosystem tanks, weathering, etc.  kvcuiabte, an long
 toad time, notice.,  e.g.,  znvlnoumw&Lt &g&tm.i, lab.                  .
FIELD WORK CAPABILITIES:   Sediment, water column, surface, doplet size
and distribution, etc.,  please list filed equipment.  Sediffient,  MttteA coiumn
                 ,     .,
         with. Qfunb&t  box. c.oti,  lahQe. vo-Citme mtoJi zmplte,  potL&tbte.
RESPONSE CAPABILITY:
     (1) How  many  people can you muster in 24 hours?  3
         (a)  to  obtain samples    3
         (b)  to  analyze  samples    3
     (2) Do you  need  sponsoring  agency approval?
         Yes  *    No  _ Recommended _
         Ofi approval  to  expend institution tfunck, uui.
-------
(3)  Are you part of an oil spill research  team?   Yes 	 No 	
    PejoenoA on de.6
-------
           OIL SPILL  RESEARCH 'AND LABORATORY . QUESTIONNAIRE
                                    Alternate person to be contacted,  and
  .  JoaitX&t Geanng         _  address: _ '_ _
       Ec.o&y&tem ReAeaAch  Lab
    - GSO - - - -  --
Klna&ton. RI  02887
Bus. Phone:  (40? ~)J92-6140 Qfi 6133  Bus.  Phone: (   )_
Home Phone:  (407) 423-2045	  Home  Phone:(   )_
Sponsoring Agencies;    EPA	
ANALYTICAL EQUIPMENT:   If  more than one,  insert number.
     Infra-red  (   ) Make   P.E. 267	
     Gas Chromatography:
        packed  column PE3920B glass capillary 	'Mass spec
     UV Fluourscence:
       " Type	.._	,
     Microbalance  CaJiyl 4100
GENERAL DESCRIPTION  OF  EXTRACTION TECHNIQUES: SapOnifccatLon - zWlO-Vtion by
       .', AoM&t; homoge.nizeA - de.pe.wiing on sample, type..
TYPES OF SAMPLES ANALYZED:  Sediment   X    Tissue   X    Seawater
     Tarballs   X     Cargo  _ Other ______
OTHER LAB CAPABILITIES:   Ecosystem tanks*  weathering, etc
                         * bat not applicable.   depwLi.ng  on cJAC.um&tanc.eA
     (2) Do you need  sponsoring agency approval?
         Yes  X   No  _ Recommended _
           (^ only cL6teA.-the.-ia.ct)
                                     167

-------
(3)  Are you part of an oil spill research team?  Yes _X	 No 	
(4)  If so,  what is the expertise of the team and individual members?
    Please  list:  *>
    t/iy 168

-------
Principal  Investigators,  Marine Ecosystems Research Laboratory (MERL)


Dr. John W.  Farrington
  Woods Hole Oceanographic  Institution

  Biogeochemistry  of  petroleum compounds, fuel oils and crude oils in
  experimental  ecosystems

Dr. Richard  F.  Lee
  Skidaway Institute  of Oceanography

  Fate of  petroleum components in a coastal marine ecosystem

Dr. James  G. Quinn
  Graduate School  of  Oceanography, URI

  Distribution  and fate of  petroleum hydrocarbons in coastal marine
  ecosystems

Dr. Wallace  S.  Broecker
  Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory

  Experiments with radioactive tracers in the facility for the experi-
  mental analysis  of  coastal marine ecosystems

Dr. David  L. Johnson
  State University of New York,  College of Environmental Science  and
  Forestry                       \

  Environmental perturbation and chemical speciation

Dr. Michael  E.  Q.  Pilson
  Graduate School  of Oceanography, URI

  Cycling  of certain  trace  constituents:  sediment gradients and  ex-
  change with the  water column

Dr. Donald R. Heinle, Dr. Sandra L. Vargo
  University of Maryland, Center for Environmental and Estuarine  Studies

  Effects  of petroleum hydrocarbons on the physiology, feeding behavior
  and population dynamics of copepods

Dr.Scott W. Nixon, Dr. Gandace  A. Oviatt
  Graduate School  of Oceanography, URI
  Effects of petroleum and other energy-related stresses on the rates
  and mechanisms of nutrient regeneration by coastal marine bottom
  communities
                                  169

-------
                   Principal Investigators,  (MERL)  (continued)
Dr. Candace A. Oviatt
  Graduate School of Oceanography, URI

  Multivariate analysis of hydrocarbon stressed microcosms

Dr. Akella N. Sastry
  Graduate School of Oceanography, URI

  Physiological responses of benthic organisms in experimental eco-
  systems and the effects of petroleum hydrocarbon stress

Dr. Theodroe J. Smavda
  Graduate School of Oceanography, URI

  Responses of marine phytoplankton to petroleum hydrocarbon stresses

Dr. J. Frederick Grassle, Dr. Judith P. Grassle
  Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution and the Marine Biological Labor-
  atory

  Benthic community structure in experimental ecosystems and the
  effects of petroleum hydrocarbons

Dr. John Sieburth, Dr. Paul Hargraves
  Graduate School of Oceanography, URI

  Bacterial and protozoan components
                                 170

-------
           OIL  SPILL  RESEARCH AND LABORATORY QUESTIONNAIRE

Name and Address:                   Alternate person to be contacted, and
 E. S. G.ifcj{-cllan _______ __  address:     V. S.  Page.
          College Motine Rea.  Lab.   _ Chemu&uj Ve.paJtfme.nt
             ME  04077 _  _ Bouxloin Co-fc&ge
Bus. Phone:  (207)  725-8731  ex*. 604 Bus.  Phone: (207 ) 725-8737  ejit  602
Home Phone:  (207)  633-2590 _  Home Phone: (207 ) 729-4264
Sponsoring Agencies:    NSF,  State, ofi Uauunf.  PEP

ANALYT ICAL EQU IPMENT :   If more than one/ insert number.
     Infra-red (  ) Make PeAkoi E&n&l  621
        packed  column _ glass capillary  3920B Mass spec __
     UV Fluourscence:
        Type   PeAkLn Elme*. M204
     Microbalance PgAtcn E-gmeA AP-2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION' OF EXTRACTION TECHNIQUES:  Se.cLune.nti> -pewtane./ be.nze.ne.
  e.x&ta.c£ion 4&  ku.  T4A&de£-Me.oH/KoH 2
 column ckfiomatogMiphy -  6.C.
TYPES OF  SAMPLES  ANALYZED:  Sediment   X    Tissue   X    Seawater   X
     Tarballs   X    Cargo    X    Other _
OTHER LAB CAPABILITIES:   Ecosystem tanks, weathering, etc.
FIELD WORK CAPABILITIES:   Sediment, water column, surface, doplet size
and distribution, etc.,  please list filed equipment.  T-tMue
RESPONSE  CAPABILITY:
      (1)  How many people can you muster in 24 hours?
          (a)  to  obtain samples   4-6 _
          (b)  to  analyze samples J^____
      (2)  Do  you  need  sponsoring agency approval?
          Yes       No       Recommended   X
                                 171

-------
(3)  Are you part of an oil spill research team?  Yes  X   No _
(4)  If so, what is the expertise of  the  team and individual members?
    Please list:  E.  S.  GU.je.veSL, theAe. mm be.
                    we. cannot teaponrf.
(8)  What is your primary interest?   Oil spill research   X  Impact
    assessment _ Other, please explain ___
                              172

-------
           OIL SPILL RESEARCH AND LABORATORY QUESTIONNAIRE
Name and Address:
Jome6 Lafee
Alternate person to be contacted, and
address: Pete RobeA&on
ERL-M, South. Fevu/ Road 4ame
NaMagan&vtt, RI
Bus. Phone: (401) 789-1077
Home Phone: (407 ) 783-5046
Bus.. Phone: ( )
Home Phone: ( )
Sponsoring Agencies: EPA

ANALYTICAL EQUIPMENT:  If more than one, insert number.
     Infra-red (  ) Make  627  PeJikin Elme/t	
     Gas Chromatography:
        packed column  j/e6   glass capillary   2     Mass spec
     UV Fluourscence:
        Type    —	
     Microbalance
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EXTRACTION TECHNIQUES:

TYPES OF SAMPLES ANALYZED: Sediment   X    Tissue    X   Seawater   X
     Tarballs 	 Cargo   X    Other 	
OTHER LAB CAPABILITIES:  Ecosystem tanks, weathering, etc.
FIELD WORK CAPABILITIES:  Sediment, water column, surface, doplet size
and distribution, etc., please list filed equipment.

RESPONSE CAPABILITY:
     (1) How many people can you muster in 24 hours?
         (a) to obtain samples  1-2 ?
         (b) to analyze samples   2
     (2) Do you need sponsoring agency approval?
         Yes 	 No 	 Recommended	
         Need Lab. mawQWWt approval..
                                    173

-------
(3)  Are you part of an oil spill research team?  Yes 	 No  X
(4)  If so,  what is the expertise of the team and individual members?
    Please  list:
(5)  Can the whole team response?  Yes 	 No 	 Not applicable _X_
(6)  Are there other people or laboratories in your organizatipn
    that can respond?   Yes 	 No 	.  If yes please list names
    and addresses.        ?
(7)  Under what conditions can you respond?  (or cannot respond)
(8)  What is your primary interest?  Oil spill research   X  Impact
    assessment 	 Other,  please explain 	
                            174

-------
          OIL SPILL RESEARCH AND LABORATORY QUESTIONNAIRE

Name and Address:                Alternate person to be contacted,  and
             P. MacLeod          address;    pona£rf
 NOAA National knatyti-caJi Faeit6ty  _ &ame.
 2725 Monttafee BEvd., Eau>t
 Sea£t£e, WA  93H2
Bus. Phone:  (2(76) 442-424$	  Bus.  Phone:  (   )      &ame.
Home Phone:  (    ) 	  Home  Phone:  (   )  	
Sponsoring Agencies:  WM/Wa£t.ona£ Mat/cne fJJ!>h&rU.eA SeA.V4.ce.;  att>o
	EPA,  ELM,  etc.
ANALYTICAL EQUIPMENT:   If more than one,  insert number.
     Infra-red  ( / )  Make	
     Gas Chromatography:
        packed  column    7    glass capillary   3   Mass spec   2
     UV Fluourscence:    1
        Type dual oU&et Acan.  6uMy Q.oM.e.c*te.d
     Microbalance	2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF  EXTRACTION TECHNIQUES:
   See Appenicx A o£ NOAA TecfuUco£ MemoAancium ERL MESA-&
TYPES OF SAMPLES ANALYZED:   Sediment    X  Tissue  X    Seawater
     Tarballs   X    Cargo   X   Other 	
OTHER LAB CAPABILITIES:  Ecosystem tanks,  weathering, etc.
   High petrfotmance -Uquu-d c.womeutog/ua.phy:   2 j.m>&uMeyit&,  one. automated
     UV ((-euoieaeence HPLC dnte.ct.on.                   „     ^  ,
FIELD WORK CAPABILITIES:   Sediment, water column, surface,  doplet size
  and distribution,  etc., please list filed equipment.
   Can p£ace 1-2  experienced {,-LeZd c.hemu>tt> at the. oltzd &ite. uitihin
     a Xew da£0
RESPONSE CAPABILITY;
     (1) How many people can you muster in 24 hours?
          (a)  to obtain samples Po^-cMy T-2 England NMFS cfiem^iii o/i bioloaUt*
          (b)  to analyze samples 4 c.hemit>t&
     (2) Do  you need sponsoring agency approval?
         Yes X*    No 	Recommended 	
                                    175

-------
(3) Are you part of an oil spill research team?  Yes   X   No
(4) If so, what is the expertise of  the team and individual members?
    Please list:  State. o& the. Atit analifAeA  oft marine. env-uiomwtaJt
             box, tn&ce. contamination by oJJL.   Emplot/ qloaa capiZ-
          GC, GC/MS. HPLC and UV.	
(5) Can the whole team respond?  Yes 	 No   X   Not Applicable 	
(6) Are there other people or laboratories  in your organization
    that can respond?  Yes   X   No _ .   If yes please list names
    and addresses.    RobeAt C. ClaSik _
                      Chemical.
(7)  Under what conditions can you respond?   (or cannot respond)
     We can and uiitt n.&>pond to aJUL U.S.  jusuAdictionat majosi
     t,pWti>, un£ea.i the. NflAA WAF Ata^ JUt> &ul£.y comntiZtzd to oth&i
     px.oje.ct!>.
(8)  What is your primary interest?  Oil  spill research _ Impact
    assessment _ Other, please explain _ _____
                                   176

-------
              PHYSICAL PROCESSES PANEL
                   Participants

              J.A. Gait, Chairperson
R. Beauchamp                          C.E. Parker
P. Cornillon                          A. Pollack
W. Grant                              J. Ripp
C. Griscom                            M. Spaulding
Capt. K.M. Palfrey
                                      R. Wright
                         177

-------
                        PHYSICAL PROCESSES PANEL

                          General Information

                     •  Background Considerations

                     •  Specific Subject Areas



 BACKGROUND CONSIDERATIONS

     A.  Role of Physical Processes Research

 Initial discussion centered on the role of physical processes studies
 in  the general assessment problem and for the tactical support of the
 on-scene-coordinator.  It was agreed that physical processes studies
 should be thought of as supportive and carried out as a sequence,
 passing on distribution data to aid in cleanup, operational planning,
 and selection of sites for detailed biological study.

                            Spill Description

                      Physical movement and dispersion
                      >                             *
        Populations at risk                    Tactical support to OSC

        Effects and damage

        Cost and evaluation of alternatives

     B.  Products of Physical Processes Research

 Information needed as products from the physical processes studies
will be descriptions of the oil distribution in time and space
 including:  1) form the oil is in, 2) composition of the oil, and 3)
concentrations.  These data will establish appropriate areas to study
impact as well as control sites.  They should also result in environ-
mental forecasts and estimates of the effects on distribution of
possible cleanup actions (burning, emulsification, etc.).  A ques-
tion was raised with regard to physical forecasts for models of
biological distributions (mixed layer depth and compensation depths
for example?)
                                 178

-------
     C.  Pertinent Physical Processes

Dominant physical processes were discussed in terms of four general
areas:

         1.  Advection

             ®  geostrophic flow
             ®  Ekman flow
             »  wind drift/wave drift
             •  tides
             ®  'shelf waves/eddies
             •  longshore drift
             ©  sediment transport by waves
             ®  estuarine flow
             ®  river flow

         2.  Mixing

             «  spreading
             «  mixed layer dynamics
                -  wave compression
                   Langmuir cells
                -  turbulence
             e  waves
             «  chemical dispersion

         3.  Sources and Sinks

             •  spill definition
             e>  evaporation
             «  sinking
             «  incorporation with sediments
             »  oxidation
                -  burning
                   photo
                -  biological
             «  cleanup
             9  ice
             0  biological, transport

         4.  Oil Associated With Sediment

             ©  residence times and transport descriptions
             •  sediment fluxes and oil particle interactions
             *  bioturbation
             9  biodegradation
                                 179

-------
 It was  agreed  that  these  processes  largely covered the subject and
 that  for  any particular area and source, a fraction of these may be
 dominant.  Basically these represent the framework in which the
 projects  can be developed.

      D.   Initial Project  Areas

 An initial list of  projects to be considered was as follows:

          (1)   Meteorological observations
          (2)   Mapping of  oil spills
          (3)   Trajectory  forecasting/hindcasting
          (4)   Thickness,  distribution and form forecasting
          (5)   Vertical distribution and accommodation description
          (6)   Particle and oil interactions
          (7)   Biological  interactions
          (8)   Lagrangian  measurements
          (9)   Current meter mooring experiments
        (10)   Bottom boundary layer studies
        (11)   Characterization of oil in sediment resident times
SPECIFIC SUBJECT AREAS

     A.  Catalogue of Embayments and Development of Current Algorithms

Particular publications have been completed, or are near completion,
which address a catalogue of embayments.  The following publications
specifically address the Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf and the
associated near-shore areas.  Funds for these literature summaries
have been provided by BLM.

Update of the Institute of the Gulf of Maine's (TRIGOM) report on
environmental information from the U.S./Canadian Border to Cape
Hatteras, N.C.  The study is being conducted by the Center for
Natural Areas (CNA) presently located in Washington, B.C.  Principal
contact for this study is Mr. Ned Shenton.  Expected completion date
is October 1977.  Approximately 50 copies of the report will be
available at the BLM New York OCS Office at the World Trade Center,
New York City.  BLM contact is Dr. Arthur Horowitz (212/264-2401).

The Institute of the Gulf of Maine (TRIGOM) completed a Socio-economic
and Environmental study from the U.S./Canadian Border to Sandy Hook,
New Jersey, in June 1974.  This 8 volume report is also available at
the BLM New York OCS Office.  BLM contact is the same as above.
                                 180

-------
     B.  Development of Regional Reference Document

In addition to the studies described above, the following BLM spon-
sored study programs will also have input to the development of a
regional reference document:

     •  U.S. Geological Survey ongoing program dealing with chatterer
        sediment mobility and suspended sediment flux on the Georges
        Bank region.  This program also includes water column hydrog-
        raphy (surface, subsurface and bottom current studies).
        Report is expected to be .completed in April 1978.  Principal
        contact is Dr. David Folger of USGS, Woods Hole, Massachusetts
        (FTS-837-4155).

     •  Raytheon Company of Portsmouth, Rhode Island, and EG&G of
        Waltham, Massachusetts, are conducting a physical oceanography
        program for BLM on Georges Bank.

        Specific inputs to this physical oceanography study will
        include Lagrangien measurements, Eulerian measurements
        (surface and subsurface current meter moorings) and support
        hydrography.  Principal objective is trajectory forecasting.

        A report of the first year program will be available in
        August 1978.  An additional 2 years of data collection and
        interpretation is planned.  Specific contact is Dr. Richard
        Scarlett of EG&G and Dr. David Cook of Raytheon Co.  BLM
        contact is Mr. Ken Berger of the New York OSC Office.

     •  At the present time, BLM and EDS/NOAA are discussing advan-
        tages of having a historical summerization and interpretation
        of meteorological and physical oceanographic information for
        the Georges Bank region.  A study could begin by December
        1977, and expected time of completion would be April 1979.
        BLM contact on progress of this possible study is Mr. Ken
        Berger - New York DCS Office.

     C.  Additional Needs

The following additional needs for ecological damage assessment were
identified:

         1.  An inventory to include:

             -  selected bibliography
             -  names, addresses, phone numbers
                facilities (including charter)
             -  equipment, large and small, including sources of
                rental items (like ENDECO current meters)

                                   181

-------
         2.  Simple, unambiguous, clear and complete instructions for
             field observers and collectors, to include "chain of
             custody" requirements as well as sampling techniques.

         3.  Reliable, accessible, informed Public Information
             Officer to get accurate information out as fast as
             possible and to reduce the pressure on those doing the
             work.

         4.  Provision of SOR Team training to selected local indi-
             viduals or groups and of SOR Team equipment kits on hand
             - especially hard to get materials and equipment.

         5.  Arrangements with NSF to free academic types for oil
             spill work (no-cost extension, etc.).

         6.  Quick way to put people on Federal payroll for short-
             term emergency.

         7.  Assurance that costs incurred by non-Federal organiza-
             tion will be promptly reimbursed.

         8.  Compilation of existing information on what happens when
             oil hits the shoreline.

         9.  Appropriate descriptors for oil, i.e., what should be
             the basic independent variables used as environmental
             descriptors for oil or, more generally, hydrocarbons?

     D.  Equipment Requirements

The following equipment was recommended for stockpiling by the OSC or
otherwise immediately available:

         1.  Satellite tracked drogues

         2.  1000 bottom drifters and 1000 surface drift cards,
             appropriately labeled and ready for deployment (total
             cost  $5K)

         3.  Minirangers for accurate navigation

         4.  Chart library

         5.  Typewriters, Xeroxes, CB radios
                                  182

-------
                      PHYSICAL PROCESSES PANEL




                        Recommended Projects*







1.  Meteorological observations and analysis




2.  Surface mapping




3.  .Trajectory forecasting/hindcasting




5.  Bottom boundary layer and sediment (oil) residence time




7.  Longshore and rip current dynamics




8.  Coastal current studies
*Projects 4 and 6 were not submitted at the time of this report.
                                 183

-------
                     PANEL:  PHYSICAL PROCESSES
                     PROJECT:  1
                     PRIORITY RANK:  1
1.  Project Title:  Meteorological Observations and Analysis

2.  Project Description:

    A.  Objective - To provide accurate observations and useful
        forecasts of wind speed and direction, sea state, precipi-
        tation, visibility and other weather conditions that could
        affect cleanup efforts or that could be entered into trajec-
        tory predictions.

    B.  Method - Establishment of an on-scene meteorological office
        with equipment and personnel dedicated to the job of produc-
        ing local forecasts at least four times daily based on all
        available data.

    C.  Results - Basic data for tactical decisions by on-scene
        coordinator; basic data for trajectory models and predic-
        tions of areas likely to be affected by oil or suitable for
        controls; and data base for after the fact verification of
        models and development of new hypotheses.

3.  Performing Organization:

    Principally National Weather Service, with help from ships on the
    scene and satellite observations.  Also EG&G, through Dr. Wm.
    Bendel has this capability.

4.  Applicable Habitats:

    All.

5.  Applicable Conditions:

    All.

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

    All.

7.  Time Frame:

    As long as the on-scene coordinator is responsible  for  the  spill
    probably several days to a few weeks.

                               184

-------
 8.  Cost;

     $20-$30K

     (Equipment approximately $15 to $20K for weatherfare, radio,
     teletype, etc.)

     (Personnel approximately $10-$15K for three meteorologists,
     wages and living expenses for up to 3 weeks).

 9.  Equipment Needs;

     Van or office with desk, weatherfare, radio, teletype, telephone,
     and typewriter.  NWS should be responsible for having portable
     equipment available.

10.  Facility Needs;

     No special needs other than described in item (9) for small
     near-shore spill.  For larger offshore spills, ships on the
     scene can provide information and a weather data buoy may be
     useful.  Satellite observations should be obtained routinely,  as
     well as small-scale weather phenomenon and local weather from
     existing weather radar facilities.

11.  Personnel Needs:

     We understand NSW is training a group of marine meteorologists.
     Arrangements should be made to make two or three of these avail-
     able as needed.  Alternatively, Joseph Chase of Falmouth, a
     retired WHOI Meteorologist/Oceanographer, could be retained as
     consultant.

12.  Support Services;

     Good communication for rapid reporting of data and dissemination
     of forecasts.

13.  Payoff;

     A.  Principally, the On-Scene Coordinator (OSC) decides where,
         how and when to deploy his resources.

     B.  Provide input for trajectory modelers, both for direct use
         by OSC and to identify sites of probable impact and poten-
         tial control areas where experiments should be conducted.
                                 185

-------
     C.  Improve ability to forecast distribution of oil if substan-
         tial quantities become airborne as a result of evaporation
         or either accidental or deliberate burning.

     D.  Provide data for after-the-fact studies of oil weathering,
         interaction with biological communities, mixing in water
         column, etc.

14.  Limitations:

     New England weather is difficult to predict.  Wind speed error
     of 5 knots and direction error of 30°  are considered excellent
     (Argo report).  Shortage of offshore data will be a problem for
     some spills.
                                 186

-------
                     PANEL:  PHYSICAL PROCESSES
                     PROJECT:  2
                     PRIORITY RANK:  I
1.  Project Title:  Surface Mapping

2.  Project Description;

    The objective of this project is to provide accurate surface
    maps at meaningful time intervals to show the progress and
    extent of an oil spill to the Regional Response Team and the
    On-Scene Coordinator (OSC).

    The time interval between maps will be primarily dictated by
    the strength of the tide in the area.  Near-shore and energetic
    areas require one map each 3 hours; while in off-shore areas of
    low current speed, one each day is sufficient.

    Observations less than about 5 miles from shore will be taken
    from locally leased light aircraft and boats.  Farther off-shore,
    longer ranged (usually Federally operated) aircraft capable of
    safer overwater operation with a heavier payload should be used.
    Both types of aircraft should be capable of accurate navigation
    (mini-rangers for light aircraft).  Photographic and deice
    recording of observations supplemented by sea surface tempera-
    tures (infrared thermometer) are needed to show the presence of
    thermal fronts, eddies, shoals and major currents that may
    affect the oil movement.  Local flight weather conditions -are
    also noted.

    All data gathered for the time period should be incorporated
    in schematic form on a single chart accompanied by a brief
    description of the results given to the OSC within 1 to 3
    hours after the flight.

    In addition to the observational aspects of this program, a
    research component is needed.  This facet of the program will be
    directed at developing remote sensing techniques that can
    accurately detect and map oil on the ocean surface under all
    weather conditions.  This remote mapping capability is a long
    range and continuing need for operational and assessment aspects
    of spills.

    Reference:  The Argo Report and SOR Team
                                187

-------
3.  Performing Organizations:

    SOR Teams
    ERDA
    Coast Guard and non-government labs such as Woods Hole
      Oceanographic Institution
    EG&G
    University of Rhode Island
    Chesapeake Bay Institute
    NASA

4.  Applicable Habitats:

    All.

5.  Applicable Conditions:

    Mapping efforts are weather limited, but conditions and proce-
    dures for safe operation of aircraft are well documented.
    Conditions not covered are those encountered when making aerial
    observations of oil in ice fields, fog and snow.  These areas
    need special research to develop new techniques.  The important
    fact is that marine disasters often occur under these conditions.

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

    All except gasoline whose half-life is usually too short to
    mount an aerial program for more than a day.

7.  Time Frame;

    Mapping should continue until the oil either goes ashore and
    stays there or moves out to sea and is either operationally
    difficult to follow or is lost.

8.  Cost:

    AC time, 2 weeks, 3 to 4 hours/day        $20,000

    6 people, time, expenses, travel,          28,000
    Equipment, 2 satellite buoys               10,000

    Navigator                                  10,000

    Support services (photo, etc.)              5,000

    Communications                              2,000
                                              $75,000

                                188

-------
     R&D contracts for remote sensing
       techniques                              $75,000

 9.  Equipment Needs:

     1) Mini-rangers for light aircraft navigation

     2) Infra-red radiation thermometers

     3) Cameras—two for each aircraft film:  color and infra-red
        light meters

     4) Binoculars

     5) Smoke bombs or other wind indicators

     6) At least one satellite tracked buoy/spill

     7) Charts and drafting equipment

     8) Telefax - Xerox machine

     9) Radio

     Stock pile items with Marine Safety Officer at Coast Guard
     bases.

10.  Facility Needs:

     a.  Coastal near-shore with a small spill requires < 20 ft.
         boats, small aircraft or 4-wheel drive vehicles for beach
         work.  Radio type communication, small building or shop with
         drafting space and telecommunication available.

     b.  Off-shore large spills require the use of major dockside
         facilities for large ships and equipment.

11.  Personnel Needs:

     It is suggested that a SOR type of educational program be
     started.  A cadre of regional people would familiarize trainees
     with the methods, procedures and local experts in order to
     enhance rapid response capability.

12.  Support Services:

     Access to:  photolab with quick turn around, drafting equipment,
                 teleprinter or telefax machine, Xerox, typewriters,
                 and a stock pile of charts of the area.


                               189

-------
13.  Payoff:

     Information to OSC
     Information to sampling teams
     Information to assessment of damage (legal)

14.  Limitations:

     a.  Surface mapping from aircraft is nonqualitative

     b.  Coordination with other disciplines is poor.

     c.  Adverse weather severely limits effectiveness.

     d.  Data gathered is not precise enough to advance modeling
         techniques for forecasts.

     e.  Coast Guard in-house capabilities should be improved to
         provide an operational system to be used with others.
                                190

-------
                     PANEL:  PHYSICAL  PROCESSES
                     PROJECT:   3
                     PRIORITY RANK:  HIGH
1.  Project Title:  Trajectory Forecasting/Hindcasting

2.  Project Description:

    Trajectory models  to describe  the distribution of spilled hydro-
    carbons will be developed and  exercised.  This will include time
    and space dependent estimates  of where the oil is, where it will
    go and in some cases where it  has come from.  It will be neces-
    sary to provide information  products  that describe the form of
    the oil (pancakes, windrows, etc.) and its distribution through-
    out the water column.  This  project will have both observational
    facets supported by field studies and theoretical components.

    Oil movement forecasting techniques have been developed to the
    point where the general movement of a surface slick can be pre-
    dicted, if adequate supporting environmental background data is
    available.  Unfortunately, little more than the center of mass
    of the slick can now be provided reliably using state-of-the-
    art methods.  Key  questions  that still cannot be answered, and
    which must be supported with additional research, relate to what
    form the oil is in, i.e., patch spreading, thickness distribu-
    tion and extent of mixing within the water column.  It is clear
    from a study of the assessment problem that virtually all the
    environmental interactions with oil (biological uptake, floccu-
    lation, photo-oxidation, etc.) and most cleanup activity will be
    more dependent on  the surface  area and form of the oil than its
    actual mass.  Such forecasts and predictors then must be devel-
    oped and made available during oil spill incidents for support
    of cleanup and assessment activities.

3.  Performing Organizations:

    Major responsibility for forecasting should go to NOAA (NWS-
    Dr. Celso Barrientos-ERL Dr. J. A. Gait) with research support
    from academic institutions, USGS and states, and Ocean Engineer-
    ing Dept. - University of Rhode Island, Dr. Malcolm Spaulding -
    URI,  Dr. Richard Scarlet - EG&G.

4.  Applicable Habitat:

    All.
                                191

-------
5.  Applicable Conditions:

    Any time the oil is spilled into an active circulation system.
    In the absence of supporting environmental data that already has
    supplied sufficient information to develop the needed trajectory
    algorithms, the studies should be initiated.

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

    All types of oils with a sufficient observation base are estab-
    lished to permit reliable forecasting.

7.  Time Frame:

    These observational studies and tactical support of OSC should
    be continued while oil forecasts are needed in cleanup activity.

8.  Cost:

    On-scene support (per spill)

                    2
    Small spill 10km                1 man-month $4K
                     2
    Medium spill 50km               2 man-months $8K
                   2
    Big spill 100km                 6 man-months $24K

    Computer development $3 to $6K
      and support per spill

    Research/analysis of spill data (not dependent on number of spills)

    Computer software development   $30K

    Algorithm research              $50K per year for 3 years
                                     Depends on scope

9.  Equipment Needs:

    a.  Phone lines

    b.  Telefax

    c.  Computer terminals

    d.  Access  to computing facilities

    e.  Drafting equipment

                                192

-------
10.  Facility Needs:

     On-scene room, typically a motel room, could be a van or camper
     with communication hook-up.

11.  Personnel Needs;                                   „,

     Trained oil trajectory forecasters on-scene (NWS-Marine Ser-
     vices Program — NSW-Tech. Dev. Lab.  Dr. Gelso Barrientos;
     ER1-PMEL Dr. Jerry Gait).  Also, Ocean Engineering - URI,  Dr.
     Malcolm Spaulding, Dr. Peter Cornillan.

12.  Support Services:

     Mapping of oil.

     SOR Team measurements of differential oil/water movement.

     Detailed weather forecasts.

     Local circulation data for currents.

13.  Payoff;

     Forecasts and hindcasts of oil movement and concentrations
     will be the payoffs of this project.

14.  Limitations;

     To work, this project will need appropriate background environ-
     mental data (currents, weather, etc.) plus an access to observa-
     tional data as would be obtained from a mapping and SOR team
     type project.

     To fully support assessment studies additional research will
     have to be carried out to develop algorithms to describe oil
     thickness distributions and large scale spreading.
                                 193

-------
                     PANEL:  PHYSICAL PROCESSES
                     PROJECT:  5
                     PRIORITY RANK:
 1.  Project Title:  Bottom Boundary Layer and Sediment (Oil)
                    Residence Time

 2.  Project Description:

    Sediment residence time provides information on:

    a.  Duration of oil impact, e.g., oil impregnation of bottom
        sediment, which is a multiplier for damage evaluation.

    b.  Direction and dynamics of movement of oil and sediments
        along bottom.  This subject should be identified as a future
        research project.

    The investigation incorporates detailed mapping of shallow
    structure, e.gs, by high-resolution seismic, backed by sediment
    coring, coupled with bottom instrument packages capable of
    continuous measuring of dynamic properties, includes both wave
    and current measurements, temperature, turbidity and pressure
    (interpretation of bottom shear should be achievable from
    presently available models).  The studies should yield maps
    of sediment (potential oil) residence time, plus a realistic
    assessment of conditions affecting transport of oil or treatment
    materials.

 3.  Performing Organizations:

    a.  USGS Atlantic-Gulf of Mexico Branch.  Office of Marine
        Geology* offers immediate response on completion of new
        coastal workboat (anticipated Spring 1978), or partial
        assistance prior to that time.  Assistance includes bottom
        instrument emplacement.  See draft.proposal submitted to
        workshop.  Background (pre-spill) study highly recommended.

    b.  WHOI Ocean Engineering - W. D. Grant

    c.  MIT - Prof. Ole S. Madsen - Civil Engineering

    d.  U. Conn. Prof. Frank Bohlen
*Woods Hole Mass:  D. Folger 837-4155.

                                194

-------
     e.   Corps of  Engineers  has  extensive  basic  data  (cores,  seismic
          profiles).

     f.   URI - Dr. Mason Wilson

     g.   NOAA sediment  dynamics  group (expertise in N.Y.'Bight
          area).*

     h.   Partial data  in Massachusetts Bay available  as  a result
          of preliminary experiments  in NOMES  program.  ERL-BOULDER.

     i.   Partial data  in Block Island-Rhode Island Sound from bottom
          mounted E/M meter for spoil  disposal  and power  plant cooling
          system surveys.  URI-DMR-Griscom.

     j.   Bottom turbulence monitoring system - USN-UWS-Shontig.

     k.   EG&G - Dr. Richard  Scarlet.

 4.  Applicable Habitats:

     Off-shore bottoms.

 5.  Applicable Conditions:       '

     Can  (should)  be determined  as baseline study in High Risk,
     Marine Traffic Corridors  before  spill; pinpointing afterward.
     (See p. 16-17; Fig.  2 in  USGS proposal for  key profiles).

 6.  Applicable Oil Type:

     Any  oil type.

 7.  Time Frame:

     Key  coastal areas  should  be  systematically  mapped and reinvesti-
     gated at multiple  yearly  intervals until  a  comprehensive inven-
     tory is obtained.  Each investigation  of  a  given interval
     requires about 1 month  field survey time.   Bottom instrument
     packages may be retained  longer  in given  spill site if necessary.
     Sample workshop requires  additional 1  month workup  time  for each
     field survey  (preliminary study).  Some data available to OSC
     immediately on return of  field gear.
*D. J. Swift, NOAA-AOML-Miami.

                                 195

-------
 8.  Cost:

     Per one month, area investigation for field deployment, inclu-
     ding personnel; not including data workup:  $30K.

     One bottom instrument package can be supplied at present for
     emergency use without personnel or equipment changes.

     Bare Boat with operator - $177/day.

     Additional cost for transport, truck rental, three support
     personnel, expendables as indicated in "Yellow boat project"
     report obtainable from R. Would, USGS Woods Hole, 02536.

 9.  Equipment Needs:

     Coring equipment, high resolution seismic equipment, bottom
     instrument package (e.g., USGS "TRIPODS" for long-term deployment.
     Location equipment.

10.  Facility Needs:

     Coastal work boat, truck rental, normal temporary coastal accommo-
     dations, computer facilities for seismic data manipulation and
     interpretation.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     URI - C.A. Griscom, F. Middleton, V. Narci

     USGS - Yes:  immediate response

     USN - D. Shontig, Newport, R.I.

     After Spring 1978

     Present - bottom instrument only

     See R.  Wold or D. Folger 837-4155, FTS, USGS Woods Hole

     Item No. 3 C-F availability subject to change.

12.  Support Services:                    '

     Background (sequential) on bottom sediment.

     Configuration and Dynamit Properties, highly desirable.
                                196

-------
13.   Payoff:
                                                  /
     Map of Bottom Dynamic conditions of immediate use to OSC; use-
     ful to predict oil impact duration and "multiplier effect" on
     damage assessment (residence time).  Aids estimate of time
     involved in bottom movement, discrimination of highest priority
     areas in event of limited cleanup or deterrence capacity.
     Prediction of particle erosion of bottoms and presence in water
     column.

14.   Limitations:

     A.  The project is most useful in in-shore areas having high
         risk potential and where sedimentation-erosion patterns show
         reasonable continuity.  The effect of extreme events such as
         storms and hurricanes is not well predicted by bottom
         instrument packages emplaced under normal conditions; this
         area is partly covered by acoustic surveying-coring.  Also
         predictive models for sediment transport and bottom shear
         stress on the continental shelf still are in the develop-
         mental stages.  All three elements, geophysical profiling,
         coring and dynamic measurement, are needed for maximum
         effectiveness.  Even though areas of potential sediment
         transport are identified, our present knowledge is not
         adequate to give quantitative numbers except under very
         specialized conditions.

     B.  Availability of personnel.
                                  197

-------
                     PANEL:  PHYSICAL PROCESSES
                     PROJECT:  7
                     PRIORITY RANK:
 1.  Project Title:  Longshore and Rip Current Dynamics

 2.  Project Description:

    A.  Objectives:

        (1)  Prediction of magnitudes and directions of longshore
             currents and rip currents.

        (2)  Identification of research needs for the development
             of adequate models of longshore currents and rip current
             models.

    B.  Procedure:

        (1)  Information to modelers and on-site coordinators provided
             by:

             (a)  Empirical current and wave measurements - current
                  meters, wave sensors, sediment size

             (b)  Regional reference document

             (c)  Simple analytical models.

    C.  Anticipated Results

        (1)  Longshore currents in the surf zone and immediate
             vicinity.

        (2)  Description of rip currents and coastal cells.

3.  Performing Organization:

    A.  Organization with Capability

        (1)  Massachusetts Institute of Technology - Dr. Ole S.
             Madsen, Civil Engineering

        (2)  Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution - Dr. William D.
             Grant, Ocean Engineering

        (3)  University of Massachusetts - Dr. Allen Niedoroda

                                193

-------
        (4)  University of Rhode Island - Dr. Malcolm Spaulding,
             Dr. Peter Cornillon, ocean engineering modeling; Dr.
             C.A. Griscom, Dr. R. McMaster, GSO, measurement; Dr. J.
             Fisher, Dr. J. Boothroyd, Geology, measurement

        (5)  Boston College - Dr. Benno Brenninkmeyer

        (6)  EG&G - Dr. Richard Scarlet

    B.  Possible Performing Organizations

        All of the above - possibly in cooperative project

4.  Available Habitat:

    New England - surf zone

5.  Applicable Conditions:

    Spill heading toward coastline

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

    All.

7.  Time Frame:

    a.  Predictions needed over tidal cycles to get directions.

    b.  Empirical measurements will provide immediate results.

    c.  Longer term research is needed into Longshore current
        models — possibly provided by National Sediment Transport
        Study.

8.  Cost:

    $30K (for observational program in the event of a spill - does
    not include research costs).
                                                          i
9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

    a.  Current meters capable of resolving both wave and current
        flows.

        (1)  E/M current meters

        (2)  Acoustic current meters
                                199

-------
         (3)  Wave measuring devices

         (4)  Sediment sampling.
           V
     b.  Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution
                                                               }
         MIT

         University of Massachusetts

         University of Rhode Island

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     a.  Small boats available
         Computer for our current models
         Four-wheel drive vehicles

     b.  Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution
         MIT
         University of Massachusetts
         University of Rhode Island

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     a.  See item 3a.

     b.  Volunteers to make beach observations.

12.  Support Services:

     a.  Mapping of spill

     b.  Meteorological data

     c.  Beach observations - beach slope,  wave  direction, tides,
         winds,  breaker type, water depth,  wave  height,  and wave
         period.

13.  Payoff;

     a.  Contribution to assessment of Ecological Impact:

         (1)   Trajectory of oil down coast  to try to determine
              where to center cleanup.

         (2)   Support service to determine  ultimate fate of
              spill.


                                 200

-------
         (3)   Major consideration is that once oil  is  inside  surf
              zone it is too late to prevent spill  damage  on  shore.
              Thus, it is necessary to make the current  predictions  a
              significant period of time ahead.

     b.   Scientific Interest:

         (1)   Forcing function contributing to longshore current
              (currently under study).

         (2)   Longshore current distribution.

14.   Limitations:
  /
     a.   Availability of equipment/personnel

     b.   Weather conditions

     c.   Present model of wind devices, longshore currents, etc.
                                 201

-------
                     PANEL:   PHYSICAL PROCESSES
                     PROJECT:  8
                     PRIORITY RANK:
1.  Project Title:   Coastal Current Studies

2.  Project Description:

    A.  Objectives:

        (1)  Prediction of magnitudes and directions of coastal
             currents throughout water column to assist trajectory
             modeling predictions and on-site coordinator.

        (2)  Identification of research needs for the development
             of adequate  models of coastal currents and baseline
             current data.

    B.  Procedure:

        (1)  Information  to modelers and on-site coordinator pro-
             vided  by

             (a) Emperical current measurements - current  meter
                  array,  bottom observations (topography)  and
                  drifters.

             (b) Regional reference document.

             (c) Simple  analytical current models and for  tabu-
                  lated current tables.

    C.  Anticipated  Result:  Surface, mid-depth and bottom  velocities
                             due to:

             (a) Tide

             (b) Wind driven currents

             (c) Density currents

             (d) Wave-current interaction.
                                202

-------
3.  Performing Organization:

    A.  Organization with  capability:

        (1)  Woods Hole Oceanographic  Institution

             (a)  Dr. Robert  Beardsly   Physical Oceanography
                  Dr. Gabriel Csanady

             (b)  Dr. William D. Grant    Ocean Engineering
                  Dr. Albert  J. Williams

        (2)  Massachusetts Institute of Technology - Dr. Ole S.
             Madsen,                      Civil Engineering.

        (3)  USGS-Woods Hole  - Dr. Brad Butman.

        (4)  NMFS - Woods  Hole.

        (5)  Univ. of R.I., Dr. Malcolm Spaulding, Dr. Peter
             Cornillon, Dr. C. Griscom, Dr. R. McMaster, Dr. J.
             Fisher, Dr. J. Boothroyd.

        (6)  Univ. of Conn. - Dr. Frank Bohlen.

        (7)  EG&G - Dr. Richard Scarlet.

    B.  Possible performing organization - all of the above.

4*  Applicable Habitat:

    Coastal Zone, i.e., region where frictional influence of bottom
    is felt through water  column.   30 to 40m depth contour*

5.  Applicable Conditions:

    a.  Oil spill occurs in shallow coastal region.

    b.  Trajectory predictions show likely impingement in coastal
        region.

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

    All

7.  Time Frame;

    a.  Predictions for on-site use could be provided almost
        immediately by empirical methods.

                                203

-------
     b.  Longer term research is needed to develop adequate models
         of wind-driven currents, wave-current interaction models, and
         adequate descriptions of the forcing involved.

     c.  In the event that oil reaches bottom sediments, longer
         term monitoring of the currents will be needed to determine
         direction of potential oil laden sediment transport.

 8.  Cost:

     $30K (only for immediate monitoring - no research cost included).

 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     a.  Current meters capable of resolving both wave and current
         flows:

         (1)  E/M Current Meter

         (2)  Accoustic Current Meters

         (3)  CTD measurements

         (4)  Bottom observations, i.e., bottom camera or divers.

     b.  Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, if available

         University of Rhode Island

         Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

         NMFS Woods Hole

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     a.  Ships to deploy current meters; computer to run simple
         current models.

     b.  Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution (ship & comp.)
         Massachusetts Institute of Technology (ship & comp.)
         URI.  NMFS Woods Hole.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     See item 3a.
                                 204

-------
12.   Support Services:

     a.  Mapping of spill.

     b.  Meteorological data.

13.   Payoff:

     a.  Contribution of assessment of ecological impact:

         (1)  Necessary input to trajectory model

         (2)  Support service to determine ultimate fate
              of spill.

     b.  Scientific Interest:

         Research into:  wind-driven currents, wave-current inter-
         action, and partitioning of wind stress into currents/waves.
         These topics are of interest for a wide range of  pollution
         studies besides oil.

14.   Limitations:

     a.  Availability of current meters/personnel

     b.  Weather conditions for deployment

     c.  Present models of wind-driven currents and wave-current
         interactions are crude but possibly adequate for  initial
         trajectory predictions when backed up by empirical measure-
         ments.  Future predictions over longer time periods requires
         a better knowledge of these; i.e., depth average  current
         models are not adequate.
                                 205

-------
       WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY PANEL
              Participants

        F.G. Lowraan, Chairperson
O.T. Edstrom                H. Mulligan
R. Gerber                   C.L. Rogers
P.E. Hargraves              C. Ross
D.L. Harvey                 J. Snider
G. LaRoche                  G.A. Vargo
                  206

-------
                    WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY PANEL

                      General Considerations


The information on the subject of water column biology is presented

in several major sections, according to the source of the informa-

tion.  The major components of the Water Column Biology Panel report

are as follows:

     •  Projects recommended at Hartford.

     •  Comprehensive package submitted by the NMFS Northeast
        Fisheries Center submitted after the Workshop, including
        substantial background information and ten proposed projects.

     •  Addendum to the Panel report giving general considerations
        on pertinent methods.

Numbering of the projects is continuous through the Panel report.

Thus projects  1-3 were proposed at Hartford and projects 4-13 were

submitted by NMFS after the Workshop.
                                 207

-------
                    WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY PANEL

                       Recommended Projects*

 1.  Possible responses to oil spills:  analysis of plankton.

 2.  Effects of oil spills on resident fish communities.

 3.  The effects of oil spills on icthyoplankton:  eggs and larval
     stages.

 4.  Ichthyoplankton survey - MARMAP Survey I.

 5.  Bottom trawl survey operations - MARMAP Survey II.

 6.  Demersal food chain investigations.

 7.  Physiological and biochemical effects of an oil spill
     on selected fish and shellfish.

 8.  Histopathological effects of an oil spill on marine organisms.

 9.  Hydrocarbon analyses of fish, shellfish, zooplankton.

10.  The genetic effects of an oil spill on developing fish embryos.

11.  Toxicity studies:  The effects of oil on developing fish embryos
     and larvae.

12.  Phytoplankton and other microorganisms.

13.  Fishery oceanography:  Environmental studies.

Addendum:  General Methodology Considerations
*Projects 1-3 proposed at Hartford, projects 4-13 submitted by
 NMFS Northeast Fisheries Center after the Workshop.
                                 208

-------
                   PANEL:  WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY
                   PROJECT NO:  1
                   PRIORITY RANK:

1.   Project Title:  Possible Responses to Oil Spills:  Analysis of
                     Plankton
                 *
2.   Project Description:

     Objective:  Determination of short-term effects of oil spills on
     plankton populations.

     A.  Unquestionable need for a data base - centralization of
         existing literature and the means to acquire and update
         additional data.  See also Project No. 3, Effects of Oil
         Spills on Ichthyoplankton 2.D Baseline Data.

     B.  Interactions and coordinations with laboratory experimenta-
         tion; standardization of experimental techniques, e.g.,
         bioassay studies - standardization of simple rapid bioassay
         test which can be performed (initiated?) in the field and
         duplicated (continued?) in the lab.

     C.  Groups to be examined

         (1)  Phytoplankton.  For species composition, measurement of
              productivity, and community dynamics, fractionation
              into net and nanoplankton is essential.  Measurements
              should include C, N, and ATP analyses, along with other
              analyses such as total biomass and chlorophyll.

         (2)  Heterotrophic microplankton.  Species composition and
              abundance of such groups as protozoa (tintinnids,  other
              ciliates, amoebae, flagellates) and larvae stages of
              planktonic invertebrates.   A physiological measurement
              such as respiration is desirable but methodology is not
              perfected.

         (3)  Other zooplankton (pelagic crustaceans, ichthyoplankton
              and others). Species composition distribution and
              abundance.  Respiration, ingestion, and excretion
              measurements are desirable.  See also Project No. 3, on
              the Effects of Oil Spills on Ichthyoplankton 2.B.

         (4)  Particulate organic matter.  Estimates of abundance and
              total carbon contribution.
                                 209

-------
         (5)  Bacterioplankton.  Marginally understood, but should
              be considered.

     D.  Measurements of hydrocarbons necessary in all size cate-
         gories:  with larger sizes, separation at trophic level
         should be possible (e.g., carnivores vs. herbivores).
         At smaller size levels, trophic separation is probably
         not feasible.                             £

     E.  Sampling techniques - See Water Column Biology Addendum.

3.   Performing Organization:

     See Project No. 3 on The Effects of Oil Spills on Ichthyo-
     plankton.

4.   Applicable Habitats:

     Habitats are all coastal areas to the limits of the continental
     shelf where significant economic or aesthetic impact could
     occur.
          i
5..  Applicable Conditions:

     Any.

6.   Applicable Oil Types:

     The project applies to all types of oil.  The experimental
     format should be flexible according to oil type.

7.   Time Frame:

     The time required for on-site investigations is dictated by
     the duration of analysis and the finalized experimental design.
     This will vary with the scope of the investigation, nature and
     size of the spill, etc.  In all cases a maximum flexibility in
     response should be maintained.

8.   Cost:

     A supply of capital equipment should be maintained sufficient
     to support all planned projects.  A fund of readily available
     money should be maintained in order to insure and promote rapid
     and intensive responses to any spill.  Such a fund should
     include guaranteed expenses plus, in the case of  state and
     university commitments, overhead costs.  For details see projects
     entitled Effects of Oil Spills on Resident Fish Communities and
     Effects of Oil Spills on Icthyoplankton.

                                 210

-------
 9.   Equipment  Needs;

     All equipment  should  be  standardized  and  readily  accessible.
     Samplers should be  those that do not  damage  the organisms
     sampled  (e.g., large  volume water samplers).

 10.  Facility Needs;

     Depending  on  the  size of the spill, investigations  should be
     coordinated at local  levels (small spills) or  regional  levels
     (large spills).   For  more sophisticated experiments, a
     centralized laboratory should be available and designated.
     Availability of vessels  and aircraft  should be designated, as
     well as an organized  local  liaison center.  All experiments
     relating to spills  should be coordinated  from  a central facility,
     such as EPA-Narragansett or NMFS-Woods Hole.

 11.  Personnel  Needs:

     A centralized  listing of personnel in the areas named in cate-
     gory #2 should be maintained and widely distributed.  Since many
     of these projects involve considerable time and expense, a
     regional or national  fund guaranteeing support should be avail-
     able for dispensation of seed funds at short notice.

     Addenda:   At this stage  of  organization it is  premature to be
     overly specific in  design and analysis of experiments and
     specific methodology.  Each project has different requirements
     and each oil spill  requires a different response.

     Investigators should  not have preconceived expectations of
     results.   The complexity of marine food webs is such that
     adequate answers  can  come only from carefully  considered experi-
     mentation  and analysis.

 12.  Support Services:

     - Horizontal and  vertical  distribution of pollutant with time
     - Oil analysis support
     - Communications  (field)                                 <
     - Freezer  space and shipping support
     - Interaction with other activities and disciplines associated
       with oil spill
     - Medical  support and  facilities
        i
13.  Payoff:     ;

  'T  Estimates of the  degree  of  petroleum  contamination  should be
     made  for the first two trophic  levels of the food web, the

                                  211

-------
     phytoplankton and the zooplankton, to determine the impact
     of contamination on the species composition and abundance of
     the phytoplankton and zooplankton.

14.   Limitations;

     Due to the effects of rapid recruitment,  high reproductive rate
     and natural patchiness of plankton,  it may be difficult to
     definitely attribute detectable alterations to the plankton
     populations.
                                 212

-------
                   PANEL:  WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY
                   PROJECT NO:  2
                   PRIORITY RANK:

1.   Project Title:  Effects of Oil  Spills on Resident Fish Communities

2.   Project Description:

     A.  Determine petroleum hydrocarbon  levels in resident species
         in and near site of spill.

     B.  Determine impacts of  the  spill on the resident species.

         o Short-term possible studies include:

           - Stomach analyses  for  food chain PHC contamination
           - Flesh analysis for PHC
           - Blood plasma-ion  imbalance
           - Instant mortality
           - Depuration  rates (?)
           - Enzyme activity
           - Histopathology
           - Behavior analysis
           - Stamina testing and respiration rates
           - Tainting

         o Long-term possible  studies include:

           - Blood plasma-ion  imbalance
           - Fecundity (eggs/gm/gravid female)
           - Behavior (avoidance included)
           - Stamina testing
           - Histopathology
           - Recruitment (sex  ratios)
           - Condition coefficient gut analysis
           - Tainting
           - Respiration rates

3.   Performing Organization:

     See project entitled:  Effects  of Oil Spills on Icthyoplankton.

4.   Applicable Habitats:

     Pelagic and benthic resident  fishes  to the continental shelf.
                                 213

-------
 5.   Applicable Conditions:

     Major spills per  lead agency definition and safe sampling
     conditions.

 6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     Any oil type except  those of low  flash points  that would subject
     field crew to unnecessary hazards  from inhalation or  fire.

 7.   Time Frame:

     Duration of the study depends on  the conditions, type of oil,
     area of the spill and the monies  available.

 8.   Cost:

     For all water column species (plankton and finfish) including
     cost of gear, ship time, screening analysis (3000 samples);
     10 investigators  ($30K) $150K; ship time  (inshore $20K, 30
     days) includes gear  and operating  expense (offshore $320K, 30
     days); total estimate $200K inshore; total estimate $500K
     offshore; plus 100 detailed analyses ($50,000).

 9.   Equipment Needs:*                                Estimated Value

     Fisheries

     A.  Hook and line (D) complete                      $   500.00

     B.  Gill nets (D) 15 @ $200 apiece                   3,000.00

     C.  Shrimp trynets (D) including  boards               3,000.00

     D.  Trawls (bottom and midwater)  (D) 5                4,000.00
         replacement nets

     E.  Explosives (D)                                      500.00

     F.  Vessels (minor maintenance)                       1,000.00

     G.  Disposable sampling equipment  (D) bottles,        4,000.00
         plastic bags, aluminum foil,  ice, ice
         chests, etc.
*(D) = disposable

                                 214

-------
10.  Facility Needs:

     A.  Docking launching facility

     B.  Vessels and laboratory to perform services.  If needed,
         helicopter time is $200/hr. - 20 hrs.  The availability of
         local State and Federal military aircraft should be checked.
         Lodging, etc., should be handled by the executive director.

11.  Personnel Needs:

     See #3 for agencies and organization.

12.  Support Services:

     A.  Horizontal and vertical distribution of oil.

     B.  Oil analysis support.

     C.  Communications (mobile).

     D.  Freezer and shipping support.

     E.  Interaction with other activities and disciplines associated
         with that oil spill.

     F.  Medical facilities and support.

13.  Payoff:

     With a well-coordinated interdisciplinary program, this project
     could assess the total impact of an oil spill on resident fish
     populations.  Loss of resident fish populations may affect dis-
     tribution and availability of migratory species.  Total factors
     could have adverse local economic impacts.

14.  Limitations:

     It is difficult to determine whether detectable alterations to
     fish populations in the vicinity of an oil spill are related
     directly to that event.
                                 215

-------
                   PANEL:   WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY
                   PROJECT NO:   3
                   PRIORITY RANK:

1.   Project Title:  The Effects of Oil Spills  on Ichthyoplankton:
                     Eggs and Larval Stages

2.   Project Description:

     A.   Objective:  To determine the effects of petroleum hydro-
         carbons on developing fish embryos  and larvae.   Studies will
         be carried out on embryos and larvae collected  from an oil
         spill area and additional controlled laboratory studies will
         be conducted in order to estimate  the  impact  of a spill on
         this fragile and highly important  component of  the plankton
         community.

     B.   Procedure:

         (1)  Sampling

              Neuston and plankton samples  will be collected at
              regular areal and temporal intervals following a spill.
              Details of standardized sampling  procedure can be found
              in Water Column Biology Panel  Addendum.   Samples will
              be preserved in 4 percent buffered formalin.  Contents
              from the 0.505 mm mesh plankton net and  the neuston
              samples will be sorted for ichthyoplankton.  The
              species composition and numbers of fish  eggs and larvae
              will be calculated for 100 nr water filtered.  From
              this, estimates of species distribution  and abundance
              can be made and compared with data from  previous years
              to give an estimate of initial impact (see D. Baseline
              Data).

              Before preservation the sample should be observed
              for the condition of eggs and larvae (i.e., oil on
              eggs, dead eggs or larvae).

              The zooplankton (0.333 mm mesh samples will also
              be analyzed for species composition, abundance and
              distribution.  This information will be  used as part  of
              Project No. 1.  Although ichthyoplankton and the other
              plankton,groups have been separated into two projects,
              sampling for both groups is simultaneous.   Standard
              sampling methods are described in the Water Column
              Biology Addendum.
                                 216

-------
          (2)  Genetics

              Preserved  eggs  from plankton and  neuston tows  should
              be  sorted  by species and stage.   They can then be
              examined  for genetic damage.  Using the  methods of
              Longwess  (1976)  the extent (%) of damage can be esti-
              mated,  i.e., morbidity,  moribundity,  abnormal  embryos
              and chromosome  damage for that sample (see Argo Merchant
              ICES Report).  The results can be compared for samples
              from clean and  impacted  areas and for historical
              data.

          (3)  Histopathology

              Preserved  larvae from oil spill and clean areas can
              be  examined and compared for histological differences.

          (9)  Bioassay  Studies (in situ and laboratory)*

              Bioassays  can be carried out for  both egg and  larval
              stages.   Laboratory produced embryos  will be brought
              out to  sea and  exposed to water pumped from areas
              beneath the slick, at the periphery of the slick and in
              "clean" areas.   Water samples will be collected and
              analyzed  for petroleum hydrocarbons.   Samples  will also
              be  collected for dissolved oxygen (DO) and salinity
              determinations.   Embryos will be  exposed at different
              stages of  development, and subsamples will be  made
              including  heartbeat, sinking (due to  osmoregulation
              difficulties),  respiration and yolk utilization.
              Similar studies  will be  conducted under  laboratory
              conditions using known concentrations of fuel  oil types
              (e.g., crude, Nos. 6,  4, 2)  and the water soluble
              fractions  (Kuhnhold).

              The same  procedures, both field and laboratory (except-
              ing genetics studies)  can be carried  out for larvae.
              When larvae are used,  feeding initiation,  feeding,
              swimming behavior, respiration, RNA/DNA  ratios,  protein
              synthesis,  growth and  yolk utilization can be  used to
              determine  the effects  of hydrocarbons on the larvae.
              In  addition,  histopathological studies can be  carried
              out on preserved specimens.

*These studies should be  carried out at regular intervals from
 beginning of the spill.   Nonetheless, if  weather conditions do not
 permit, sampling should  proceed whenever  conditions are suitable.
                                  217

-------
     C.  Flow Diagram:  A flow diagram of field and laboratory
         studies is presented in the Water Panel Biology Addendum.

     D.  Baseline Data:  The National Marine Fisheries Service
         (NOAA) has been conducting plankton (ichthyoplankton,
         zooplankton) and groundfish cruises from Cape Hatteras to
         Nova Scotia for the last 6 and 15 years respectively.  Most
         of these samples have been analyzed so that baseline data on
         species composition, abundance and distribution over time is
         available.  This information should prove invaluable for
         estimating impact on fishery resources in the event of
         future oil spills.

3.   Performing Organization:

     • Rhode Island

       State Department of Natural Resources Ocean Division

       State Department of Health

       University of Rhode Island

       Environmental Research Laboratory, EPA, Narragansett, RI

       NOAA/NMFS Laboratory, Narragansett, RI

       U.S. Coast Guard, Newport

     • Connecticut

       State Department of Environmental Protection Division of
       Conservation and Preservation

       Wesleyen University

       University of Connecticut

       State Department of Health

       NOAA/NMFS Laboratory, Milford

       Essex Marine Laboratory

       U.S. Coast Guard
                                 218

-------
Massachusetts

Executive Office of Environmental Affairs

  Division of Environmental  Quality

  Division of Marine Fisheries

Woods Hole Institute of  Oceanography

NOAA/NMFS Laboratory, Woods  Hole, MA '

U.S. Coast Guard

EG&G Bionomics, Waltham, MA

EG&G Env. Consultants, Waltham, MA

Northeastern University  Marine Lab - Nahaut, MA

University of Masschusetts Marine Lab, Rockport, MA

New Hampshire

New Hampshire Department of  Fish & Game, Concord, NH

New Hampshire Water Supply & Pollution Control Comm., Concord,
NH

University of New Hampshire, Office of Marine Research, Durham,
NH

State Department of Health

Maine

Department of Inland Fisheries, Bangorj ME

Department of Marine Fisheries, Hanlon, ME

Bigelow Marine Laboratory, Boothbay Harbor, ME

University of Maine Darling  Center, Walpole, ME

State Department of Health Marine Research Laboratory

Bowdoin College, Brunswick,  ME


                           219

-------
     • Other

       NOAA/NMFS Laboratory Sandy Hook, NJ

       NOAA/NMFS Laboratory Oxford, Md

4.   Applicable Habitats:                        «

     All coastal and shelf waters.

5&6. Applicable Conditions and Oil Type;

     A major spill of any petroleum oil type except those with
     low flashpoints that would subject the field crew to unnecessary
     hazards from inhalation or fire.  The assumption is made that
     with either a surface application or offshore rig blowout,
     the pollutant will occur in the water column.

7.   Time Frame:

     The time required will be determined by the financial support
     available and the urgency of subsequent spills.

8.   Cost:

     The cost is for sampling of all water column species for 30
     days.

     • Inshore (includes projects dealing with ichthyoplankton,
       zooplankton and adult fish populations).

         Investigations                       $ 30,000

         Screening                             150,000 (3000 samples)

         100 detailed analyses                  50,000

         Inshore boat time and gear             30,000

         Living Accommodations                	

                                              $260,000
                                 220

-------
     • Offshore

         Investigations                       $ 30,000 (salaries  and
                                                   fringe benefits)

         Screening                             150,000

         100 detailed analyses                  50,000

         Offshore ship                         320,000

                                              $550,000

9.   Equipment Needs:              ;

     A.  Ship or boat suitable for the spill area with winch 61 and
         20 cm paired bongo frames.

     B.  0.5 X 1.0 m frame (neuston)

     C.  Nets - plankton 0.333 mm, 0.505 mm, 0.253 mm, 0.165 mm,
         neuston 0.505 mm mesh, clips, rope, wire depressors, jars,
         formalin, sieves, buckets, labels, submersible pumps.

     D.  Microscopes, sorting dishes, vials, labels, jars, air stones,
         droppers, chemicals, stains, histological equipment, gilson
         respirometer, Niskin or Nansen bottles, glassware.

     E.  Centrifuge.

10.  Facility Needs:

     A.  Vessel

     B.  Helicopters

     C.  Laboratory

11.  Personnel Needs

     See Item 3 for agencies and organizations.

12.  Support Services:

     A.  Horizontal and vertical distribution of pollutant with time

     B.  Oil analysis support
                                 221

-------
     C.  Communications (field)

     D.  Freezer space and shipping support

     E.  Interaction with other activities and disciplines associated
         with that oil spill

     F.  Medical support and facilities

13.  Payoff:

     Estimate of the degree of petroleum contamination of fish eggs
     and larvae would be made.  An estimate of the effects on future
     marine stocks may not be possible.

14.  Limitations:

     It is improbable that detectable changes in biota following
     an oil spill  could be related exclusively to the incident
     under study.
                                 222

-------
OFFSHORE OIL SPILL ECOLOGICAL DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
             PLAN FOR FISHERIES

    The National Marine Fisheries Service
         Northeast Fisheries Center
                                            Narragansett Laboratory
                                            Narragansett, RI 02882
                                            February 6, 1978
                      223

-------
                             CONTENTS

                                                                    Page
Introduction.	228
Research Programs, National Marine Fisheries Service,
,  Northeast Fisheries Center	229
1.  Resource Assessment Division	233
    1.1  Resource Surveys Investigation 	 233
    1.2  Age and Growth Investigation	235
    1.3  Fishery Statistics Investigation 	 235
    1.4  Fisheries Socioeconomics Investigation 	 236
    1.5  Sandy Hook Investigation	236
    T.6  Fisheries Analysis Investigation 	 236
2.  Marine Ecosystems Division	237
    2.1  Ichthyoplankton Investigation	237
    2.2  Benthic Dynamics Investigation 	 238
    2.3  Plankton Ecology Investigation 	 238
    2.4  Larval Physiology Investigation	239
    2.5  Apex Predators Investigation 	 239
    2,6  Oceanography Investigation 	 240
    2.7  Ecosystem Dynamics Investigation
3.  Resource Utilization Division
    3.1  Shellfish Resource Development Investigation  	 241
    3.2  Finfish Resource Development Investigation	  . 242
    3.3  Resource Engineering Development Investigation  	 242
    3.4  Product Standardization Investigation	242
                                 224

-------
                                                                    Page
    3.5  Product Quality Investigation	243
    3.6  Product Safety Investigation .  .  .	243
4.  Environmental Assessment Division 	  243
    4.1  Environmental Chemistry Investigation	244
    4.2  Biological Oceanography of Stressed Environments
           Investigation	244
    4.3  Physiological Effects of Pollutant Stress Investigation. .  245
    4.4  Behavior of Marine Fishes and Invertebrates Investigation.  246
    4.5  Coastal Monitoring, Assessment, and Prediction
           Investigation	247
    4.6  Coastal Ecosystems Investigation  	  247
5.  Aquaculture Division	248
    5.1  Spawning and Rearing of Moll usks  Investigation	248
    5.2  Aspects of Nutritional Requirements of Mollusks
           Investigation	248
    5.3  Aquacultural Genetics Investigation	249
    5.4  Control of Molluscan Disease Investigation 	  249
6.  Pathobiology Division	249
    6.1  Disease and Environmental Stress  Investigation 	  249
    6.2  Comparative Pathobiology Investigation 	  250
    6.3  Health of Ocean Finfish and Shellfish Investigation. ...  251
7.  Manned Undersea Research and Technology Program ........  252
8.  National Systematfcs Laboratory 	  252
9.  Atlantic Environmental Group	15T
Proposed Projects 	 	  254
    Ichthyoplankton Survey - MARMAP Survey I	  255
    Bottom Trawl Survey Operations - MARMAP Survey II  	  257
                                 225

-------
                                                                    Page
    Demersal Food Chain Investigations. . 	  260
    Physiological and Biochemical Effects of an Oil Spill
      on Selected Fish and Shellfish	262
    Histopathological Effects of an Oil Spill on Marine Organisms  .  264
    Hydrocarbon Analyses of Fish, Shellfish, Zooplankton	266
    The Genetic Effects of an Oil Spill on Developing Fish Embryos.  268
    Toxicity Studies:  The Effects of Oil on Developing Fish
      Embryos and Larvae	270
    Phytoplankton and Other Microorganisms	272
    Fishery Oceanography:  Environmental Studies	274
Budget	276
Summary	277
Appendices
    I    MARMAP Survey I Operations 	  278
   II    MARMAP Survey II Operations	286
  III    NEFC-Task Development Plans - FY 1980	293
   IV    Physiology-Biochemistry, Mil ford, Conn	297
                                 226

-------
                             INTRODUCTION
 The  success  of any effort to assess the environmental impact of an oil
 spill  depends  largely on having adequate baseline data and being able to
 conduct long-term investigations.   The studies initiated at the time of a
 spill  can answer questions regarding immediate catastrophic effects of
 the  spill.   These are necessary.  However, it is the long-term sublethal
 impacts of chronic exposures of an ecosystem to petroleum hydrocarbons
 that need to be evaluated.  Such effects can be detected or recovery
 measured only  through long-term monitoring.

 The  Northeast  Fisheries Center of the National Marine Fisheries Service
 carries out  marine ecosystem research off the Northeast coast including
 the  Gulf of  Maine, Georges Bank and the Mid-Atlantic Bight.  In addition
 to providing assessments of the status of fish stocks, information is
 also obtained  on the physiological condition or health of the marine
 ecosystem.   Population estimates are obtained largely through interviews
 with fishermen and analyses of fish catches combined with fishery independ-
 ent  survey information.  Surveys of fish and ichthyoplankton are carried
 out  through  the MARMAP (Marine Resource, Monitoring, Assessment and
 Prediction)  program.  There is also a growing concern about the effects
 of marine pollution, not only on the yield of fisheries resources, but
 also on the  health of human populations.  Current studies of pollutants
 in. the marine  environment are site specific and of short duration.
 Through the  Ocean Pulse program the NEFC coordinates its studies and the
 studies of other groups to determine the wide, long-range effects of
 marine pollution on the ecosystem and to distinguish between effects due
 to contaminants and those due to natural factors.

 These  two programs, MARMAP and Ocean Pulse, are carried out by six prin-
 cipal  Divisional  elements located  within the NEFC.   They are Resource
 Assessment,  Marine Ecosystems, Resource Utilization, Environmental
 Assessment,  Aquaculture, and Pathobiology.  These activities are carried
 out  at six laboratories:  Woods Hole, MA; Gloucester, MA; Narragansett,
 RI;  Milford, CT;  Sandy Hook, NJ; and Oxford, MD.   The Atlantic Environ-
 mental  Group,  Manned Undersea Research and Technology program and National
 Systematics  Laboratory support the divisional  investigations.

 In addition  to long term monitoring of fishery resource distribution,
 abundance and  health,  the NEFC also has the capability of making short-
 term risk analyses of an oil spill  through the expertise of the Atlantic
 Environmental  Group and the Fishery Oceanography  Investigation of the
Marine  Ecosystem  Division.   Long-term environmental  information on
currents, eddies,  winds, Gulf Stream meanders  and warm core eddies along
the  Slope and  Continental  Shelf are used to make  predictions on the
expected movement  and  fate  of an oil  spill.   Through these predictions
it is possible  to  plan the  appropriate short-  or long-term studies to
assess the impact  of a spill.

                                  227

-------
                         RESEARCH PROGRAMS
                 National Marine Fisheries Service
                     Northeast Fisheries Center
 Research to support fisheries management focuses on predicting changes in
 the size, composition, and structure of the fisheries resources off the
 Northeast coast.  This research is carried out largely through the MARMAP
 program.  MARMAP information, when combined with data on the effects of
 natural and man-made environmental factors, permits the prediction of the
 production of fish stocks.  Relevant social, economic, and/or ecological
 factors are incorporated into these estimates.

 The principal elements of MARMAP include resource surveys, analyses of
 commercial and recreational fish catches, fishery oceanography, and
 fishery engineering.  Each is necessary, but none of them is in itself
 sufficient for resource assessment.  Data analysis tasks combine the
 results of surveys, catch statistics, biometric data (age, growth,
 fecundity, recruitment, and mortality rates) plus information on environ-
 mental conditions and food chain dynamics' to produce updated stock
 assessments.

 Two types of MARMAP Surveys are currently being conducted.  One type of
 survey (S-I-Ichthyoplankton Appendix I) monitors changes in distribution
 and abundance of fish eggs and larvae.  These data are used to estimate
 size of spawning stocks and to forecast annual recruits.  Fish are
 sensitive to environmental changes during their early life stages, and
 the mortality for each year class can affect future harvests.  These
 survey operations are conducted cooperatively with the USSR, Poland,
 Canada, FRG and GDR on a bimonthly basis in the Atlantic.  A detailed
 list of cooperative surveys for 1978 is shown in Figure 1.

 A second type of survey focuses on the abundance and distribution of
 fish and shellfish'species which live at or near the bottom when they
 reach harvestable size, (e.g., cod, flounder, scallop, lobster, crab,
 and shrimp).  Bottom survey operations (S-II-Ground Fish Appendix II)
 are conducted with several foreign nations in the Northwest Atlantic
 from Greenland to Cape Hatteras (Figure 2), and under contract with the
 State of South Carolina from Cape Hatteras to the Florida Keys.  Two
 NOAA fleet vessels, the Albatross IV and the Delaware II, support MARMAP
 surveys.   Surveys are also conducted by charter vessels from states,
 universities, and private industry.


 Fishery Analysis           /

Assessing the condition of fisheries resources and making forecasts
requires  analysis of data collected from commercial and recreational
fisheries and from resource surveys.  These statistical analyses  of
population dynamics and ecology make possible the measurement  of  fishing

                                 228

-------
                                                         •
IsJ
VO
                           \
                                          „-
                                           A
  m MARMAP SURVEYS IS 11
      SPRING, SUMMER,  & FALL
T_   __,-     ^ x        ^_

 -jj^ A^        "b A°          ^<
                                                                   X \
      Figure 2.

-------
 and  natural mortality rates, and of annual changes  in abundance caused
 by fishing or  environmental changes.  These analyses are used to construct
 yield  curves and  population models, to make stock abundance forecasts,
 and  to produce status-of-stock  reports for input to management decisions.
 MARMAP reports include two nationwide summaries, one on the annual
 conditions of  the principal stocks off the US coasts that provides
 assessment information on 31 species and groups encompassing 99% of the
 volume and value  of  the US marine fishery resource.  The other is a
 summary of annual  environmental changes that have actual or potential
 effect on the  distribution and  abundance of fish stocks.  Assessments
 are  based on a series of investigations which begin with the identification
 of a resource, its distribution, and number of component stocks and
 precedes through  measurement of mortality rates and other parameters.
 The  synthesis  of  such data provides the basis for yield forecasts and
 management recommendations.  MARMAP assessments are provided to the
 newly  established Fishery Management Councils, international, State-
 Federal  and industry commissions, and associations  charged witlr the
 development or management of the various fisheries.  Assessments are
 made both on individual species and on the total biomass.  In addition,
 approximately  400 technical and scientific reports  are produced annually
 which  provide  assessments of fish species and the more abundant plant
 and  invertebrate  populations that support the fish  stocks of the region.


 Fishery Oceanography
     ,a
 Changes  in physical  and chemical properties of the ocean (currents,
 temperature, nutrients, etc.) affect not only long-term yields and
 annual  abundances  of fish stocks, but also their distribution.  The
 impacts  of man's  activities (fishing, pollution, environmental modification)
 and  of natural  environmental processes on the annual production of fish
 crops  need to  be  accurately predicted.  MARMAP oceanography activities
 include  the analyses of physical, chemical, and biological oceanographic
 data collected during MARMAP surveys and from oceanographic research
 activities of  other  agencies.   Special MARMAP studies are conducted with
 the  USSR to obtain organic production and larval survival data and to
 develop ecosystem models for the Northwest Atlantic.


 Physiological  Effects of Pollution

 Research for environmental management provides information on the natural
 variability and pollution caused by man's activities in the Northwest  and
Middle Atlantic.  This information obtained by NMFS/NEFC program called
Ocean  Pulse comes from conducting baseline studies  of the occurrence of
marine contaminants  and their effects on commercially, recreationally, and/or
ecologically important species, and from monitoring changes in water move-
ments,  temperature,  and dissolved oxygen concentrations.  TheSe baseline
studies and monitoring efforts often include sewage sludge dump sites,
dredge spoils,  industrial chemicals, power plant thermal effluents, and
oil   spills, in order to determine the effects of site-specific contamination
on the health  of the marine ecosystem and its fisheries resources.

                                230

-------
Ocean Pulse monitors the physiological condition of marine communities in
both clean and impacted areas up to six times annually (Figure 3).  This
includes physiological, biochemical, behavioral, genetic and histopathologic
studies as well as systematic monitoring of pertinant environmental
variables.  .Changes in condition due to stress caused by pollution can be
detected, characterized and evaluated against the long-term monitoring by
the MARMAP program.
                       •j
Short-term site-specific studies carried out in the wake of an oil spill
must be integrated with and compared to long-term population monitoring
baseline data supported by physiological effects studies if the impact of
acute events on an ecosystem are to be evaluated.

The principal research activities of NEFC are conducted within a divisional
matrix.  A brief description of each of the Center operational elements is
given below and a summary is presented in Appendix III.


1.  RESOURCE ASSESSMENT DIVISION

    The role of the Resource Assessment Division is to assess the effects
    of harvesting on fisheries resources.  To do this assessment, the
    Division estimates the relative and absolute abundances; spatial  and
    temporal distributions; and harvestable numbers, sizes, and weights of
    finfish, shellfish, and crustaceans in the Northwest Atlantic; and
    determines the productivity of these renewable marine"resources from
    an ecosystem standpoint.  To accomplish these tasks, the Division
    analyzes both domestic and foreign data from commercial fisheries,
    recreational fisheries, and research surveys.  Additional economic and
    biological studies provide data for modeling the fisheries to aid in
    their management for optimum sustainable yield.

    l.l  Resource Surveys Investigation

         Each fall, spring, and summer the Resource Surveys Investigation
         surveys with bottom trawls the fisheries resources of the con-
         tinental shelf from Nova Scotia to North Carolina.  These surveys
         are part of the Marine Monitoring, Assessment, and Prediction
         (MARMAP) Program's Survey-II effort to document the relative
         abundance and distribution of these resources in the area.  Supple-
         mentary surveys of the area occur regularly, many as cooperative
         efforts with other nations that fish in the Northwest Atlantic.
         These supplementary surveys often gather information that is not
         gathered in the semiannual surveys such as the seasonal/area!
         distribution of surf clams.

         The standard data that are recorded on these various surveys are the
         length, weight, age, and maturity of the fish, and the temperature
         and depth of the water where captured.  Ichthyoplankton samples and
         other hydrographic data are also often collected.  Such data reveal
         changes in the size, composition, or structure of the fisheries
         resource.  Some of the important species for which these data are

                                  231

-------
               Figure  3.      Tentative Sampling  locations  for  the  Ocean  Pulse  Program

         76°               74°                72°                70°               68°              66°
\° —
                                                                                                                                 - 44'
                                                                                                                                 -42°
                                                                                                                                 -40'
                                                                           Stressed Areas
                                                                                hronic oil  spill area, offing of southern terainus of
                                                                               Portland to  Montreal pipeline.
                                                                            2.  Site of 7 million gallon no. 6 oil  from ftrco "a'-craRt.
                                                                               December 1976.
                                                                            3.  Deepwater site for dumping waste chemicals, heavy
                                                                               metals, nuclides, and sludge.
                                                                            4.  Shoal water  site for dumping municipal sludges.
                                                                            5.  Acid dumping grounds.
                                                                            6,  Highly eutrophic area in offing of Chesapeake Say.

                                                                           Unstressed Areas
                                                                            7.  Unstressed,  natural area, habitat of  Pandalid shrinp
                                                                               and groundfish stocks.
                                                                            8.  Spawning area (herring), unstressed natural area.
                                                                            9,  Hater mass (slope water intrusion).
                                                                           10.  Currents, water masses (NKFS current  meter array,
                                                                               slope water  intrusion).
                                                                           11.  Uater mass (labracor Coastal —> Slope water).
                                                                           12.  Spawning area (haddock-herring).
                                                                           13.  Depth (1500  m% canyon), water mass (thermal
                                                                               front), fish coiiniunHics (apex predators).
                                                                           14.  Spawning area (haddock, cod, yellowtail flounder).
                                                                           15.  Currents (advcction), nutrients (upwelling),
                                                                               spawning area (haddock).
                                                                           16.  Industrial fish community habitat.
                                                                           17.  Water mass (slope water interface), current
                                                                               regime (UlOl Site "0" current muuresenu).
                                                                           18.  Nutrient load, populated area (river  effluent),
                                                                               bottom type  (river effluent seOiirents).
                                                                           19.  Biological-physical parameters (0» minimum),
                                                                               shellfish coi'Liunity habitat,
                                                                           20.  Depth (Norfolk Canyon, 1000 n), water mass
                                                                               (thereat front), fish cotrunitics (apex predators).
76°
74°
                                              I
                                            72°
                                                                                                                              -36=
                                                                                                                               -36C
70°
                                                                                            68°
                                                                                                                   66"
                                                                      232

-------
     collected are haddock, Atlantic cod, yellowtail flounder,
     silver hake, red hake, white hake, Atlantic herring, Atlantic
     mackerel, spiny dogfish, long-finned squid, and American lobster.

     To complement the bottom trawl surveys, the investigation works
     on the development of hydroacoustical methods to survey pelagic
     fishes.  Such work ranges from the study of the echo strength
     and pattern of a given size and species of fish, to the correla-
     tion of the hydroacoustical survey of an area with the actual
     net catches of fish from that area.

     Finally, the investigation researches and develops systems for
     improving the efficiency of such surveys.  One system currently
     under study will automatically log data while at sea.  This
     automatic data logger records data systematically from on-board,
     automatic sensors, and stores them on magnetic tape in a form
     that can be directly interpreted by digital computers once on
     shore.  Such a system permits an instantaneous correlation of
     biological data with physical and chemical data.

1.2  Age and Growth Investigation

     The objective of this investigation is to determine species/stock
     growth rates and the age compositions of both the harvested and
     total populations.  Information on this aspect of the population
     dynamics of various species/stocks is needed to assess produc-
     tivities of species/stocks of the Northwest and Middle Atlantic.
     The investigation also works on the development of systems to aid
     in its research such as a computerized system for automatically
     determining age and growth from scales and otoliths.  Among the
     species aged in this investigation are bluefish, butterfish,  haddock,
     yellowtail flounder, Atlantic herring, Atlantic cod, silver hake,
     redfish, pollock, white hake, and Atlantic mackerel.

1.3  Fisheries Statistics Investigation

     Fisheries statisticians perform both data reduction and data
     analysis.  These data come from catch and effort statistics of
     research surveys and recreational and commercial fisheries, and
     from biological statistics of fish sampled in such surveys and
     fisheries.  Foreign surveys and fisheries also contribute data
     for the reduction and analysis processes.  Itfith this information
     the investigation assesses the size, composition, and structure
     of the individual fish stocks and the total fish biomass of the
     Northwest and Middle Atlantic.

     These assessments form the basis for a finer analysis.  The
     investigational staff analyzes the effects of different fisheries
     management regimes such as optimum sustainable yield on the stocks
     and biomass.  The researchers also evaluate the effects of differ-
     ent levels of catch and effort on the fishing mortality of a given

                              233

-------
     stock.  Since these analyses and evaluations often require the
     analysis and evaluation of the ecosystem as  a whole,  this investiga-
     tion relies heavily upon other investigations for information on
     the various aspects of the ecosystem.

1.4  Fisheries Socioeconomics Investigation

     The Fishery Conservation and Management Act  of 1976 requires that
     the optimum sustainable yield of a fishery be determined by
     modifying the estimate of maximum sustainable yield by "relevant
     economic, social, or ecological factors." The Fisheries Socio-
     economics Investigation establishes and maintains a socioeconomic
     data base and conducts the analyses needed to define  optimum
     sustainable yields, surpluses, and allocations of fisheries
     resources to both commercial and recreational interests.  The
     investigation develops economic profiles for various  fisheries,
     including the economic value of the fishery, the recreational and
     commercial income of the fishery, and the capacity for harvesting
     and processing the catch.  Econometric models are also constructed
     to evaluate the economic consequences of various management options.
     Sociological factors are a significant component of these models.

1.5  Sandy Hook Investigation

     Several of the Resource Assessment Division's key people operate
     out of the Sandy Hook Laboratory.  These people serve as a critical
     link to personnel and problems in the Middle Atlantic area by
     performing a variety of' the duties with the  Division  in that area.
     Currently, these individuals are analyzing data from a creel
     survey of party and charter boats in New Jersey to estimate
     biostatistics from that important recreational fishery and to
     develop improved survey techniques.  They are also monitoring
     specific fisheries, such as a study of the Middle Atlantic fisheries
     for the Atlantic cod and an investigation of fecundity and other
     biological parameters for the Atlantic mackerel and the Atlantic
     croaker.  Sandy Hook individuals are also deeply involved in
     developing mid-water trawling procedures for monitoring inshore
     summer fish abundances.

1.6  Fisheries Analysis Investigation

     This investigation focuses on modeling both  the population and
     ecosystem dynamics of the commercially, recreationally, and
     ecologically Important fishes in the Northwest and Middle Atlantic.
     Of the traditional fields of population dynamics—population size,
     age-growth, mortality-yield, and stock-recruitment—the first  three
     undergo primary study by other investigations in the Division
     (Resource Surveys, Age and Growth, and Fisheries Statistics,
     respectively).  The Fisheries Analysis Investigation integrates
     the results of these studies and primarily or secondarily  investi-
     gates all four fields.

                               234

-------
         For the ecosystem dynamics approach, the staff considers the
         effects of natural and man-made environmental factors on
         Interspecific competition and any resultant changes in the
         size, composition, or structure of the biomass.  Socioeconomic
         interactions developed by the preceding investigation are also
         included in these fisheries models to aid fisheries managers in
         determining optimum yields.


2.  MARINE ECOSYSTEMS DIVISION

    Studies of the population dynamics of each species within a fishery
    do not by themselves provide the necessary information to manage
    effectively a multispecies fishery, especially one in which the
    sought-after species occupy different trophic levels.  It is important
    to understand the population dynamics of individual species, but it
    is also important to understand the effect that the change in the
    distribution, abundance, and age structure of one species has on the
    other species in the ecosystem.

    The 50$ decrease in the number of finfish off the Northeast and
    Middle Atlantic States during the past decade, principally due to
    increased fishing effort, raises some significant questions.  Does
    the reduction due to fishing of major predatory species such as
    Atlantic mackerel, haddock, Atlantic herring, yellowtail flounder,
    and Atlantic cod release major prey species such as certain zoo-
    pi ankters to be consumed by shorter-lived, faster-growing, smaller-
    sized, and less desirable predatory species?  And, what are the
    probabilities of a return of over-exploited fish species to former.
    abundance levels and former habitats?

    Studies in the Marine Ecosystems Division address these questions.
    The studies focus on the critical links between the principal sources
    of fish food and the survival, recruitment, and productivity of the
    principal fish stocks sought after by fishermen.. The availability
    of fish stocks to domestic fishermen is an end product of a complex
    series of events and interactions located:  at the ocean bottom with
    the benthic food of groundfishes; in the water column with the zoo-
    planktonic food of pelagic fishes; and in the changing physics and
    chemistry of moving water and weather conditions.

    2.1  Ichthyoplankton Investigation.

         Ichthyoplankton studies deal with the community dynamics of
         larval fishes in the Continental Shelf waters from western Hova
         Scotia to northern North Carolina.  To understand these com-
         munity dynamics, the ichthyoplankton biologists are investigating
         the factors that control species dominance in larval fish
         communities, including the influences of competition, predatlon,
         and hydrography.  The staff has the principal responsibility
         for preparing annual forecasts of changes in the abundance
         levels of the principal fish species 1n the area.

                                 235

-------
     Another area of responsibility of the investigation is to conduct
     and coordinate the ichthyoplankton surveys of NOAA's Marine
     Monitoring, Assessment, and Prediction Program (MARMAP).  This
     coordination involves interaction with American universities and
     state agencies participating in the program, as well as several
     foreign nations (Poland, Soviet Union, East Germany, and West
     Germany).  The investigational staff serves in a liaison capacity
     and monitors the ichthyoplankton sorting in the Polish-American
     Plankton Sorting Center in Szczecin, Poland.

     The staff provides annual abundance indices of ichthyoplankton
     and the spawning biomass of selected species.  They develop
     taxonomic keys for the identification of larval fishes, prepare
     monography on diagnostic features of fish developmental stages
     from egg through juvenile, and coordinate all NEFC taxonomic
     studies with the National Systematics Laboratory.

2.2  Benthic Dynamics Investigation

     The Benthic Dynamics Investigation monitors and predicts changes
     in the kinds, abundances, and availability of food organisms
     for such bottom-dwelling fishes as Atlantic cod, haddock, and
     yellowtail flounder, and for such open-water fishes as Atlantic
     herring and Atlantic mackerel.  The investigation studies the
     consequences of such changes in benthic food organisms on the
     distribution and production of demersal and pelagic fish stocks
     in the Georges Bank Gulf of Maine, and Mid-Atlantic Bight
     ecosystems.  Staff members identify and enumerate important
     benthic food organisms, and define their environmental require-
     ments and interrelationships with important fish stocks in the
     area.  Another area of interest is the study of the trophodynamic
     relationships between pelagic and demersal species, focusing on
     the role of competition as a contributor to species dominance.

2.3  Plankton Ecology Investigation

     The thrust of this research is the study of the influences of
     the abundance and availability of zooplanktonic prey on the
     major pelagic and demersal fish populations on the Continental
     Shelf, including such commercially, recreationally, and ecologically
     important fish stocks as the Atlantic mackerel, Atlantic herring,
     silver and red hakes, pollock, and sand launce.  Specific
     research activities include:  (1) the preparation of bimonthly
     indices of zooplanktonic abundance from western Nova Scotia to
     Cape Hatteras; (2) investigation of the mesoscale and microscale
     relationships between zooplanktonic production and larval fish
                            236

-------
     survival; (3) monitoring area! and seasonal changes in zooplank-
     tonic prey availability along the migration routes of Atlantic
     herring and Atlantic mackerel as part of a study of the factors
     controlling areal and seasonal availability and abundance of the
     biomass of these stocks; (4) investigation of the impact of
     changes in the composition and abundance of the zooplanktonic
     biomass on the productivity of fish in the Georges Bank, Gulf
     of Maine, and Mid-Atlantic Bight ecosystems; and (5) monitoring
     effects of seasonal and annual changes of currents and water
     masses on the distribution and abundances of zooplankton and
     their predators.

     In addition, staff personnel serve as the principal liaisons in
     the ongoing joint studies of secondary production with the Soviet
     Union, poland, and West Germany, as well as oversee the operations
     of the Polish-American Plankton Sorting Center.  The staff also
     develops and operates an electronic data processing system for
     quality-controlled data storage and analysis of zooplankton and
     ichthyoplankton data collected by the NEFC and other cooperating
     groups.

2.4  Larval Physiology Investigation

     The Larval Physiology Investigation studies the energetics of
     larval fishes.  Through laboratory experimentation and field
     studies the larval fish physiologists develop theories of larval
     growth and survival.  Laboratory experiments look at, among other
     things, the effects of changes in the densities of zooplanktonic
     prey on the survival rates of larval fishes under controlled
     temperature conditions.  Other studies focus on the linkages,
     both theoretical and actual, between the survival of larvae and
     the recruitment of harvestable-sized individuals into the fishery
     for such popular species as haddock, Atlantic cod, yellowtail
     flounder, winter flounder, and scup.

2.5  Apex Predators Investigation

     This NEFC research effort looks at the effects of changes in the
     biomass of large predators, including sharks, tunas, and billfishes,
     on the commercially, recreationally, and ecologically important
     stocks of finfishes in the Gulf of Maine, Georges Bank, and the
     Mid-Atlantic Bight ecosystems.  Species-specific studies of apex
     predators deal with age-growth relationships, mortality rates,
     population recruitment, migratory behavior and patterns, and
     trophodynamics as they relate to requirements for growth and
     reproduction.  The investigational staff works closely with
     fishermen by:  (1) conducting extensive tagging experiments in
     cooperation with recreational and commercial fishermen from
     Maine to North Carolina; (2) serving as the principal liaison
     between the NEFC and recreational fishermen in the same region;
     and (3) monitoring the annual changes in abundances of certain

                             237

-------
     shark populations through in-depth studies of catch data from
     fishing tournaments conducted off the Northeast and Middle Atlantic
     States.   In addition, the staff coordinates cooperative studies
     on apex predators with other governmental agencies, private
     groups, and foreign countries such as Poland, Canada, West Germany,
     and the Soviet Union.

2.6  Oceanography  Investigation

     Migrations of fish are not random, but are initiated and guided by
     environmental cues.  Although fisheries scientists have been
     moderately successful in describing the movements of pelagic and
     demersal  species in response to environmental changes, they have
     been less successful in forecasting the specific times and places
     (patterns) of fish movements.  To forecast such fish movements,
     the Oceanography Investigation monitors currents, temperatures,
     salinities, and movements of water masses and water types to
     understand the influences of such oceanographic conditions on
     movements of those species that contribute significantly to the
     fish biomass  (Atlantic herring, Atlantic mackerel, Atlantic cod,
     etc.).  Research focuses on those environmental conditons that
     optimize  survival and growth of the dominant finfishes in the
     Gulf of Maine, Georges Bank, and the Mid-Atlantic Bight ecosystems.

     Observations are made on two scales, mesoscale and microscale.
     The mesoscale MARMAP surveys from western Nova Scotia to Cape
     Hatteras occur six times a year.  Such mesoscale observations are
     made at sufficient intervals to monitor the movements of such
     fishes as the Atlantic herring, Atlantic mackerel, and Atlantic
     cod, and their zooplanktonic prey.  Microscale studies are
     conducted within a given water mass to define the oceanographic
     factors controlling the dispersal and survival of fish eggs and
     -larvae at selected spawning sites.  Even slight changes in the
     transport of larval fishes by currents can influence the size
     of a species' entire incoming year class.  Studies are also
     conducted on the effects of warm-core rings from the Gulf Stream
     and fluctuations in slope water on the oceanography of the three
     ecosystems mentioned above.

     The investigational staff also serves as the principal liaison be-
     tween NEFC fisheries oceanography studies and cooperative
     investigations conducted with other governmental agencies, private
     groups, and foreign nations (Soviet Union, West Germany, East
     Germany, and Canada).  Additionally, periodic reports of
     anomalous oceanographic conditions are provided to the fishing
     industry and other interested parties.

2.7  Ecosystem Dynamics Investigation

     This investigation develops recruitment models for both pelagic
     and demersal fish species, including haddock, Atlantic cod,

                              238

-------
         yellowtail flounder, Atlantic herring,,and Atlantic mackerel.
         Models of larval fish behavior are also developed to assess the
         effects of variations of larval and juvenile growth and mortality
         on these stock-recruitment relationships.  The information
        -generated by these studies permits the development of candidate
         models of the marine ecosystem.  The models are then compared
         with the empirical structure, standing crop, and production of
         specific finfish and benthic invertebrate communities.  The
         models of selected population processes and biological interactions
         are used to provide practical advice to fisheries managers in the
         Northwest and Middle Atlantic.

         Multispecies models are developed that take into account the
         energy requirements of the major fish populations under different
         simulated management regimes.  These studies will lead to the
         development of more efficient management strategies for dealing
         with the three principal marine ecosystems of interest, the Gulf
         of Maine, Georges Bank, and the Mid-Atlantic Bight.  Initial
         emphasis is on the development of a mass energy model for Georges
         Bank.  Refinements of this model will be made over the next
         several years.


3.'  RESOURCE UTILIZATION DIVISION

    This major NEFC resource component assists the American fishing industry
    and consuming public in increasing the quantity and improving the
    quality of finfish and shellfish products.  By working closely with
    representatives of the fishing industry and consuming public, the
    Resource Utilization Division applies available technology towards
    increasing the production of commercially processed fish and finds
    ways to use the large variety of relatively unused marine species.  To
    improve the quality of seafoods and assure their safety, staff members
    study the changes that occur during storage, and design various handling
    processing, and preservation techniques that reduce adverse changes
    and enhance desirable characteristics in the product.  The Division
    also coordinates the fisheries engineering and conservation gear
    development programs within the NEFC.

    3.1  Shellfish Resource Development Investigation

         The primary purpose of this investigation is to develop new or
         modified methods of handling, processing, and preserving shellfish
         for increasing yields and improving economics.  Current activities
         include the development of:  (1) a new technique for roller
         extraction of crabmeat that covers all phases of processing and
         product quality; (2) a method for identifying erabmeat to species;
         (3) handling and processing methods for underutilized offshore
         crab species (red crab, rock crab, and Jonah crab); (4) a test
         to determine the amount of shell fragments in crabmeat; and (5) more
         efficient processing methods for squid including handling at sea,
         grading, skinning, eviscerating, stripping, and new product

                                  239

-------
     development.  A secondary purpose of the investigation is to
     provide technical advice to the blue crab and oyster industries.

3.2  Finnish Resource Development Investigation

     This investigation attempts to develop or modify methods of handling,
     processing, and preserving all types of finfish for increasing
     yields and improving economics.  The investigation contracts with
     industry to evaluate the effectiveness and commercial potential of
     prototype machines to handle silver hake, or whiting, that are
     smaller than can now be processed economically.

     Another study seeks to upgrade the value of silver hake by develop-
     ing new products and new product forms.  Studies of three new
     silver hake products are currently underway.  The investigation
     guarantees some fresh New England fillets as "US Grade A" to
     determine the effort needed to assure consumers of quality, how
     much consumers will pay for the guarantees, and the cost of such
     guarantees.  Other tasks include research into the effects of
     feeding animals with irradiated fish, and on the future of
     irradiators in fish preservation.

3.3  Resource Engineering Development Investigation

     This investigation is a mechanical engineering support of fisheries
     development activities.  Since there are presently no mechanized
     processing lines for underutilized species like silver hake,
     long-finned squid, red hake, goosefish, and ocean pout, the staff
     adapts and modifies presently available machines or designs and
     builds new machines to accomplish this task.  Ongoing projects
     include:  (1) developing a device to meter additives to minced
     flesh; (2) designing and building a machine for eviscerating and
     skinning squid; (3) designing and building a machine for grading
     any species into several size categories; and (4) designing and
     building a machine for sorting a mixed bag of fish into three
     selected size categories.  This Investigation is also concerned
     with the development of fishing gear to improve efficiency,
     selectivity, and safety, and to protect the quality of the catch.
     Typical  developments include a quick-release branchline clip for
     longlining, an improved trawl door hook-up, a trap that discon-
     tinues its ability to operate when it is lost, and a removable
     deck-block mounting pad.

3.4  Product Standardization Investigation

     The development of standards and specifications of quality for
     fisheries products is the principal goal of the Product Standardi-
     zation Investigation.  Current efforts involve the development  of
     standards for minced fish blocks, shrimp, and fillets, and fulfilling
     assignments for the "Codex" international standards as designated
     by NMFS..  Standards are developed according to the following
     steps:   (1) conduct an industry survey, (2) prepare a draft of       /
                                                                          /

                             240

-------
         proposed standards and distribute  to  interested parties;
         (3) resolve any comments and publish  the proposed standards in
         the "Federal Register";  (4) after  amendment of the proposed
         standards based on the comments, republisb them in the "Federal
         Register"; and (5) upon  finalization  of the standards, Kiake
         available instructions and other inspection aids for using
         them.  Another goal of the investigation is to recommend or
         develop if necessary standardized  analytical procedures for
         evaluating the criteria  of the  standards.

    3.5  Product Quality Investigation

         This investigation tries to solve  the problem of quality deteriora-
         tion of fisheries products that results in resource and economic
         losses.  The diminishing supply of frozen Atlantic cod blocks
         has stimulated industry  interest in minced silver hake as a
         substitute.  However, minced silver hake"can become rancid and
         tough during frozen storage.  This task minimizes this quality
         deterioration through proper packaging, storing at optimal
         temperatures, using chemical additives, or combinations thereof.
         Certain parameters such  as fat  content which vary seasonally
         are studied to determine their  effects on storage stability.
         Because the mincing operation provides an excellent chance for
         microbial contamination, surveys are  made on the microbial and
         organoleptic qualities of commercially minced blocks to aid in
         establishing standards.

    3.6  Product Safety Investigation

         Within this study investigators determine the possible chemical
         hazards in fisheries products that can result from processing or
         environmental conditions.  One  class  of chemicals under study is
         the volatile N-nitrosamines, potent carcinogenic compounds that
         have been found in many  varieties  of  cured foodstuffs ranging from
         pork products to fish.   These chemicals are formed by the action
         of nitrite preservatives on amines occurring naturally in food.
         Marine fish can contain  significant quantities of amines which
         can react with nitrites  encountered either during processing or
         possibly from industrial contamination of their environment.  In
         previous N-nitrosamine studies, hot-smoked sablefish, hot-smoked
         salmons, and hot-smoked  whitefishes were tested to determine the
         effectiveness of sodium  nitrite in inhibiting the outgrowth and
         toxin production of the  bacterium  Clostridium botulinum. types A
         and E.  After defining the inhibitory range of sodium nitrite,
         more detailed experiments were  conducted to show the minimum level
         of nitrite needed to inhibit the bacterium.  Samples from these
         experiments are now being analyzed by a multidetection method
         that identifies 14 volatile N-nitrosamines found in foods.


4.  ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT DIVISION

    This NEFC effort concentrates on the physical, chemical, and biologi-
    cal interactions which affect the estuarine, coastal, and marine

                                  241

-------
     environments of the Northwest and Middle Atlantic.  Research
     stresses the impact of man's activities on the productivity
     and biomass of benthic, demersal, and pelagic organisms.  The
     Division emphasizes the effects of these activities on the
     interrelations between biotic and abiotic elements of the
     environment.  Results of these studies document the impact of
     man on commercial and recreational stocks and their forage
     species.  Behavioral, physiological, and biochemical studies
     determine both subtle shifts in normal behavior and biological
     processes which can indicate sublethal but significant damage
     to resource reproduction, recruitment, feeding, migration, and
     other activities.

4.1  Environmental Chemistry Investigation

     This investigation studies the temporal.and spatial distributions
     of toxic chemicals, their environmental life spans, their
     cycles through food chains, and their effects upon the biology,
     habitats, and uses of marine resources.  Emphasis is currently
     on heavy metals and petroleum-derived and ha!ogenated hydrocarbons
     like DDT and RGBs.  To monitor the presence of trace metals,
     routine measurements of their concentrations are taken in
     various finfish and shellfish species from intertidal and
     coastal waters; in apex predators collected from Deepwater
     Dumpsite 106; in water; and in sediments, organic debris, and
     other solid components of the marine environment.  Measurements
     are also taken of trace metals in various tissues, gametes,
     and other cell types from organisms exposed to known lethal
     and sublethal levels of toxic metals.  The hydrocarbon research
     consists primarily of the measurement of petroleum-derived and
     halogenated hydrocarbons in Middle Atlantic and Gulf of Maine
     species in waters contaminated by urban, industrial, and
     agricultural wastes and runoffs.  The data gathered by this
     effort are used to model the movement of these potentially
     toxic materials through benthic, demersal, and pelagic food
     webs.

4.2  Biological Oceanography of Stressed Environments Investigation

     The objective of this study is to determine the effects of urban
     areas upon adjacent estuarine, coastal, and marine ecosystems and
     their species.  This program began in the Lower Hudson Estuary and
     New York Bight Apex and has expanded to cover the entire Con-
     tinental Shelf from Cape Hatteras to Georges Bank.  Studies under
     various conditions of river flow, temperature, planktonic blooms,
     and metabolic activity will show the extent and magnitude of the
     effects of New York City and other metropolitan areas on Continen-
     tal Shelf waters.  The investigation studies phytoplankton pro-
     ductivity and standing stocks, species ecology and diversity,
     nutrient levels, hydrography, rates of water column and seabed
     oxygen consumption and organic matter decomposition, bacteriology,
     and contaminant identification.  Surveillance and laboratory
     activities stress the frequent recurrence of phytoplankton blooms.


                            242

-------
     Emphasized in these activities are nutritional and physiological
     capacities of causative organisms, and phytoplankton succession
     and bloom development in response to nutrient supplies from
     pollution.

     The work of the investigation is broken up into four different,
     but interrelated efforts.  First are studies of production rates,
     photoassimilated carbon cycles, and phytoplankton standing stock
     variations.  The investigational staff relates-the data from these
     studies to man-made and natural sources of nutrients and pollutants
     in the Mid-Atlantic Bight.  Ultimately, this research will define
     the relationships between primary productivity and the abundance
     of finfish and shellfish resources on the one hand, and between
     waterborne toxins and the distribution of such resources on the
     other hand.  Second, analyses take place on the causes and effects
     of plankton- blooms.  Among these analyses are studies of the
     macronutrient and micronutrient" requirements of dinoflagellates
     involved in red tides, fish kills, and other bloom-induced
     phenomena.  The investigation monitors and describes such plankton
     blooms and associated physical and chemical factors to determine
     the impacts upon various marine resources.  Third, the staff looks
     into oxygen utilization by sediments and waters polluted with such
     organic materials as sewage sludge, dredging spoil, and petroleum.
     The uptake rates are correlated with temporal and spatial distri-
     butions and standing stocks of benthic, demersal, and pelagic
     organisms. . And fourth, the investigation determines the cell
     numbers and identities of significant aerobic bacteria in the  ,
     Mid-Atlantic Bight.  Such determinations qualitatively document
     the health of this ecosystem and reveal the functions of micro-
     organisms in the marine environment.  The metabolic rates of this
     heterotrophic activity are compared, particularly on a long-term
     basis, with the presence of various organic contaminants and the
     occurrence of various environmental factors.
                                                /
4.3  Physiological Effects of Pollutant Stress Investigation

     This investigation determines how and to what degree pollutants,
     individually and in combination, affect various marine animals
     at different life stages.  New laboratory rearing techniques permit
     studies of pollutant effects upon embryonic, larval, and juvenile
     stages, as well as upon the adult stage which has been the focus
     of most past research.

     The gradual reduction or elimination of a species by sublethal
     levels of pollutants is no less serious than the demise caused,
     by lethal levels.  Possibly it is more serious, since sublethal
     effects are less likely to be detected and traced to their source
     before irreparable damage has occurred.  The decreased productivity
     of fish stocks due to sublethal pollutant exposures that  impair growth,
     reproduction, and survival is a principal concern of this inves-
     tigation.

                             243

-------
     These effects are slow and do not cause Immediately obvious
     changes in populations, but cause subtle alterations in physio-
     logical functions, and behavior that affect migration patterns,
     responses to temperature change, egg viability, and/or growth
     rates.  The results are slow changes in reproductive rates and
     population sizes.  Because chemical contaminants occur in the
     marine environment at higher concentrations than those that have
     been shown to cause adverse effects in the laboratory, it is
     probable that these pollutants are now adversely affecting the
     productivity of important fish, shellfish, and crustacean
     populations.

     Accordingly, staff members research the physiology and biochemistry
     of selected species of marine animals common to the Mid-Atlantic
     Bight and other Northwest and Middle Atlantic environments, and
     determine experimentally the effects of.heavy metals on their
     survival, development, and normal life functions.  They have
     established tolerance ranges and the sublethal concentrations at
     which metabolic disturbances can be detected in embryonic, larval,
     juvenile, and adult stages of mollusks, crustaceans, and finfish,
     particularly those of commercial, recreational, and ecological
     importance.  Biological models may be useful in future evaluations
     of pollutant-related stresses in marine environments, and this
     investigation will provide the necessary input for these models.

     This investigation is also concerned with those microorganisms
     capable of growing under reduced oxygen tension (anaerobic
     conditions) in the fisheries environment and on living marine
     resources.  The major goal is to determine the presence of
     pollutant and disease-producing anaerobes in the fisheries
     environment, their persistence and cycling through the food
     chain, and other possible interrelated toxin transfer mechanisms
     and chemical conversion mechanisms which can adversely affect
     fish stocks and their habitats.

4.4  Behavior of Marine Fishes and Invertebrates investigation

     To define the physical, chemical, and biological requirements of
     marine fishes, this investigation studies species behavior and
     ecology in both the field and laboratory.  Research concerns the
     role of various environmental/factors in the life habits of
     selected species, how man-made and natural modifications of the
     environment affect those life habits, and the capabilities of
     species to detect and avoid potentially lethal conditions.
     Field studies focus on feeding habits, habitat requirements,
     relationships with different substrates, seasonal patterns of
     activity, distributions, and interspecific and intraspecific
     relationships of such inshore demersal species as tautog, cunner,
     and winter flounder.   These studies help to define life habits  and
     environmental requirements of various life stages of each species.
     Laboratory researchers record normal activity, feeding, and social

                            244

-------
     behavior (aggression, territonality, and reproduction) in such
     species as adult tautog, cunner, red hake, juvenile bluefish, and
     other finfish, as well as physicosensory and chemosensory responses.
     in such brachyuran crustaceans as blue crabs.  Data from this
     research define the effects of environmental conditions and
     stresses on life habits, recruitment, and survival.  Another task
     pools previous research findings on normal behavior to gauge the
     effects of selected environmental stresses on schooling, feeding,
     and activity in juvenile striped mullet and bluefish, and on
     territoriality, feeding, reproduction, and activity in adult
     tautog and brachyuran crustaceans.

4.5  Coastal Monitoring, Assessment, and Prediction Investigation

     The Coastal Monitoring, Assessment, arid Prediction (COMAP)
     Investigation routinely surveys the fish, plankton, and benthos of
     the inner coastal region (20-100 meters"in depth) from Block
     Island Sound to the Bay of Fundy.  Among other things, these
     monitoring surveys assess the impact of man's activities on the
     inshore environment and its organisms.  Specifically, staff
    ^ members make these assessments by noting changes in the distribution
     and relative abundance of fish and invertebrate species in response
     to changes in the physical and chemical environment.  These
     environmental changes range from oil spills, to thermal pollution, to
     disposal of dredging spoils.  Investigators also collect data on
     recruitment mechanisms for such commercially important species as
     American lobster, Atlantic herring, Atlantic mackerel, and winter
     flounder.  They also assess the inshore distribution and relative
     abundance of species sampled semiannually in NEFC offshore bottom
     trawl surveys.

     A significant and increasing portion of COMAP activities involves
     serving as an NEFC liaison to individuals and groups (such as the
     New England Fisheries Development Program) with diverse interests
     in inshore waters.  COMAP cooperates with outside scientists in
     assessing fish stocks off the Northeast and .Middle Atlantic States,
     and reviews research proposals by the private sector for siting and
     impact studies for power plants, dredging spoil disposal areas,
     and other operations that could potentially adversely affect fish
     stocks and other renewable marine resources,

4.6  Coastal Ecosystems Investigation

     The major objective of this investigation is to collect baseline
     geological, physical, chemical, and biological data to assess
     changes in benthic and demersal populations in Long Island Sound,
     Gulf of Maine, and Mid-Atlantic Bight estuaries and coastal zones.
     The program is integrated among state, interstate, and other
     federal research organizations.  In the estuarine research, the
     investigation emphasizes population studies.  Long Island and


                            245

-------
          Block Island Sounds, Ran'tan and Delaware Bays, and numerous
          smaller embayments of the Mid-Atlantic Bight are the primary
          study areas.  The invest!gational staff works on the interrela-
          tionships between various benthic and demersal species that live
          all or part of their lives in the estuaries.  The staff also
          models the pollutant pathways, from contaminated embayments to
          coastal zones.

          In the separate but related research on coastal zones, the
          investigation studies those offshore populations in the Mid-
          Atlantic Bight that are affected by ocean disposal of sewage
          sludge, dredging spoils, and industrial wastes; by energy develop-
          ment; and riverine runoff from the Hudson and Delaware Rivers.
          This population information helps to document the causes and
          effects of extensive coastal anoxic conditions.  The investigation
          also compiles data on contamination of Northwest and Middle
          Atlantic waters by various bordering states, and'provides this
          information to various international organizations involved with
          the fisheries resources and water quality of the area.


5.   AQUACULTURE DIVISION

     The effects of nutrition, pollutants, and genetic processes upon
     growth and survival of commercially important marine species are the
     research responsibility of this Division.  Studies concern the algal
     food nutrition, genetic selection, and disease and predator control
     associated with larval molluscan culture.

     5.1  Spawning and Rearing of Mollusks Investigation

          Oyster culture methods are adapted for the hatchery cultivation
          of other commercially important bivalves.  This research and
          development program progresses logically from gametogenesis,
          through spawning the adults, rearing the larvae and growing the
          post-set stage immediately after metamorphosis, to growing the
          juveniles.  The bay scallop and surf clam are currently being
          studied because of their potential for aquaculture.

     5.2  Aspects of Nutritional Requirements of Mollusks Investigation

          A priority of the research into commercial aquaculture methods  is
          the development of an economical and nutritional  supplement to
          the diets of animals in an aquacultural program.  The investigation
          contributes to that cause by:  (1) assisting  in problem solving;
          (2) introducing innovative procedures; (3) studying phytoplankton
          food-chain organisms; and (4) researching molluscan food  utiliza-
          tion.  Another task is the support of all the molluscan research
         N projects by providing a high quality and large  quantity of algal
          food.
                               246

-------
     5.3  Aquacultural  Genetics Investigation

          This investigation develops genetic information to answer the
          questions of industry on how to develop profitable strains of
          hatchery shellfish.  The investigation also advises industry on
          various aspects of aquacultural breeding without specific requests.
          A major goal  of the program in aquacultural genetics is the
          creation of special gene pools at NMFS laboratories or under NMFS
          auspices.  Industry and consumers would benefit from the improved
          management of wild shellfish beds that would result from the
          increased knowledge of the genetic potentials of wild shellfish
          populations based on studies of the special gene pools.

     5.4  Control of Molluscan Disease Investigation

          This investigation's work is an integral part of the NEFC's
          research on shellfish aquaculture.  However, by the nature of the
          scientific expertise needed to conduct the investigation's research
          activities, the research is supervised by the Pathobiology Division.
          Thus,  two Divisions are directly involved in this investigation.

          Molluscan disease research focuses on the prevention, diagnosis,
          and control of disease, particularly in hatcheries and nurseries.
          Objectives are to:  (1) monitor, isolate, identify, and culture
          micropathogens, and characterize their pathologic effects; (2)
          determine mechanisms of micropathogen transmission, penetration,
          infectivity,  and host specificity; (3) study qualitatively and
          quantitatively micropathogen activity and host responses; and (4)
          evaluate the use of various chemicals including ozone gas to
          deactivate biotoxins and control micropathogens.  A primary use
          of these methods is in the study of diseases of larval moll usks.
          The investigation seeks to develop physical methods, including
          ionization, to eliminate microbial pathogens and toxins in larval
          mollusks.  The investigators on this project also provide con-
          sultation to  industry and Sea Grant institutions involved in
          aquaculture.


6.   PATHQBIQLOGY DIVISION

     The Division works with all aspects of diseases, infectio us and
     noninfectious, biotic and nonbiotic, that affect marine resources.
     Not only is there  an emphasis on the impacts of diseases on marine
     populations, but also on the influence of natural and man-made
     environmental  factors on the occurrence of those diseases.

     6.1   Disease and Environmental  Stress Investigation

          Disease,  environmental changes, and pollutant stress act syner-
          gistically with those factors that induce death in marine poikilo-
          therms.   For  this reason the investigation studies the pathologic

                                247

-------
     effects on marine organisms caused by natural and man-made changes
     to marine ecosystems.  Such man-made changes include habitat modi-
     fication by ocean waste disposal, dredging activities, recreational
     activities, and petroleum development.  Field and laboratory*
     research establishes the causes of death, abnormality, and tissue
     and cellular pathosis (anatomical, physiological, and biochemical)
     in the affected marine organisms.  The investigation concentrates
     on five specific research topics to achieve these goals.  First,
     fin rot disease is studied in the New York Bight.  Researchers
     try to determine the prevalence and pathogenesis of fin rot in
     winter and summer flounders in the Bight.  Trawl surveys and
     entrapment studies provide the diseased specimens for histopatho-
     logical examination.  Second, immunity in marine fishes is
     researched.  The two principal goals of this study are to deter-
     mine whether pollution reduces the immunity of fishes to bacterial
     disease, and to correlate fish diseases with raised levels of
     serum antibodies for specific bacteria in the fishes.  The study
     operates through examination of antibody responses and cellular
     defenses of fishes in both the field and the laboratory.  A
     variety of immunological and cytochemical tests analyze systems
     of fish immunity under the combined stress of pollutants and
     bacteria.  Third, the microstructure of normal and physiologically
     stressed crabs, fish, and mollusks is studied.  Normal and patho-
     logic tissues of such species as blue crabs, winter flounder,
     striped bass, and Atlantic mackerel are studied by electron
     microscopy.  In addition to examining organisms with naturally
     occurring diseases, the staff also conducts experiments on new
     pathological and immunological procedures.  Fourth, the investiga-
     tion catalogues, maintains, and provides curatorial and custodial
     services for a permanent National Registry of Marine Pathology.
     This registry contains type specimens, photographs, and published
     literature on pathology in marine and estuarine poikilotherms.
     Additions to the registry are gathered by solicitation of the
     scientific community.  Materials are available for study by
     qualified scientific and technical workers.  And fifth, diseases
     .of commercially and recreationally important fish species are
     studied histologically.   The first objective of this research is
     to determine the causes of mortality in various fishes.  The
     second objective is to analyze the lethal and sublethal effects of
     introduced chemical contaminants upon various species and life
     stages of fish.

6.2  Comparative Pathobiology Investigation

     Infectious and noninfectious diseases limit the abundance, dis-
     tribution, and utilization of marine organisms.  Therefore, a
     knowledge of the causes and effects of these diseases is funda-
     mental for successful management of fisheries resources and
     habitats.  In this investigation, normal and abnormal organs,
     tissues, and cells are intensively observed for comparative his-
     tology, cytology, and epizootiology.  Light and electron microscopy
     reveal pathologic conditions induced experimentally,  occurring

                           248

-------
     naturally, or found in aquacultural processes.  Micropathogen
     activities are defined and described quantitatively and
     qualitatively and infectious agents and microparasites are
     identified and characterized.

     To achieve these goals one of the first steps is to study the
     health status of mollusks, crustaceans, and fish.  For mollusks,
     the investigation studies the microstructure of tumors, describes the
     morphology and cytopathology of oyster viruses with light and
     electron microscopy, and describes the microparasites of domestic
     and exotic species.  For crustaceans, most of the effort is on
     blue crabs, rock crabs, and shrimp.  Research on the crabs involves:
     (1) the study of the epidemiology of viral infections; (2) the
     study of the transmission mechanisms of protozoan viruses, and of
     such protozoa as Paramoeba; and (3) the preparation of an atlas of
     blue crab histology.  With respect to shrimp, other crabs, and
     lobsters, the staff concentrates on the pathobiology of the
     exoskeleton and gills.

     Another area of study within the investigation concerns the
     microfauna associated with fish, crustaceans, and mollusks.  Staff
     members isolate and identify the protozoa of both the water column
     and-sediments of the New York Bight, identify gill-fouling organ-
     isms of'New York Bight crustaceans by microscopic examination of
     stained gill sections, and determine the prevalence of sporozoan
     parasites in the blood tissues of Atlantic mackerel and of other
     parasites in other fish.                                            '

6.3  Health of Ocean Finfish and Shellfish Investigation

     The integrity of oceanic ecosystems is directly reflected in the
     health and well-being of their inhabitants.  Except in the most
     unusual circumstances, the presence of healthy animals signifies
     a healthy encironment and vice versa.  Thus, the purpose of this
     investigation is to assess comparatively the health of
     several selected target species of ocean fisji, crustaceans, and
     moll usks from selected ocean sites.

     The presence and abundance of infectious microorganisms (viruses,
     bacteria, and protozoa), some of which also produce highly toxic
     substances, are magnified in unbalanced ecosystems.  These
     organisms can cause disease and abnormalities among resident
     species either directly or indirectly as secondary invaders
     acting in concert with other environmental stresses.  Similarly,
     the health of ocean species can be profoundly affected by man-
     introduced noninfectious agents, such as petroleum and its
     byproducts, various agricultural and industrial pollutants, and
     substances leached from dredged materials.

     Approaches used to ascertain the health of target species will
     include;   (1) studies of fish immune systems to determine if the

                            249

-------
         animals produce the necessary defense mechanisms to combat or
         overcome disease (that iss these mechanisms operate normally and
         how they are affected 'by natural and man-induced stresses);
         (2) observations on the prevalence of gross and microscopic
         lesions and descriptions of same on the tissue, cellular, and
         subcellular levels, using light and electron microscopy; (3) cyto-
         chemical and clinical chemica-1 analyses of cellular and
         humoral responses to infectious and noninfectious diseases; and
         (4) use of microbial and cellular systems (bacteria, fungi, and
         animal cell lines) for mutagenic and carcinogenic assays and for
         indicators of pollution (viruses, bacteria, and protozoa).


7.  MANNED UNDERSEA RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM

    The Manned Undersea Research and Technology (MURT) Program functions
    as both an autonomous and support research group.  MURT deals with
    sampling needs and ecological studies that are difficult, costly, or
    impossible with conventional surface research vessels.  MURT's
    dive team works to:  (1) develop an efficient research diving capability
    to and beyond the edge of the Continental Shelf with conventional and
    advanced diving technology and research submersibles; (2) survey the
    macrobenthos of the outer Continental Shelf; (3) study in situ the
    early life stages of Atlantic herring and the ecological factors
    affecting their eggs and larvae; (4) define the sampling efficiency of
    standard surface-oriented sampling hardware; and (5) monitor the
    abundance and ecology of bottom-oriented fauna and flora at specific
    locations on the New England Continental Shelf as an index to ocean
    health.
8.  NATIONAL SYSTEMATICS LABORATORY

    The National Systematics Laboratory is administered by the NEFC, but
    serves the entire Fisheries Service.  It studies the systematics of
    commercially, recreationally, and ecologically important marine
    organisms.  Included in these studies are projects on taxonomy to
    facilitate the identification of species, on anatomy to document species
    classifications, and on the characterization of biogeographic complexes.
    Emphasized are epipelagic, deep pelagic, and benthic fishes; peneid
    shrimps; and crabs and other decapods.


9.  ATLANTIC ENVIRONMENTAL GROUP

    The Atlantic Environmental Group (AEG) supports the research programs of
    the NEFC and other NOAA components operating in the Atlantic Ocean by
    monitoring and studying environmental conditions and by analyzing
    environmental data acquired from various governmental agencies,  private
    and academic institutions, and archives.  Analyses performed by  the
    AEG include portrayal and interpretation of oceanic and atmospheric

                                 250

-------
data for environmental and fisheries forecasting.  The AEG also
develops techniques, models, and indices for such forecasting.
And, it advises NMFS's Office-of Scientific and Technical Services,
NOAA's Office of Marine Environmental Protection, and the National
Ocean Survey's Ocean Dumping Research and Monitoring Office on
marine environmental studies.
                        251

-------
                         PROPOSED PROJECTS
In the event of an acute oil spill on the Continental Shelf, personnel,
facilities and equipment of the Northeast Fisheries Center will be made
available so that sampling programs and physiological analyses can be
conducted in timely fashion at regular intervals to monitor the immediate
effects of oil contamination.

The projects described in the following section  will be carried out in
addition to the ongoing long-term population monitoring and physiological
studies of NEFC.  Results of these projects will be compared against the
long-term baseline data collected by the Center over the past fifteen
years and an evaluation of the impact of acute oij spills on the marine
ecosystem will be made.
                                 252

-------
                      PANEL:  WATER COLUMN BIOLOBY
                      PROJECT NO: 4
                      PRIORITY RANK:


1.  Project Title

      Ichthyoplankton Survey - MARMAP Survey  I

2.  Project Description

      Standard ichthyoplankton and neuston samples are taken during all
      Bottom Trawl Surveys  - MARMAP II  (Figure 2).  The description of
      sampling methods and  techniques is found in Appendix I - MARMAP
      I Survey.   In addition to  the three survey periods, special
      plankton cruises are  bimonthly, often in cooperation with the
      USSR, Poland, FRG, GDR, and Canada.  Ichthyoplankton and zooplankton
      are monitored for temporal and spatial  variations in species
      abundance and succession.  In the event of an oil spill particular
      attention will be focused  on the  impact of the oil to the food
      web and overall productivity of the marine .ecosystem including
      larval fish and their zooplankton food.

3.  Performing Organization

      NMFS, NEFC Marine Ecosystem Division

4.  Applicable Habitats

      Continental Shelf waters including Georges Bank, Gulf of Maine,
      and the Mid-Atlantic  Bight.

5.  Applicable Conditions

      Studies should be limited  to major oil  spills.

6.  Applicable Oil Type

      All types of spilled  oil should be studied.

7.  Time Frame

      Sampling will be initiated as soon after an oil spill as possible.
      Additional monthly or bimonthly sampling would be conducted to
      ensure an adequate time series of samples.

8.  Cost

      Sorting, volumizing and identifying major taxa $200/sample
      @3 samples/station (neuston, 0.505 ichthyoplankton, 0.333
      zooplankton) $600/station.

      Assuming a minimum of 10 stations in the vicinity of a spill
      (30 samples) for each of 3 months (30 X 3 = 90 samples)       $54K
      Analyzing data, preparing  reports                   '           5K
      Total                                                          559K

      Hydrocarbon analyses  of zooplankton samples is an additional
      $1400/sample - see Hydrocarbon Analyses project.

                               253

-------
 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available
       Standard MARMAP I sampling equipment
10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available
       NMFS, NEFC, Polish Sorting Center, Szczecin, Poland
11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available
       NMFS, NEFC, Polish Sorting Center, Szczecin, Poland
12.  Support Services
       Several Investigations within the Marine Ecosystem Division
       are involved with collecting and analyzing.ichthyoplankton data.
       In addition the Ichthyoplankton Survey "piggybacks" on all groundfish
       survey cruises.
13.  Payoffs
       The MARMAP ichthyoplankton survey serves as  a baseline against
       which we will measure changes in species abundance, composition
       and succession that might be caused by a major oil spill.
14.  Limitations
                                 254

-------
                   PANEL:   WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY
                   PROJECT NO:  5
                   PRIORITY RANK:
1.  Project Title

      Bottom Trawl Survey Operations - MARMAP Survey II

2.  Project Description

      Investigate variations in the abundance and species composition in
      the oil spill area.  Compare variations in stock abundance with the
      same area for other seasons and other years.  Conduct Survey Opera-
      tions at least three times a year and initiate special cruises at
      the time of the spill and monthly or bimonthly thereafter in order
      to provide an adequate time series of samples.  Collect fish and
      invertebrates for genetics, physiology, biochemistry, and pathology
      investigations listed in the following fishery projects.

3.  Performing Organizations

      NMFS-NEFC Bottom Trawl Survey Operations NEC-004.  Woods Hole, Mass.

4.  Applicable Habitats

      Continental Shelf waters including the Gulf of Maine, Georges Bank,
      and the Mid-Atlantic Bight.  Figure 2 illustrates the Survey
      Operations- coverage three times a year.

5.  Applicab!e Conditions

      Any major oil spill.

6.  Applicable Oil Type

      All types of oil should be studied.

7.  Time Frame

      Sampling will be initiated as soon after an oil spill as possible.
      Thereafter a minimum of three surveys a year would be made of
      groundfish in the oil spill area.  Special monthly or bimonthly
      cruises would be initiated to augment spatial and temporal sampling
      in the vicinity of the oil spill.
8.  Cost
      NEFC annual support for Survey operations is $462.8K.  Additional
      funds would be  required in  the event of an oil spill.  Three special
      cruises at $5K/day for:

           10 days would be                                    $150K

           Data analyses                                          50K

           Total"                                               *200K

                               255

-------
  9.   Equipment  Needs/Equipment Available

        See MARMAP  II Survey Operations and Appendix II

 10.   Facility Needs/Facilities Available

        NMFS, NEFC

 11.   Personnel  Needs/Personnel Available

        NMFS, NEFC

 12.   Support Services

        Each fall,  spring, and summer the Resource Surveys Investigation
        surveys  with bottom trawls the fisheries resources of the
        Continental shelf from Nova Scotia to North Carolina (Figure 2).
        These surveys are part of the marine Monitoring, Assessment, and
        Prediction  (MARMAP) Program's Survey II effort to document the
        relative abundance and distribution of these resources in the
        area.  Supplementary surveys of the area occur regularly, many as
        cooperative efforts with other nations that fish in the Northwest
        Atlantic (Figure 1).  These supplementary surveys often gather
        information that is not gathered in the semiannual surveys such as
        the seasonal/area! distribution of surf clams and the tagging of
        fish for stock estimates and migration studies.

        The standard data that are recorded on these various surveys are
        the length, weight, age and maturity of the fish, and the tempera-
        ture and depth of the water where captured.  Ichthyoplankton
        samples  and other hydrographic data are also often collected.
        Such data reveal changes in the size, composition or structure of
        the fisheries resource.

       The role of the Resource Assessment Division of which the Survey
       Operations is a part, is to assess the effects 'of harvesting on
       fisheries resources.  To do this assessment, the Division estimates
       the relative and absolute abundances, spatial and temporal dis-
       tributions, and harvestable numbers, sizes, and weights of finfish,
       shellfish, and crustaceans in the Northwest Atlantic; and determines
       the productivity of these renewable marine resources from an
       ecosystem standpoint.  To accomplish these tasks, the Division
       analyzes both domestic and foreign data from commercial fisheries,
       recreational fisheries, and research surveys.  Additional economic
       and biological studies provide data for modeling the fisheries
       to aid in their management for optimum sustainable yield.

13.  Payoff
             *
       The NMFS has developed fisheries independent methods for monitoring
       changes in fisheries abundance and distribution.  In addition to
       survey data, it uses fishermen interviews, age and growth studies,
       cohort analyses, as well  as commercial and recreational catch data

                                256

-------
       to assess fish stocks.  With this information multispecies  yield
       models are developed.  By monitoring temporal and spatial variations
       in fish populations over long periods of time it is possible to
       separate the complex influence of naturally occurring variation
       from variations caused by pollution such as oil.
14.  Limitations
                                 257

-------
                    PANEL:  WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY
                    PROJECT NO:  6
                    PRIORITY RANK:
1.  Project Title

      Demersal Food Chain Investigations

2.  Project Description

      During Survey Operations stomachs will be excised from key predator
      species.  Stomachs will be labeled with date, station, cruise,
      species, length, sex, and maturity, and preserved in 10% formalin.
      Laboratory examination of the stomach contents will reveal volume
      of food, species composition of prey items, presence or absence of
      oil.  If oil is present the sample will be designated for hydrocarbon
      analysis.

3.  Performing Organization

      NMFS-NEFC Benthic Dynamics and Demersal Food Chain Studies
      NEC-016.  Woods Hole, Mass.

4.  Habitats Applicable

      Continental Shelf waters including Georges Bank, Gulf of Maine and
      the Mid-At!antic Bight.

5.  Conditions Applicable

      Studies should be limited to major oil spills.

6.  Applicable Oil Types

      All types of oil spills should be studied.

7.  Time Frame

      Sampling should be initiated as soon after an oil  spill as possible.
      Additional special sampling should continue on'a monthly  or bimonthly
      basis until no oil attributable to the spill is detected  in the
      stomach/food chain.

8.  Cost

      Annual NEFC support is $176.IK.  Special sampling  in  the  event of
      an oil spill would cost $4.9K per 10-day sampling  cruise, assuming
      three such cruises, the additional cost would be $14.6K plus  $2K
      for data processing.

9.  Equipment Needs, Equipment Available

      Equipment needed for sampling stomachs is  scissors,  labels, gauze,
      jars, formalin, ties.  These are provided  by the Food Chain Inves-
      tigations projects.  Additional equipment  necessary  for stomach
      analyses is available within the project.

                                258

-------
10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available

       NMFS, NEFC

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available

       NMFS, NEFC

12.  Support Services

       The Survey Operations  project  collects  the samples routinely and
       would collect additional  special samples  in the event of an oil
       spill.  If oil  is  detected  in  the  stomach, the sample would be
       contracted to NMFS Analytical  Laboratory, Seattle, Washington;
       the Univ. of Rhode Island,  Kingston,  RI,  or some other organization
       for a detailed  hydrocarbon  analysis.

U.  Payoff

       The Demersal Food  Chain  Investigation is  continuing a systematic
       examination of  stomachs,  to date over 30,000  have been examined.
       This provides a baseline  of what is  expected  to be present in a
       demersal  food web.  After an oil spill  this investigation can pro-
       vide reports on the  potential  impact on fish  stocks in terms of
       hydrocarbons in the  benthis food web.

14.  Limitations
                                  259

-------
                    PANEL:  WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY
                    PROJECT NO:  7
                    PRIORITY RANK-:
1.  Project Title

      Physiological and Biochemical Effects of an Oil Spill on Selected
      Fish and Shellfish

2.  Project Description

      Selected tissues and blood samples will be taken and analyzed for
      biochemical shifts in activity and ion balance.  Oxygen consumption
      rates will be determined.  Initial studies will be conducted for
      two purposes:  (1) selection of those animals and tissues that can
      be successfully prepared, packaged and stored frozen for transport
      to a shore laboratory without significant change in physiological
      character or biochemical activity, and (2) exploratory biochemistry
      to discover metabolic "yardsticks" that are both analytically
      feasible and environmentally significant.  Sampling protocol is
      listed in Appendix IV.

3.  Performing Organizations

      NMFS, NEFC Physiological Effects of Pollutant Stress NEC-037.
      Mil ford, Conn.

4.  Applicable Habitats

      Continental Shelf waters including Georges Bank, Gulf of Maine, and
      the Mid-Atlantic Bight.

5-  Applicable Conditions

      Studies should be limited to major oil spills.

6.  Applicable Oil Type

      All types of oil spills should be studied.

7.  Time Frame

      Sampling will be initiated as soon after an oil spill as possible.
      Additional monthly or bimonthly sampling would  be conducted until
      results indicate a return to "baseline" or control conditions.

8.  Cost

      NEFC annual support is $261K.  In order to study the effects of
      an oil  spill these funds will need to be augmented by an additional
      $20K, the cost of analyzing samples collected on three  10-day
      cruises.
                               260

-------
 9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available

       Equipment for collection of samples is found on all NMFS vessels.
       Laboratory equipment, chemicals, glassware is available at the
       NOAA-NMFS Milford, Conn. Laboratory.

10.   Facility Needs/Facilities Available

       NMFS, NEFC

11.   Personnel Needs/Personnel Available

       NMFS, NEFC

12.   Support Services

       Notification would be required so that special instructions or
       personnel could be available for oil spill sampling cruises and
       standard survey cruises.

13.   Payoff

       The purpose of this project is to monitor the physiological
       condition of key populations and to determine rates of recovery to
       more normal conditions  following an oil spill.  It will establish
       metabolic norms for indicator animals and will select key parameters
       for detecting stress in these animals thus providing a model for
       monitoring the health of our living marine resources.

14.   Limitations
                               261

-------
                    PANEL:  WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY
                    PROJECT NO:  8
                    PRIORITY RANK:
1.  Project Title

      Histopathologic Effects of an Oil Spill on Marine Organisms

2.  Project Description

      Morphologic study of cells and tissues from oil exposed and
      control animals will be studied via the light and electron micro-
      scopes.  Histochemical methods will also be utilized to determine
      any chemical changes which may be taking place in the cells and
      tissues.  Utilization of these tools should give us some indication
      as to whether or not any tissue changes are taking place in the
      exposed animals.  Comparison of cells and tissues of the control
      animals using the same methods and baseline data will give us some
      indication as to whether or not these changes are due to the oil.

      The methods and techniques employed are the same as those used by
      animal  (experimental), and human pathologists during the past
      50-100 years.

3.  Performing Organizations

      NMFS, NEFC Disease and Environmental Stress, Life Studies
      Comparative Pathobiology NEC-038, 039.  Oxford, Md.

4.  Applicable Habitats

      Continental Shelf waters including the Gulf of Maine, Georges Bank
      and the Mid-Atlantic Bight.

5.  Applicable Conditions

      Studies should be limited to major oil spills which have impacted
      large populations and organisms which can be identified by location.

6.  Applicable Oil Type

      All types of oil spills should be studied.

7.  Time Frame

      Sampling will be initiated as soon as possible after an oil spill
      and continued at regular intervals until no further effect which
      could be attributable to oil is detected.

8.  Cost

      Slide preparation and histopathologic analysis of  the  slide  runs
      anywhere from $12.00 to $15.00/slide.  It will cost  $12K per
      species for a 2-year study, $5K/species for a 6-month  study.

      Travel and preparation of reports - $50K.


                                262

-------
 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available

       A field model kit containing fixatives, alcohol for storage of
       specimens, bags, shucking knives, etc. has been constructed by
       the Histopathology Unit of ERL-N.  Some improvements will be made
       and it is hoped that these kits will then be made available for
       histopatholbgists who respond to oil spills.

       A manual for the preparation of aquatic animals for histopatho-
       logic examination has been prepared by the Histopathology Unit of
       ERL-N and will be distributed throughout the country to interested
       people.

       A histopathologic technique manual prepared by the Pathology Branch
       of the NMFS, NEFC Laboratory, Oxford, Md., will soon be available to
       interested people.

       Necessary equipment for the preparation and analysis of microscopic
       slides is available at NMFS, NEFC.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available

       NMFS, NEFC

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available

       NMFS, NEFC and contractors

12.  Support Services

       In order for this project to function properly the histopathologist
       should be informed as to the possible oil spill impact, etc. by
       the on-scene coordinator.  Also close coordination should be
       maintained with the analytical chemists who will be doing hydrocarbon
       determinations of the animals.  In fact, when specimens are collected,
       they should be collected from the same time, area, species, etc.
       as those collected for the analytical chemists.

13.  Payoff

       Very little is known about the histopathologic effects of oil on
       marine populations.  Long-term observations of animals exposed to oil
       would provide information about effects and recovery rates.  Studies
    1   must be correlated with laboratory toxicity experiments in order
       to evaluate the impact of oil on marine populations.

14.  Limitations

       Histopathology would be of use only on animals which have come
       into contact with the oil in some form or manner.  Results of
       field studies can be evaluated only if there are also controlled
       laboratory studies to provide baseline information.

                                 263

-------
                   PANEL:  WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY
                   PROJECT NO:   9
                   PRIORITY  RANK:


1.  Project Title

      Hydrocarbon Analyses of Fish, Shellfish, Zooplankton

2.  Project Description

      Selected tissue samples of  fish, stomachs suspected of containing
      oil, and zooplankton samples from selected stations will be
      analyzed for petroleum hydrocarbons.  Samples will be collected
      by survey cruises and other special cruises.  A time-series of
      samples will be established starting with those collected immediately
      after the cruise and thereafter at regular intervals for a year
      or until no hydrocarbons attributable to a particular spill are
      detected.

3.  Performing Organization

      NMFS, NEFC will be responsible for collecting the samples on
      Survey and special cruises.  Samples designated for hydrocarbon
      analyses will be contracted to NMFS National Analytical Laboratory,
      Seattle, Washington; University of Rhode Island, Kingston, R. I.;
      or some other institution.

4.  Applicable Habitats

      Continental Shelf waters including Gulf of Maine, Georges Bank
      and the Mid-Atlantic Bight.

5.  Applicable Conditions

      Any major oil spill.

6.  Applicable Oil Type

      All types of oil should be  studied.

7.  Time Frame

      Samples will be collected  immediately following an oil spill and
      thereafter monthly until analyses indicate no detectable amount of
      the spilled oil in tissues  or food chain components.

8.  Cost

      The cost of tissue analysis is $700 (NMFS, Seattle, Washington)
      and the cost of analyzing  plankton is $1400.

      Assuming 20 tissue samples/month for
      the first three months: 14,000 x 3 = $42K

      Plankton 4. samples/month for
      the first three months: 5,600 x 3 - $16.8K

           Total                                         $58.8K

                               264

-------
 9.   Eguipment Needs/Equipment Available

       Necessary equipment for collection and storage of samples is
       available on Survey and special cruises.  Equipment necessary
       for analyses would be the responsibility of the contractor.

10.   Facility Needs/Facilities Available

       NMFS, NEFC; NMFS National Analytical Laboratory, Seattle, Washington
       or other

11.   Personnel Needs/Personnel Available

       NMFS, NEFC; NMFS National Analytical Laboratory, Seattle, Washington,
       or other

12.   Support Services

       In order for  this  project to  function  properly, one individual
       must act as coordinator to  select  fish and shellfish samples for
       analyses as well as  plankton  samples.  Food chain investigation
       people must also be  informed  of the  procedure to follow if oil is
       found in the  stomach of any fish.  The coordinator should maintain
       good communications  with the  analytical  chemists doing the
       hydrocarbon analyses.

 13.  Payoff

       The results of  these studies  will  indicate the  fate of petroleum
       hydrocarbon in  the food  chain.   It will  also  give results  con-
       cerning  the possible tainting of marine  resources which would
       affect their  use for human  consumption.   The  time series will also
       provide  information on the  persistence of oil  in the environment
       after  a  major spill.

 14.  Limitations
                                 265

-------
                    PANEL:  WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY
                    PROJECT NO:  10
                    PRIORITY RANK:


1.  Project Title

      The Genetic Effects of an Oil Spill  on Developing Fish Embryos

2.  Project Description

      Preserved eggs from plankton and neuston tows will be sorted by
      species and stage.  They can then be examined for genetic damage.
      Using the methods of Longwell (1976) the extent (%) of damage can
      be estimated, i.e., morbidity, moribundity,  abnormal embryos,
      chromosome damage, for that sample.   The results can be compared
      for samples from clean and impacted areas and for historical data.

3.  Performing Organization

      NMFS, NEFC Cytology, Cytogenetics, Embryology and Development of
      Fish Eggs.  Field and Laboratory NEC-089.  Mil ford, Conn.

4.  Applicable Habitats

      Continental Shelf waters including Gulf of Maine, Georges Bank and
      Mid-Atlantic Bight.

5.  Applicable Conditions

      Any major oil spill.

6.  Applicable Oil Type

      All types of oil should be studied.

7.  Time Frame

      Samples will be collected immediately following an oil spill and
      at regular intervals thereafter until water column analyses  indicate
      control levels of hydrocarbons in the water,

8.  Cost

      NEFC support annually is $195K.  In order to  study the effects  of
      an oil spill these funds will need to be augmented by an additional
      $16.2K, the cost of analyzing samples collected on three 10-day
      cruises.

9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available

      Samples would be collected using standard MARMAP  I Survey equipment.
      Equipment necessary for sorting samples and analyzing them  cyto-
      genetically is available within the Cytology  Investigation.
                                266

-------
10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available
       NMFS, NEFC
11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available
       NMFS, NEFC
12.  Support Services
       The Survey Operations and Ichthyoplankton Investigations would be
       in charge of sampling and allocating subsamples for experimental
       examinations.
13.  Payoff
       Experimental and field studies have shown developing embryos to be
       particularly susceptible to genetic damage when exposed to various
       classes of toxic substances including oil.  Samples taken in the
       vicinity of the Argo Merchant spill showed high percentages of
       moribundity, morbidity, abnormal development and chromosome damage.
       Results of such genetic studies are good indicators of environmental
       stress and can be used to assess the impact on the success of
       ichthyoplankton in the area of an oil spill.
14.  Limitations
                                  267

-------
                   PANEL:  WATER  COLUMN BIOLOGY
                   PROJECT NO:  11      ,
                   PRIORITY RANK:


1.  Project Title

      Toxicity Studies:  The Effects of Oil  on Developing Fish Embryos
      and Larvae

2.  Project Description

      Toxicity studies can be carried out for both egg and larval  stages.
      Laboratory produced embryos  will be brought out to sea and exposed
      to water pumped from areas beneath the slick, at the periphery
      of the slick and in "clean"  areas.  Water samples will be collected
      and analyzed for petroleum hydrocarbons.  Samples will also be
      collected for dissolved oxygen and salinity determinations.   Embryos
      will be exposed at different stages of development, and subsamples
      will be preserved at regular intervals for later genetic studies.
      Observations of the developing embryos will be made including
      heartbeat, sinking (due to osmoregulation difficulties) respiration,
      yolk utilization.  Similar studies will be conducted under labora-
      tory conditions using known  concentrations of fuel oil types (e.g.,
      crude, nos. 6, 4, 2) and the water soluble fractions.

      The same procedures, both field and laboratory (excepting genetics
      studies) can be carried out  for larvae.  When larvae are used,
      feeding initiation, feeding, swimming behavior, respiration,
      RNA/DNA ratios, protein synthesis, growth and yolk utilization can
      be used to determine the effects of hydrocarbons on the larvae.  In
      addition, histopathological  studies can be carried out on preserved
      specimens.

3-  Performing Organization

      NMFS, NEFC Physiology:  North Atlantic Larval Fish NEC-012.
      Narragansett, R. I.

4.  Applicable Habitats

      Continental Shelf waters including the Gulf of Maine, Georges Bank,
      and the Mid-Atlantic Bight.

5.  Applicable Conditions

      Studies should be limited to major oil spills.

6.  Applicable Oil Type

      All types of oil should be studied.

7.  Time Frame

      Field studies should be initiated as soon after an oil  spill  as
      possible and continued until no effect  is detectable  on the  developing
      embryos and larvae.  Laboratory studies can be carried  out  at the
      discretion of the investigators.

                                268

-------
 8.   Cost

       The annual  NEFC support is $154K.  In the event of an oil  spill
       these funds would have to be augmented by an additional $16K.
       This assumes that the field studies can be carried out using ship
       time that has already been accounted for in the Survey Operations
       project (i.e., $5K/day).

 9-   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available

       Equipment is available in the Physiology project.

10.   Facility Needs/Facilities Available

       NMFS, NEFC

11.   Personnel Needs/Personnel Available

       NMFS, NEFC

12.   Support Services

       In addition to Survey Operations and special cruises arranged in
       the event of a major oil spill, the Cytology (NEC-089) and Disease
       and Environmental Stress (NEC-039) investigations would augment
      . physiological studies carried out by this project.

13.   Payoff

       Results of in situ and laboratory toxicity studies would provide
       information on the impact of oil on fish embryos and larvae.
       Cytogenetic and histopathology studies on the exposed organisms
       could give further indication on the kind of damage that occurs.

14.   Limitations
       These studies would be limited by the availability of laboratory
       spawned eggs.
                                 269

-------
                    PANEL:  WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY
                    PROJECT NO:  12
                    PRIORITY RANK:
1.  Project Title

      Phytoplankton and Other Microorganisms

2.  Project Description

      Changes in species composition and abundance will be determined by
      comparing them with baseline data already available.  Health of the
      phytoplankton communities exposed to oil will be determined using
      chlorophyll-phaeophytin relationships.  Successional elements will
      be followed.  Primary productivity of impacted populations will be
      estimated and photosynthetically available radiation, nutrients and
      other hydrographic factors will be measured.

3.  Performing Organization

      NMFS, NEFC Biological Oceanography of Stressed Ecosystems NEC-036.
      Sandy Hook, N.J.

4.  Applicable Habitats

      Continental Shelf waters including Georges Bank, Gulf of Maine and
      the Mid-Atlantic Bight.

5.  Applicable Conditions

      Studies should be limited to major oil spills.

6.  Applicable Oil Type

      All types of oil spills should be studied.

7.  Time Frame

      Sampling will be initiated as soon after an oil spill as possible.
      Additional monthly or bimonthly sampling would be conducted until
      results indicate a return to "baseline" or control conditions.

8.  Cost

      NEFC annual support is $214.8K.  In order to study the  effects of
      an oil spill these funds will need to be augmented by an additional
      $17K, the cost of collecting and analyzing samples collected  on
      three 10-day cruises.

9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available

      Equipment necessary to carry out this project  is available  at the
      Sandy Hook, N.J., laboratory and is part of standard equipment on
      all NMFS vessels.

                                270

-------
10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available

       NMFS, NEFC

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available

       NMFS, NEFC

12.  Support Services

       Sampling would be carried out during Survey Cruises.  All samples
       would be analyzed by the Investigation.

13.  Payoff

       Because the lower trophic levels produce and consume 90-95% of the
       biological energy which passes through the marine ecosystem and
       because they are the base of the marine food web all other marine
       organisms except certain bacteria are dependent upon them.  They
       have short generation  times (0.5-10 days) and rapid growth rates
       and consequently are sensitive and responsive to alterations in
       the marine ecosystem.  As such they are good indicators of environ-
       mental stress.

14.  Limitations
                                  271

-------
                     PANEL:  WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY
                     PROJECT NO:  13
                     PRIORITY RANK:
 1.  Project Title
       Fishery Oceanography:  Environmental  Studies
 2.  Project Description
       Hydrographic and nutrient Investigations will  be carried out in
       the area of an oil spill.  Temperature, salinity, and dissolved
       oxygen structure of the area will be determined.  Current meters
       will be deployed to determine surface and bottom circulation in
       the area of the spill.
 3.  Performing Organization
       NMFS, NEFC Fishery Oceanography:  Environmental  Studies NEC-008.
       Woods Hole, Mass.
 4.  Applicable Habitats
       Continental Shelf waters including Gulf of Maine, Georges Bank and
       Mid-Atlantic Bight.
 5.  Applicable Conditions
       Any major oil spill.
 6.  Applicable Oil Type
       All types of oil should be studied.
 7.  Time Frame
       Studies should be initiated as soon after an oil spill as possible.
       Additional sampling will continue on a monthly basis for at least
       three months.
 8.  Cost
       Annual NEFC support is $467K.  The cost of augmenting these studies
       in the event of an oil spill assuming three 10-day cruises would be
       $39K.
 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available
       Most of the equipment needed for sampling is available on NMFS
       vessels or within the Investigation.
10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available
       NMFS, NEFC
                                 272

-------
11.   Personnel Needs/Personnel Available

       NMFS, NEFC

12.   Support Services

       Fishery Oceanography sampling operations can be carried out on
       Survey Cruises.  Additional information will be obtained from the
       National Weather Service  (NWS).

13.   Payoff

       Knowledge of temperature, salinity, dissolved oxygen regime in the
       area of a spill as well as the surface and bottom currents based
       both on baseline data from previous years and from the time of a
       spill allows estimates of risk analyses.  Predictions of impacts
       on fish stocks and the anticipated movement of the surface oil can
       be made.
                i
14.   Limitations
                                   273

-------
                              BUDGET

Fund Augmentation Needed by the NEFC in the Event of a Major Oil Spill*


     Bottom Trawl Survey                          200K
     Demersal Food Chain Studies                   16.6
     Physiological-biochemical Effects             20
     Histopathology (4 species—2 years)           48
       Report                                      50
     Hydrocarbon Analyses                          58.8
     Physiology-larvae                             16**
     Ichthyoplankton                               59
     Genetics                                      16.2
     Fishery Oceanography                          39
     Biological Oceanography                       17
       Total                                      540.6K
 *Assuming all sampling is completed on three 10-day cruises or already
  scheduled cruises.
**Estimate made assuming ship time on a scheduled special cruise;  if  ship
  time is scheduled the additional cost would be 5K/day.
                                 274

-------
                              SUMMARY
The projects proposed are those which would be conducted by NEFC in the
event of a major oil spill in Continental Shelf waters from Nova Scotia
to Cape Hatteras.  They would be carried out within the background of
MARMAP Survey I and II baseline data collected in the Northwest Atlantic
over the last 15 years.  Standard methods of collecting would be employed
according to standardized operations of Survey I and II (Appendices I and
II).  At each collection site hydrographic conditions would be monitored
also.

The Ocean Pulse program data provides a baseline of physiological measure-
ments against which impact on the health of fish stocks can be monitored.
The projects proposed within the NEFC Fisheries Plan are those which would
be carried out in direct response to a major oil spill.  However, in order
to assess the impact of an oil spill on renewable marine resources, long-
term experimental and monitoring studies must be conducted to determine
what the chronic effect of hydrocarbons on the marine ecosystem are.
Therefore, in addition to in situ sampling and monitoring several projects
are recommended which are long-term and experimental:

     1.  Behavior of fishes under environmental stress (NEC-033) NMFS,
         NEFC, Sandy Hook, NJ.
                                                                i
     2.  Physiology of North Atlantic larval fish (toxicity studies, in_
         situ and laboratory, selected species) (NEC-012) NMFS, NEFC,
         Narragansett, RI.

     3.  Physiological Effects of Pollutant Stress (toxicity studies,
         biochemical or physiological effects on adult fish and larval
         and adult invertebrates).

     4.  Disease and Environmental Stress (toxicity studies, histopathology,
         larval and adult fish and invertebrates) (NEC-038, 039) NMFS,
         NEFC, Oxford, MD.
                                 275

-------
              APPENDIX I.  MARMAP SURVEY I OPERATIONS


A high degree of uniformity and standardization in Survey I Operations
is essential to achieve MARMAP objectives.  It is recognized, however,
that some latitude in details of technique or procedure is desirable or
even necessary because of regional variations in ecosystem parameters such
as biota distribution, abundance, diversity, and environment.  This docu-
ment specifies procedures to be followed in the at-sea collection and
laboratory analysis of Survey I data.  Its provisions will be met by all
activities and organizational elements of the National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), and other organizations participating in MARMAP Survey I
under sponsorship of NMFS.  It also describes the techniques for collecting
concurrent environmental data, and for the quality, controlling of all data.
It should be understood that not all of these operations may be conducted
o» every cruise and that additional MARMAP Operations (Survey II, and/or
Fishery Oceanography) may be carried out.


The MARMAP Station

A MARMAP Station is defined as a location in the ocean where data are
collected.  It has, for all routine operations, one position but may involve
a number of activities.  Stations are numbered consecutively beginning with
the .first station of a cruise.  Following precedents set at a number of
NMFS laboratories, bathythermograph (BT) lowerings will be numbered
separately; and between-station BTs will not be assigned station numbers.

The MARMAP Master Station Record (MSR) is the only log sheet which lists
the station position.  This is done deliberately to prevent the prolifera-
tion of divergent data.  Following each cruise the MSRs will be used to
produce an accepted list of station positions for the voyage.  This list
will be made promptly available to all who are to be involved with the
analyses of the cruise data.


Zooplankton - The Bongo Sampler

The standard sampling gear for all MARMAP Ichthyoplankton  (Survey  I)
Operations is the Bongo net (Posgay and Marak, In Press)  (Figure 1-1).   It
consists of two cylindrical mouth pieces, 61 cm in diameter,  (the  towing
wire passes between the cylinders and is therefore not in  the sampling
path) inside of which are fastened flowmeters.  To obtain  flowmeter
readings representative of the entire mouth the meter must not be  closer
to the wall than 6 times the wall thickness.  The nets are of a  cylinder-
cone configuration, 3.6 m long.  The mesh aperture of one  net is 0.333  mm
and of the other net 0.505 mm, and the ratios of their mouth  areas to
total netting aperture areas are 1:7.3 and 1:7.9, respectively.  Cod ends
are routinely folded and tied off in the manner of a  fishing  net cod end.
However, cod end beakers or socks may be used if desired.

                                  276

-------
                       (MEASUREMENTS IN CENTIMETERS) - 3.0  KNOTS)
  (9MM. OIAM.
CHAIN OR CABLE)
                                                                   45 KG. DEAD  WEIGHT
                                                                   DEPRESSOR
                                                                     ( < 3.0 KNOTS)
                     EYE  a THIMBLE


                 J]   WIRE  STOP


                 £X   SHACKLE

                 9   SWIVEL
                  EXPLODED VIEW OF

                  CABLE  ATTACHMENT

                  FOR LARGE  BONGOS
      Figure i-l. Arrangement of MARJW Bongo Samplers  on  Tow Wire,
                   (Fron Posgay and Marak, In Press)
                                     277

-------
A depressing force is necessary to achieve desired results.  At towing
speeds of 1.5-2.0 knots a 45-kg dead weight depressor is sufficient.  At
speeds higher than 3 knots a 1.2-m V-fin depressor is necessary.  Towing
wire must be at least 6.4 mm (1/4 inch) diameter and of 300 m length
plus that necessary for all rigging and a safe mount on the winch.
Although tension during towing is about 250 kgm it can reach as high as
1,000 kg under dynamic loads.  A Bendix Model T-l, or equivalent, time-
depth recorder (to record tow profile) must be attached to the towing
wire just above the attachment of the net.  Each instrument must be
calibrated at the beginning and end of its use.

For special studies the 20 cm mouth diameter Bongo sampler may be used
in addition, or in place of, the 61-cm Bongos.  If the 20-cm Bongo is to
be substituted for the 61-cm Bongo during regular Survey I cruises,
prior approval must be obtained from the MARMAP Program Office (MPO).

The standard tow for all MARMAP Ichthyoplankton (Survey I) Operations is
the double oblique.  This is a tow during which the sampler describes an
oblique path and fishes during both descent and ascent.  There should
not be time spent at depth (horizontal sampling), and all depth strata
should be sampled equally (i.e., the paths of descent and ascent should
be straight lines).

The desired depth of the tow is to within 5 m of the bottom or to a
maximum of 200 m.  Figure 1-2 shows the amount of wire out to achieve
desired depths.  Routine checks of time-depth records must be made and
wire-outs to desired depth ratios adjusted accordingly.

Towing speed is between 1.5 and 2 knots.  Higher speeds introduce variables,
particularly extrusion, and make inclusion of the data with those from
standard tows difficult.  For those vessels without adequate speed
control a valid tow may be achieved by monitoring wire angles during
retrieval.

At the beginning of each tow both flowmeter readings are recorded ("Flow-
meter start") to the nearest whole revolution.  Care must be taken to
prevent this reading from changing prior to the commencement of fishing,
e.g., "windmilling."


NOTE:  Flowmeters are calibrated at the beginning and end of each cruise.
Calibration can be done at sea by towing the flowmeters, attached to a
suitable frame, in two directions over a known distance.  At least 2
tows in each direction at several towing speeds between 1.5 and 2.0
knots must be made.  A calibration factor is calculated for the length
of a column of water needed to affect one revolution of the meter  (meters
per revolution) at each towing speed.  The units of the factor  (meters
per revolution) were chosen so that the factor would be applicable to
nets of different mouth area for obtaining volume of water filtered:
(Meter Revolutions)(Calibration Factor)(Mouth Area) = Volume Filtered.

When the ship is on course and steaming at 1.5-2.0 knots  the Bongo  array
is launched.  Start time for the tow is the time the flowmeter  begins

                                  278

-------
               Svabol
                            Vessel

                         Albatross IV
                         Oregon II
                         Delaware II
                         total
     500  |-
     400
   Cruise

72-06 (DTP I)
72-39 (DTP I)
72-19 (DTP I)
MARMAP 07? I
 Regression Equation

Y - -17.4 +• 0.787(X)
Y -  10.S + 0.706CX)
Y - - 4.77 + 0.782CX)
Y - - 3.7 + 0.756(X)
Oi
     300
-    200
H
&
a
     100
                                                    j_
                   100        200        300       400

                               WIRE OUT  (METERS)
                      500
          Figure  1—2  Amounts of wire out  to achieve desired depths for
                       the MARMAP 61 cm bongo net.
                       These regressions  imply a linear relationship
                       between wire out and desired depth.  In  fact,
                       the relationship is  not linear over the  entire
                       depth range.  Nevertheless, the curves are
                       presented as an initial aid to workers attempting
                       bongo tows, wire out will no doubt have  to  be
                       adjusted based on  the results of tows during any
                       crui=e.   The curvilinear relation is under  investi-
                       gation and will be supplied as an ar.endir.ent to this
                       nanual.
                                279

-------
turning  (note any "windmilling").  The towing wire is payed-out at a
rate of  50 m/min.  As soon as the necessary length is reached retrieval
begins.  Retrieval rate is 20 rn/min.  The ship should maintain a speed
that keeps the tow wire closed to an angle of 47°.  Wire angle is measured
by an inclinometer which can be of the telemetering or non-telemetering
type.  If a telemetering inclinometer is used, the angle of stray can be
controlled from the bridge.  When a non-telemetering device is used an
officer  of the watch or the recorder observes the wire angles during the
tow and  signals the bridge if the desired angle is not being maintained.
In both  cases an observer on deck records wire angles for each 10 meters
of wire  during retrieval.  Both the "time going out" and the "time coming
in" (to  the flowmeter's exit from water) are recorded.  Standard tows
result in zero "time at depth."  Enter zero unless difficulties are en-
countered.

After getting the sampler aboard examine the TDR tjrace to determine its
acceptability.  If the trace does not fall in the envelope appropriate for
44s depth range the tow must be repeated.

Record the readings of both flowmeters ("Flowmeter end") and note any
observed or suspected reasons for values to be in question (excess
windmill ing, damage, fouling of meter or apparent clogging of meshes of
the net).

The nets are held off the deck by hand or by tackle and their contents are
rinsed to their cod ends by a gentle spray of salt water directed from
their outsides.  The samples are then quantitatively transferred to
appropriately labeled (for the 0.333 mm and 0.505 mm mesh apertures)
buckets  unless a cod end sock or beaker is used.
NOTE:  The buckets often contain a great deal more water than is desirable
to preserve.  This may be eliminated by the use of a draining pan with
meshes smaller than those of the collecting net.  Also, on some occasions
the sample may contain large quantities of jelly fish, salps, etc.  They
may be too large to fit into the sample jars provided.. On such occasions
separate these organisms, rinse any small, adhering organisms into  the
bucket containing the sample, log the large organism's description  and
estimated volume and discard them.

Quantitatively transfer the sample from the bucket to the draining  pan.
After the water has drained off, transfer the sample to a one quart
sample jar(s) using a minimum of sea water from a rinse bottle directed at
the back side (the mesh) of the pan.  Use extra jars when necessary so
that no jar is more than 1/2 full of suspended plankton or 1/4 full of
drained organisms.  Add sea water to about 3/4 full before Introducing the
preservative, to avoid "burning" the delicate specimens.

Add 50 ml of buffered concentrated formalin to each quart sample  and top
off with sea water.

                                   280

-------
NOTE:  Preservative used for filling the original sample jars and in any
suEsequent sample container is 3-5% buffered formalin.  (Formalin is a
saturated aqueous solution of formaldehyde gas, about forty percent
formaldehyde by weight.)  The preferred buffer is marble chips.  These are
added to the formalin supply container, not the sample container, in a
quantity to produce an excessive base.  This results in sample containers
receiving a preservative which is basic but which will not remain so
indefinitely.  Investigators working on samples containing delicate
calcereous specimens may wish to alter the preservative they use.

Fill out and apply outside and inside jar labels which are preprinted and
color coded for the gear and mesh used.  Inside labels are written with
waterproof ink (Higgins Engrossing Ink, No. 892, which does not clog the
pen—Kohinoor Rapidograph No. 0 or 00—or equivalent).  Outside labels,
due to their oily surface texture, are written with ball point pen.

Fill out appropriate parts of the MSR and MARMAP Zooplankton Sample Logs
(ZSL and ZSL-ADP).


Zooplankton - The Neuston Sampler

For neuston, near surface zooplankton, and contaminants such as tar and
plastics the standard gear is the MARMAP neuston net  (Figure 1-3).  It
consists of a rectangular mouth constructed of 3.2 cm (1 1/4") ID standard
wall aluminum pipe with opening dimensions of 0.5 m hijjh by 1 m wide.  The
net is of conical configuration, 4.9 m long.  The mesh aperture is 0.505 mm,
and the ratio of mouth area to total netting aperture area is 1:7.8.
Presently the cod end is being folded and tied-off similar to the Bongo net
cod ends.  A cod end sock or beaker may be used  if desired.  A simple
bridle, most of which is out of the water during fishing, precedes the
net mouth.  Towing wire must be at least 0.6 cm  (1/4") diameter steel and
of 40 m length plus that necessary for all rigging and a safe amount on
the winch.  Wire or 1.3 cm  (1/2") diameter nylon line may also be used on
a warping capstan if a regular winch setup is not available.  Tension
during towing is about 250  kg but may reach 1,000 kg  during dynamic loads.

The standard MARMAP tow is made with the net 1/2 submerged, and with a
vessel speed of 2.0 knots for a duration of 10 minutes.   In subtropical and
tropical areas or for studies of species of relatively low abundance tows
of longer duration may be made.

The vessel should be executing a slow turn in the same direction  as the   .
side of the ship from which  the tow  is being made.  Tows  made  in  the
wake of the vessel are unsatisfactory.  Also, any sanitary discharges  which
may contaminate the sample must be secured during the tow.

The start time for a neuston tow is  taken when the net begins  fishing  1/2
submerged.  The end time is  taken when the net exits  the  water.

The sample is quantitatively transferred  from the net to  a  sample jar(s)
in a manner similar to the  Bongo samples.

                                 281

-------
                                             INSIDI  UNGTH I00«m(3».4in|
                                                          0.6em(.3Jin| OAtVANIZtO Will .
                                                       All ENDS ttt SPUCEO WITH THIMUIS     1/3
                                                     0.4tm(.33in|  OAlVANIZtO  SHAOCUI


                                                                          0.4e«.(.«l"l FAD 111
                          3.2CM(I.25I*| I.O. STANDARD WAU ALUMINUM
                                                                                            mows
                                           NITtX
                                                                         «.j 01. NTtON Ol
                                                                         OACtON COllAI
                                      Ml
       6.3.1. NTtON O«
       DAC1ON COLIAI
l\.tt*(4.3l*\ 1.0
        Figure  1-3. The  MARMAP Ncuston Sanpler.
                                                                                                 CIICUMrtllNCI 9IJ.01K (10.11-
                                                                                                   12-NO.l SfUt CJOMMCtJ.
                                                                                                   SIT IACK |3.«c»|I.Ji« 3.C.
                                                                                                      IIOM KAOINO [3OI
                                                   282

-------
NOTE:  Tar balls may be encountered.  If possible preserve them with the
rest of the sample.  If, however, the tar balls are too large for the
sample jars, place them in plastic bags with an inside "Biological Sample
Label" and place the bags in a freezer.

Fill out and apply outside and inside jar labels which are preprinted and
color coded for the gear and mesh used.

Fill out aporopriate parts of the MSR and ZSL.  No wire angle data need
be recorded for neuston tows.
Processing of Ichthyoplankton

The processing is carried out  in several steps:  removal of all tar con-
taminants; measuring the volume of plankton in each sample; sorting out
and enumerating all fish eggs  and larvae and plastics; identifying all
larvae; measuring certain larvae; identifying certain fish eggs and staging
(aging) some; and carating all fish  eggs and larvae.

All data are standardized and  subjected to automatic data processing for
final analyses and publication.
                                  283

-------
             APPENDIX II.  MARMAP SURVEY II OPERATIONS


Survey coverage proposed for implementation in FY 1978 and 1979 are
described in this section.  A map of the management areas to be surveyed
is presented in Figure 2.  Standard Survey II biological  and environmental
sampling will be performed in these areas.


Trawl Survey Sampling Design

A stratified sampling design is utilized on Survey II.  The principal
operational features as applied to the groundfish survey are:

     A)   The Continental Shelf and Slope to a maximum depth of 500
          fathoms are subdivided into sampling strata corresponding to
          geographic and hydrographic subdivisions significantly related
          to fish distribution.

     B)   Locations of trawl stations are pre-selected within each stratum.

     C)   When diel movements are not biased, sampling is conducted on a
          24-hour basis with the entire region being covered in the minimum
          time possible using a systematic cruise track that ignores stratum
          boundaries and tends to minimize steaming time.


NOTE:  The maximum depth limits for Survey II Operations vary according to
management areas and the types of demersal resources being investigated.


Selection of Stations

The selection of the cruise stations in each sampling stratum is made in
conjunction with the preparation of the cruise plan.  The precise location
of each station is also plotted on the navigational charts to be used at
sea.  The number of stations is proportional to the area of the stratum,
with a minimum of two stations in a stratum.  The average for the New
England Groundfish Survey Operations, for example, is about 41/2 stations
per stratum.  The range is from 2-10 stations, depending upon stratum size
and priority.

Random selection of stations in very narrow, deep strata along  the edge
of the shelf is actually a two-stage process both ashore and at sea.  That
is, a station is first located with respect to latitude and  longitude and
then a specific trawling depth is selected.  The second step is necessary
because the design specifies that trawling be done along depth  contours,
and navigation alone is not sufficiently  accurate to  pinpoint  a depth
contour along a steep edge.  As an example, for a stratum in the  100-200
fathom zone, one of the depth intervals (101-125, 126-150,  151-175, 176-200
fathoms) is randomly selected for each station in the stratum.  Selections


                                   284

-------
are without replacement since no more than 3 stations are allocated to
such narrow strata.  The selected trawling depth interval is recorded
beside the station on the navigation chart for convenient reference at
sea.
Acquisition of Vessel Services

NOAA vessels shall be acquired for Survey  II Operations in accordance
with current version of the NOAA  Fleet Operational Plan.  Services of
non-NOAA vessels on a contract basis shall be acquired by the MPO through
regular contracting procedures.   The Program Manager or his designee shall
ascertain the compliance of candidate vessels with MARMAP Survey II
requirements as described  in  this plan and by the MARMAP System Description.

The MPO shall maintain a current  listing of vessef service requests and
.commitments and the pertinent ship operating schedules.


Standard Sample and Data Acquisition Procedures

Trawl samples will be processed on-board.  Only secondary samples
(stomachs, gonads, scales, otoliths) and unusual specimens requiring special
study will be returned to  shore.  The minimum routine data obtained in
processing trawl catches is the total weight and length frequency of each
finfish species in the catch, plus scale or otolith samples for a few '
important commercial species  (particularly haddock) (Table II-l)..  A few
invertebrates (lobsters, shrimp,  scallops, and squid) are also recorded
routinely.  Depending upon the specific data requests and the availability
of personnel, other common kinds  of samples or observations performed
include:

          stomach contents

          frozen or preserved specimens

          parasites

          gonads

          meristic or morphological observations

Processing the trawl catch is accomplished by dumping it  into a waist-
high checker.  The fish are sorted into steel baskets of  one and two
bushel capacity, usually according to  species.  The catch of each  species
or sample of it is weighed to the nearest  whole pound on  a simple  balance
(steelvard) havinq a single point of attachment.   (The  accuracy of this
method fsilolfS? 10 Ibs  of  fish.   It is  only ±25% for less than .about
10 Ibs of fish, however.   Therefore, small catches are  usually weighted
in a small plastic pail attached  to a  simple  spring scale.

                                 285

-------
                               TABLE  II-l REQUIREMENTS  FOR  SURVEY 2  AT-SEA SAMPLE AND  DATA ACQUISITION
Information Required
Upiiwjrsal fish abundance/diversity and
distribution
Cpibenthts invertebrates abundance/diversity
and distribution
Age— specific fecundity and survivorship of
demersal fish populations
Distribution and abundance of surface fish
schools, mammals, I birds
Benthic tnfauna abundance/diversity and
distribution
Special biological Information
PHYSICAL OCtANOGRAPHIC
Mater Mass Characteristics • *
* Temperature-Depth
• Salinity-Depth
Near-Bottom Hater Mass Characteristics'*
Upper-Ocean Circulation Dynamics
• Current Velocity (Ulrece Measurement)
• Surface Hind Vector
MEttOROlOCICAl
(See Reference 4)
Specific Parameters Measured
- No. individuals in tanonomic
categories
- Weight by species
- Ho. Individuals in taxonomtc
categories
- Weight by species
- length frequency*
- Scales/otoliths (collected for
subsequent analysis)*
- Stomach samples (collected for
subsequent analysis)*
- Gonad samples (collected for
subsequent analysis)*
- Direct visual observation
- No. Individuals In tanonomlc
categories
- Weight by species
- Parasites*
• Rare or unusual specimens
(collected for subsequent
analysis)
Temperature
Salinity or Conductivity
Temperature
Salinity
Current Velocity
Kind Velocity
Mind Direction

MiniBiun Ho. Samples or
Observations (Depths)
Per Primary Station





10
10
1
1

fK'pth Covered
tear Bottom
tear Bottom

-------
Measuring boards (some fitted with punch strips for large numbers of fish)
are used for obtaining length frequencies to the nearest whole centimeter.
Fork length is used except where not applicable, and then total standard
length is recorded.  Carapace lengths are taken for lobsters, mantle
lengths for squid, wing-width for rays, and shell lengths for scallops,
carapace length for panda!id and carapace width for crabs; peneid shrimp
are weighed only.

Whenever practical, the entire catch of each species is weighed and
measured.  When sampling  is employed, the following three requirements
must be met:

          A representative sample of each species must be obtained.

          The sample must be large enough for a good estimate of the
          total weight and length frequency of each species.

          The size of the sample (weight, volume, number) relative to
          the total catch must be clearly indicated.

An outline of instructions for all types of sampling should be provided to
all members of the scientific party and posted on the appropriate ship's
bulletin board, as a number of different biological samples are taken on
every survey cruise.  Some of these are routine, e.g., scale and otolith
collections, but many are not routine, particularly if visiting scientists
are aboard.  These instructions provide details on methods of sampling;
e.g., stratified sampling by length for scale and otolith collections,
sample sizes and preservation methods.  Tally sheets should be posted
for keeping a tow-by-tow  tally of the samples collected to improve the
efficiency of the sampling and particularly to help ensure that all the
required samples are obtained.  An outline of sampling procedures
applicable to the basic catch data should also be posted on a bulletin
board near the area where fish processing occurs.

Trawl specifications and  groundfish survey equipment list are found in
Figure II-l and Tables II-2 and 11-3, respectively.
                                 287

-------
00
CO
                        Id

                        m
                         I
                        (-•
                   r— in m
                   fu C O
                   cr -j rr
                   o < n>
                   -s to 3
                   tu << o»
«•  CO O.

JE; -j  o>
O 0>  £
O O)  -••
O. C  3
                   (D
                      0
                      O in
3 n>
0> -I
                        o>
                        3
                        CX
                   Irt -fc -$
                   01 o< o.
                   o — «
                   a-   n-
                   c -n -j
                   I/I — i. Ol
                    l/» £
                   ft- =T — •
                   r* n
                   Ut -i C
                      in fX
                     M
                        o
                      oa 3
                      «4*
                     O (O
                     IQ C
                     -•- 3
                     O O.
                                                                 STANDARD. GROUNOFISH SURVEY TRAWL
                                                                         BCF, WOODS HOLE, MASS.
                *SS YANKEE TRAWL
                                                            SCHEMATIC PIOURE

               Troul 
-------
                            Table  I1-2

 SPECIFICATIONS  FOR THE STANDARD 6ROUNDFISH SURVEY TRAWL CURRENTLY

              IN USE BY  THE NEW ENGLAND GROUNOFISH SURVEY
               TRAWL PART
                                              CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
  Overall length (wing enda to cod end)
        Approximately 98
Material and mesh sizes (stretched mesh,
Certified)

     Trawl
      Cod end


      Liner
154 Tan Nylon throughout,  5" mesh in wings.
square and forward section of bellies; 4-1/2"
mesh in aft section of bellies.

* 102 white Nylon, 4-1/2" mesh. 80 meshes
around, SO meshes long.

1147 Knotless White Nylon, 1/2" mesh, ia
two pieces; one piece attached 35 meshes up
from aft end of top belly which lines about SO
meshes across center of top belly, sod -which
extends about 2' into cod end; and one piece
lining  entire cod end and extended about  2*
outside of cod end when open.
Headrope. (total length)



      Headrope hanging

        Square (Bosom)

        Wings
60*'io three 20' sections, 7/8" dia.  comb.
wire rope,  eye at each end and joined by
7/8" patent (split) links.
14*

23«
Footrope (total length)


      Footrope hanging

        Lower belly

        Wings
80'ia five sections: 22-1/2', 10', 15'.  10'
and 22-1/2'; 3/4" dia. 6 x 25 galv.  wire.
10*

351
Rollers
Hard rubber, 5" wide by 16" diameter
separated by rubber spacers 6-7" wide by
5-1/2" diameter - center section of 15' with
9 rollers separated by two spacers - two
10' sections each with 5 rollers separated by
three spacers.
Floats
8" diameter aluminum (spherical-no collar)
deep sea type. 20 floats along center 20' sect
of headrope,  and 8 floats evenly spaced on
each 20' side section.
                                 289

-------
Table  11-3   REPRESENTATIVE GROUHOFISH SURVEY EQUIPMENT LIST
Equipment
Standard Survey Trawl

Other llets
Dredge
Instrumentation
Paper Supplies
Miscellaneous Hardware
Chemicals
Reference Books
Meterologlcal
Instrumentation
Description/Type
. Specification for standard groundfish
survey 136 Yankee trawl developed by
NEFC at Woods Hole, Massachusetts,
Is contained In Appendix D.
Bongo net adopted as standard
plankton gear for Survey 1 (Speci-
fications are available from
Survey 1 Manager
Candidate device for sampling
Infauna has not been selected
Bathythermograph
Echo sounders
Sallnlty/Depth/Temperature (Measurement
System)
Miscellaneous Instruments Including:
Thermometers
Stop watches
Counters
Meter wheels
Field logs
Data sheets
Envelopes and labels
Cardboard boxes
Assorted jars, and vials plastic and cloth
bags and cheesecloth for preserving samples
Measuring boards and punch strips. Spring
scales and steel yards with weights.
Steel baskets and plastic buckets and
garbage palls. Knives, forceps and
other dissecting Instruments
Formalin
Glycerine
Alcohol

As described In Survey ) Plan
Notes
Prior to each survey it Is mandatory
that the cruise coordinator and the
mate In charge of trawl gear compare
assembled trawls with the standard
specifications. Experience indicates
It Is too easy for undesirable
modifications to slip in as a result
of temporary repairs becoming per-
manent, or because of a lack of proper
spare net sections or other parts.


All of these instruments require
maintenance, and their condition,
including supplies of slides for BT's
and paper for echo sounders, should
be checked before each cruise.



Identification of fishes is facilitated
by references on fishes found in the
area

                               290

-------
        Appendix  III
                                             NCFC - Task Development Plans - Ft 1980
                                                                                                                     Page 1 of 4
S3


TIM1 No.
NUC-042-80-AQ-A-S
NUC-043-80-AQ-A-5
NI-C-04S-80-AQ-A-S
NEC-089-80-EI-A-S
NUC-09S-80-BI-A-5

HEC-096-aO-Aq-A-S
NGC.084-80.FO-A-S


Task No.
88E4P1
88E4P2
88E4P4
88C2F2
Hen

8BE402
78A4Y4
88A4Y4


Task Name
Aquaculture Genetics
Aspects of Nutritional
Requirements of Molluscs
Spawning 8 Rearing of
Molluscs
Cytology, Cytogenetics,
Enbryology ( Development
of Fish Eggs - Field «
Laboratory
experimental Approach to
Environmental Pollutants
That Affect Phytoplankton
Populations in the Ocean
Training - Holluscan
Aquaculture
Ocean Climatology and
Monitoring
By Division

Leader
Longuell
Ukeles
Landers
Longwell
Ukeles

llanks, J.
Cook/Ingluui


Division
Aquaculture
Aquocul ture
Aquaculture
Aquaculture
Aquacultura

Aquaculture
Atlantic
Environmental
Group


Location
Nil ford
Mil ford
Mil ford
HI I ford
Mil ford

Nil ford
TOTAL
Narragansett

BY * 1
Target
Allowance
S/261.1
S/273.7
6/272.4
0/2S.O


0/67. S
16/899.7
S/214.2


BY * 1
Increase



6/I9S.O
2/100.0


8/295.0
3/102.8

-------
Page  -'  "1  4
Appendix III

TUP No.
NH.--OOI-80-EI-A-S

NEC-033-80-BI-A-S

NP.C-OJ4-80-EI-A-S

NEC-036-80-EI-A-S

NEC-037-80-RI-A-S

NEC-040-80-EI-A-5

NEC-08S-80-EI-A-S


NliC-086-BO-EI-A-S

Jg NEC-100-80-EI-A-S
ho

NEC-006-80-FO-A-S
NEC-007-SO-Si-A-S

NUC-008-80-FO-A-S

NCC-009-80-RF-A-S
NEC-OI2-80-S1-A-S

NBC-014-80-S1-A-S
NEC-OI6-80-S2-A-S

NBC-031 -BO-SI -A-S


cont.

Task No.
88C2PI

88C2P1

88C2P2

88C2P5

88C2PB

88C2Q4

New


New

New


88A4G2
88A2F2
78A2F2
B8A4G1

88F9F1
88A2FS

88A2P3
88A2F4

88A2P2




Task Kama
Coastal Monitoring Assessment
and Prediction (COMAP)
Behavior of Fishes Under
Environmental Stress
Coastal Ecosystems

Biological Oceanography
of Stressed Ecosystems
Physiological Effects of
Pollution Stress
Environmental Chemistry

Ocean Pulse Contract: At
Sea G Laboratory Experimenta-
tion 8, Vessel Support
Ocean Pulse Contract -
Benthlc Sample Processing
Environmental Statistics


Ecosystem Dynamics
Recruitment Processes

Fishery Oceanography:
Environmental Studies
Oceanic Gamefish
Physiology: North Atlantic
Larval Fish
Plankton Ecology
Benthlc Dynamic ft Demersal
Food Chain Studies
MAKMAP I: Biological
Assessment

By Division

Leader
Kelly

01 la

Reid

Thonas

Calabresa

Grelg






Chang


Grosslein
Lough

Mright

Casey
Laurence

Sherman
Mlgley

Smith, W.




Division
Environment; 1
Assessment
Environmental
Assessment
Environmental
Assessment
Environmental
Assessment
Environmental
Assessment
Environmental
Assessment
Environmental
Assessment

Environmental
Assessment
Environmental
Assessment

Marine Ecosystems
Marine Ecosystems

Marine Ecosystems

Marine Ecosystems
Marine Ecosystems

Marine Ecosystems
Marine Ecosystems

Marine Ecosystems




Location
Hoods Hole

Sandy Hook

Sandy Hook

Sandy Hook
,
Milford

Milford






Sandy Hook

TOTAL
Moods Hole
Moods Hole

Moods Hole

Narragansett
Narragansett

Narragansett
Moods Hole

Sandy Hook

TOTAL
BY * 1
Target
Allowance
3/146.S

5/110.5

7/168.8

7/214.8

10/261.0

2/66.6






1/00.0

3S/968.2
3/122.2
4/413.3

8/467.2

3/149.0
S/1S4.6

10/531. S
5/176. J

1 2/348. S

SO/2,362.7

BY i 1
Increase
2/S7.5

3/144.4

5/139.0

6/290.2

6/4S3.S

4/424.3

0/1000.0


0/S60.0

3/160.8

29/3,229.7
1/70.3
0/60.0

2/47. S

1/49.4
3/122.1

1/176.6
1/76.0

1/31 .0

10/632.9

-------
      Appendix III  cont.
VO
10
TOP No.
Nf.C-OaO-80-EI-A-S
NEC-OJ8-80-E1-A-S
NEC-OJ9-80-EI-A-5
NCC-044-80-AQ>A-S
NEC-092-80-SP-A-S
NEC-102-80-RF-A-5

NEC-003-80-EI-A-5
NEC-004-8Q-S2-A-S
KDC-005-80-FI--A-5
NCC-019-80-S3-A-S
NEC-046-80-RF-A-S
NGC-OSS-80-EC-A-S
Task No.
88C2MI
88C2P9
88C2Q2 .
S8E4P3
New
New

88A3F1
8SA2F1
88A3F3
88A2F1
88F9P1
88F6F1BJ
It
Task ferae
Systematic* of Selected
Fishes ( Crustaceans
Disease and Environmental
Stress
Life Studies: Comparative
Pathoblology
Aquaculture: Control of
Holluscaa Disease
Facilities (Bldg Extension)
(Health of Oceanic Fish
and Shellfish)
Striped Bass Disease

fishery Analysis:
Multlspecies Northwest
Atlantic
Dot ton Trawl Survey
Operations
Automatic Age Reader System
Development
Pelagic Flsh'Survey Assessment
Research (llydroucoustlcs)
Biological Assessment:
Sport fish
Fishery Analysis: Economics
Division
Leader
Cohen. D.
Hurchelano
Rosenfield
Blogoslawskl
Rosenfield
Rosenfield

Brown
Azarovttx
Nlchy
Anderson
Nl!k
Brown
Division
National
Systematic!
Laboratory
Pathoblology
Pathoblology
Pathobiology
Pathoblology
Pathobiology

Resource Assessment
Resource Assessment
Resource Assessment
Resource Assessment
Resource Assessment
Resource Assessment
Location
Mushing ton, DC
Oxford
Oxford
Mil ford
Oxford
Oxford
TOTAL
Hoods llole
Hoods llole
Woods llole
Woods llole
Sandy Hook
Moods Hole
B» * 1
Target
AI lowance
9/216.2
7/12B.4
7/153.1
5/180.9

	 	 	
19/462.4
23/818.3
1 2/462. B
0/110.0
1/133.4
3/111.8
I1/S96.61
9 ••••* ^ ^m. T
BY » 1
Increase
0/21.6
4/285.2
4/303.9

0/690.0
4/212.2
12/1491. 3
10/711.6
7/776.0

1/100.0

4/296.6
                                                                                                     TOTAL     $0/2232.9
22/1384.2
                'Currently 8/196.6 (3/400 - FY 79 increa.se)

-------
VO
4^£S£'^4«MAA ^A4
TOP No.
NEC-010-80-FE-A-S
NEC-070-80-PT-A-2
HEC-072-80-PT-A-2
NEC-D79-80-RF-A-5
NKC-013-80-S2-A-5
NEC-017.80-S2-A-5
M-C-020-80-SP-A-5
NEC-032-80-FA-A-S
NEC-050-80-FA-A-S
NEC-051-80-RF-A-5
NEC-OS3-80-00-A-0
NHC-054-80-00-A-0
NEC-056-80-FA-A-5
NCC-I01-80-EI-A-S
NEC- 103-80-00- A-O
NEC-I04-80-00-A-0
. WW1£ I* •
Task No.
88A5G2HC
88F810
88F719
New
88A2FS
88A2F7
900040
88A3P1
88A3P2
8BF9F2
New
New
88A3H
New
Hew
New
Task Name
Sampling and Harvesting
Gear Development
Product Quality, Safety S
Standards
Resource Development and
Improvement
Sportfishing Utilization
Technology
Biochemical Stock
Identification
Manned Undersea Research and
Technology
General Support
Data Management
Northeast Fisheries Data
Processing 8 Information
System Development
Aquarium
Vessel Construction
Facility Addition - Building
Construction
Fishery Analysis: Management
Council Liaison
Rehabilitation of Seawater
and Aquarium System
Construction of Vessel Pier
Acquisition of Two Inshore
Research Vessels
By Division
Leader
Corbett
Gadbols
Loarson
Learson
Ridgway
Cooper
Stern
Pacheco
lleyerdah!/
Handy
Nheeler


Smith, K.
Slndenann


Division
Resource Utilisation
Resource Utilization
Resource Utilization
Resource Utilization
Unattached
Unattached
Unattached
Unattached
Unattached
Unattached
Unattached
Unattached
Unattached
Unattached
Unattached
Unattached
Location
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
Gloucester
TOTAL
Noods llole
Noods Hole
Noods llole
Sandy Hook
Noods Hole
Noods Hole


, Noods Hole
Sandy Hook

TOTAL
BY * 1
Target
Allowance
4/118.3
9/267.2
14/409.9
27/795.4
0/3.1
5/132.7
72/2012.5
4/148.7
8/446.5
3/97.5


2/67.5



94/2908.5
rage 1011
BY » 1
Increase
3/200.0
3/200.0
2/100.0
3/79.0
11/579.0

2/150.0

2/41.6
5/400.0
0/27.0
0/3500.0
0/1 250.0
1/20.8
0/167.0
0/1098.0
0/1300.0
10/7954.4
                                                                                                              GRAND TOTAfc     305/11.080.21   105/15,690.9
          'Currently IO.6tO.2K  (3/400  - n 79 Increase NEC-OSS)

-------
       APPENDIX IV - PHYSIOLOGY-BIOCHEMISTRY, MILFORD, CONN.
Sampling Protocol
Samples of organisms will be taken from both "clean" and impacted areas.
Teleosts
A.  Sampling:  10 individuals per sp at selected clean and impact
    stations.
B.  Treatments:
    1.  Excise kidney, brain, and 1-2 g gonad
    2.  Place each  in small plastic bag, pinch and fold to get out as much
        air as possible; wrap tightly with masking tape and label (use
        code; sample data sheet  is enclosed).
    3.  Freeze at as low temperature as possible.
    4.  Take blood  samples from  winter flounder and yellowtail flounder
        and any other species where 10 or more individuals are available.
        Centrifuge  blood and save and freeze serum.  Discard cells.
C.  Species, in order of importance:
    Flounder (yellowtail, winter), Gadoids (cod, haddock, pollock),
    Clupeids (herring, alewife), and Mackerel
Crustaceans
A.  Sampling:  as for teleosts
B.  Treatments:
    1.  Excise, package (as shown above), and freeze gonads (all),
        digestive gland (1-2 g), and blood.
    2.  Return live specimens from end-of-cruise stations to the
        laboratory.
C.  Species, in order of importance:
    Lobster, Jonah  Crab
Molluscs
A.  Sampling:  as for teleosts
                                 295

-------
B.  Treatments:

    1.  Excise, package (as above), and freeze gills, adductor muscle
        (1-2 g), mantle, and gonads.

   *2.  Return live specimens as for crustaceans.

C.  Species in order of importance:

    Ocean Scallop, ocean Quahog, other spp.  of opportunity

D.  Sampling procedure for sea scallop (Placopecten magellanicus)
    Adductor muscle, taken at sea:

    1.  Sampler per station = An optimal number would be at least  12
        animals taken at each station, if possible".

    2.  Data needed =

        a)  Keep accurate log of station number (salinity, temperature,
            depth) and date, and please make copy for me.

        b)  Please note size (cm) and sex (relative ripeness of gonad would
            also be helpful) of each animal  from which adductor muscle is
            taken.

        c)  Use your own code, but samples for each station should be
            numbered, to keep track of size and sex.

    3.  Sampling procedure proper:

        a)  Excise adductor muscle as cleanly as possible (so no gonad
            tissue, digestive gland, or whatever, will contaminate the
            muscle tissue); cut away the outside of the muscle, if necessary
            or if it's easier, we only need about 2 grams.

        b)  Place tissue in small plastic bags (home-made from Zip-Lock
            bags, supplied in box with tape and marker) and squeeze around
            to eliminate as much air as possible, then

        c)  Wrap tightly with masking tape, number (or .whatever your system
            is), and freeze-store** by station groups, as was done on the
            Sept. '77 cruise.

    4.  When off-loading ship, the best treatment would be to store the
        samples with some hunks of dry ice in a freezer, to await pick-up
        and transport to the Mil ford Laboratory.
 *Please bring back to the laboratory live lobsters, crabs and bivalve
  molluscs caught during the last three days of the cruise.

**The lower the temperature, the better—20°C would be very good.

                                   296

-------
                      Water  Column  Biology Panel  Addendum.

  I.  In order to develop good  baseline data standardized  methods  of
     sampling are necessary.

     A.   Zooplankton - Bongo  Samples
          The standard sampling  gear for MARMAP1  ichthyoplankton  operations
          is the Bongo net array consisting of two  cylindrical mouth
          pieces 61  cm in diameter  inside of which  are  fastened flowmeters.
          The port cylinder  is fitted  with a 0.505  mm mesh net and the
          starboard  with a 0.333 mm mesh net.   A  45 kg  depressor  and a
          TDR (time-depth recorder)  is attached to  the  array.  The
          standard tow is the  double oblique to within  5  m of the bottom
          or a maximum of 200  m.  No time is spent  at depth.  The towing
          wire is payed-out  at the  rate of 50  m/min and retrieved at 20
          m/min.  Towing speed is 1.5  to 2.0 kn.  Flowmeter readings are
          recorded before and  after each tow,  the TDR is  checked  for the
          maximum depth of gear  after  each tow.

          Plankton is gently washed  from the net  into a bucket then
          drained through a  sieve having smaller  meshes than the  net,
          Plankton is transferred to a glass jar  and preserved in 4%
1Adapted from MARMAP Survey  I Manual.  Prepared by J. Jossi, R. Marak
and H. Peterson.  1975.  NOAA/NMFS.
                                     297

-------
          buffered formalin.  Each jar has an inside and outside top
          label indicating vessel, cruise, station, gear type and mesh
          size.  Additional information is recorded on the standard
          MARMAP Zooplankton and Master Station record logs.

     B.   Zooplankton - Neuston Samples
          For neuston, near surface Zooplankton and contaminants such as
          tar, oil, and plastics, the standard gear is the MARMAP1
          neuston net which is a 1.0 m x 0.5 m frame made of aluminum
          pipe fitted with a 4.9 m long conical net of 0.505 mm mesh.
          The standard tow is made with the net 1/2 submerged for 10 min
          at 2.0 kn.  The sample is handled in the same manner as the
          Bongo samples.

     C.   Special Samples - Microplankton, Phytoplankton
          The standard sampling gear for microplankton including phytoplankton
          is the 20 cm Bongo array which is fitted with 0.253 mm and
          0.165 mm mesh nets and flowmeters.  These are attached to the
          towing wire just above 61 cm Bongos so that towing procedures
          are the same as those described in "A.11.

II.   Integrated approach for studying the effects of oil on ichthyoplankton.

     A.   Sampling, sorting and identification of fish eggs
                                  298

-------
     1.   Observations of condition of eggs and larvae at time of
          capture
     2.   Numbers/I00 m3
     3.   Distribution
     4.   Species and community composition
     5.   Comparison with data from previous years
     6.   Food web implications

B.   Genetics - Embryos
     1.   Sampling
     2.   Identification
          a.   species
          b.   stage
     3.   Examination (cytogenetics - Longwell, 1976}
     4.   Results (%}
          a.   morbid
          b.   moribund
          c.   abnormal embryos
          d.   chromosome damage

C.   Histopathology - Examination of larvae from clean and spill
     areas for histologies! changes.

0.   Bioassay - Effects of oil on developing embryos and larvae -
     at sea and laboratory studies.  See Water Column Biology (4).
     Schematic approach:
                               299

-------
     Bioassay Experiments - Laboratory produced eggs & larvae
             Laboratory     +        In situ
         (petroleum hydrocarbons)  (oTT spill area)
          Control  (laboratory and
tooratory
In situ)
Genetics (B)      Direct Observations (A)
hysiology (D)  Histopathology (C)
                                      300

-------
HISTOPATHOLOGY PANEL
   Participants

P.P Yevich, Chairperson
R.S. Brown
C.A. Farley
G. Gardner
J.W. Hurst, Jr.
          301

-------
                          HISTOPATHOLOGY PANEL

                         General Considerations
BACKGROUND INFORMATION

     A»  Objective:

         The objective for histopathology studies related to oil
         spills is to determine whether or not the cell tissues of
         animals which have been collected from the oil spill sites
         show any morphological or histochemical changes which can
         be attributed to the oil.  However,  some of the difficulties
         in achieving this objective result from our lack of know-
         ledge as to what constitutes a normal situation for the area
         from which  the animals are collected. We need physiological,
         seasonal, and cyclic morphological baseline data for the
         majority of marine species.  Information is now becoming
         available as to what is histologically normal in many of the
         commercially important marine species (oysters, mussels,
         blue crabs, quahogs, soft shells, and scallops).  This
         information is being prepared for publication in Atlas forms
         by EPA & NOAA, and possibly the BLM program.

     B.  Recommendations:

         1.   Histopathologic studies must be correlated with analyt-
              ical studies.

         2.   We will collect whatever species are available at the
              spill.  However, the selection of the species will be
              at the discretion of the histopathologic investigator
              who may not be looking for the most sensitive species
              but for an indicator species.

         3.   Histopathology experts should be invited to all spills.
              However, what animals are to be collected should be left
              to the discretion of the histopathologic investigator.

         4.   Where  and how animals are to be necropsied is left up to
              the discretion of the investigator.

         5.   Fixation, trimming, and slide preparation is left up to
              the discretion of the investigator.

         6.   The number of collections per oil spill site shall be
              determined by the histopathologic investigator and the

                                  302

-------
         circumstances of the oil spill.  Of greatest interest
         are the chronic histopathologic effects of the oil
         spill.

    7.   Close coordination should be maintained with the
         Laboratory Toxicity group as to the histopathologic
         findings in the field animals.  For histopathology
         efforts to be of any value for socioeconomic analyses,
         we must show a cause-effect relationship.

    8.   There is a lack of funds and trained people in marine
         histopathology in the U.S. and ways were discussed for
         training of these people.

C.  Recommended Reference:

    Yevich, P.P. and C.A. Barszcz, 1977.  Preparation of Aquatic
    Animals for Histopathological Examination.  U.S. Environmental
    Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support
    Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.  20 pp.  (Preliminary - Subject
    to Revision)
                             303

-------
                       HISTOPATHOLOGY PANEL

                       Recommended Projects


1.   To determine the histopathologic effects of an oil spill on marine
    organisms.
                                 304

-------
                      PANEL:  HISTOPATHOLOGY
                      PROJECT NO:   1
                      PRIORITY RANK:

1-   Project Title:  To Determine  the Histopathologic Effects of an
                     Oil Spill on  Marine Organisms

2.   Project Description;

     Morphologic study of cells and tissues from oil exposed and
     control animals will be conducted using the light and electron
     microscopes.  Histochemical methods will also be utilized
     to determine any chemical changes which may be taking place in
     the cells and tissues.  This  will provide insight on any tissue
     changes taking place in the exposed animals.  Comparison of
     cells and tissues of the control animals using the same methods
     and baseline data will give us some indication as to whether or
     not these changes are due to  the oil.

     The methods and techniques employed are the same as those used
     by animal, (experimental), and human pathologists during the
     past 50-100 years.

3.   Performing Organizations:

         Paul P. Yevich
         Histopathology Unit
         ERL - Narragansett

         Austi Forley
         Pathology Br.
         NMFS - NOAA
         Oxford, Maryland

         Dr. Robert Brown
         Marine Pathology Laboratory
         University of Rhode Island
         Kingston, R.I.

4.   Applicable Habitats:

     Most of the habitats listed in the New England list would be
     applicable.

5.   Applicable Conditions:

     Studies should be limited to major oil spills which have impacted
     large populations and organisms which can be identified by location,

                                 305

-------
6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     All types of oil spills should be studied.

7.   Time Frame:

     Studies will commence with controls, become more significant-
     after 2 weeks and continue until no effects are seen histopatho-
     logically.  Species should be selected on the basis of avail-
     ability at the site and at comparable controls.  Samples should
     include at least 30 animals and be collected weekly for the
     first month, monthly for the next 5 months, and then quarterly
     for 2 years.  Other sample collections should be made available
     to the investigator for a period of up to 10 years.  Birds,
     mammals and other various organisms should be examined when
     requested or when gross pathology is evident.  Samples of all
     species should be at least fixed and archived.

8.   Cost:

     Slide preparation and histopathologic analysis of the slide runs
     anywhere from $12.00 to $15.00/slide.  It will cost $12,000 per
     species for a 2-year study, $5,000/species for a 6-month study.

     Travel and preparation of reports - $50,000.

9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     A field model kit containing fixatives, alcohol for storage of
     specimens, bags, shucking knives, etc. has been constructed by
     the Histopathology Unit of ERL-N.  Some improvements will be
     made and it is hoped that these kits will then be made available
     for histopathologists who respond to oil spills.

     A manual for the preparation of aquatic animals for'histopatho-
     logic examination has been prepared by the Histopathology Unit
     of ERL-N and will be distributed throughout the country to in-
     terested people.

     A histopathologic technique manual prepared by the Pathology Br.
     of the NMFS.  NOAA Labs, Oxford, Md. will soon be available to
     interested people.

     Necessary equipment for the preparation and analysis of micro-
     scopic slides is available at the institutions listed in #3.

10.   Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     See list in #3.
                                 306

-------
11.   Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     See list in #3.  However, there is need of more people and organ-
     izations to get involved in marine histopathology.  There is a
     great shortage of marine histopathologists and means should be
     provided for training them.

12.   Support Services;

     In order for this project to  function proper.ly, the histopatholo-
     gist should be informed as to  the possible oil spill impact, etc.
     by the on-scene coordinator.   Also close coordination should be
     maintained with the analytical chemists who will be doing hydro-
     carbon determinations of the  animals.  In fact, when specimens
     are collected, they should be  collected from the same time, area,
     species, etc. as  those collected for the analytical chemists.

13.   Payoff;

     We have little knowledge as  to histopathology effects of oil on
     marine life, we thus would be  making contributions in this area.

     Causes of death to the animals especially in cases of chronic
     exposure (5 to 10 years) in which we have a slow depletion of a
     population of animals once the oil spill site has been cleared.

     Correlated with laboratory toxicity studies - a cause and effect
     relationship.

     Possible carcinogenic potentials of petro-chemicals.

14.   Limitations:

     Histopathology would be of use only on animals which have come
     into contact with the oil  in some  form or manner.
                                  307

-------
          LABORATORY TOXICITY PANEL
                Participants

          J. Gentile, Chairperson
J. Atema
C. Deacutis
R. Eisler
D. Everich
R. Gerber
S. Jacobson
E. Jackim
E.B. Karnofsky
                  K. Simon
J. Kineman
P. Lefcourt
S.M. Lord
B.D. Melzian
D.C. Miller
S.R. Petrocelli
C. Ross
A.N. Sastry
                    308

-------
                       LABORATORY TOXICITY  PANEL

                   General  Information and  Guidance

             •  Initial Considerations

             •  Specific Research Considerations

             •  Miscellaneous  Information
INITIAL CONSIDERATIONS

      A.  Research Thrusts

The Panel reviewed the action plan and focused on three factors in
guiding lab studies:

          1.  Studies that assist and support the on-scene coordination
              functions and decision making*

          2.  Post-spill damage assessment and dollar impact.

          3.  The utilization of a spill as a research opportunity.

The Panel produced the 15 research areas enumerated below in order of
presentation.

          1.  Time dilution bioassay studies using field verified
              dosing regimes to plankton and meroplankton.

          2.  Test effects of long-term exposure on normal develop-
              ment and reproduction for selected commercially important
              species.

          3.  Field exposed organisms returned to lab and a variety
              of response parameters measured and recovery evaluated.
              These studies potentially involve repeated field collec-
              tions of infaunal benthos to assess long-term effects.

          4.  Effects of tainting on predator-prey relationships.

          5.  Effects of oil contaminated sediment upon the repro-
              ductive potential of benthic fish.

          6.  Long-term physiological and behavioral adaptations.
                                 309

-------
          7.  Comparative toxicity of petroleum and dispersant
              mixtures.

          8.  Comparative toxicity of various types of oils.

          9.  Chronic oil exposure to commercial infauna.

         10.  Effects of seasonality on toxicity.

         11.  Effects of oil pollution on species distribution
              and structure in microcosms:  planktonic and soft
              body benthic.

         12.  Large scale controlled lab studies on structural
              assemblages.

         13.  Research on bioaccumulation of petroleum hydrocarbons
              in commercial species and human health hazards from
              consumption of these species.

         14.  Standardization of bioassay methods.

         15.  Intertidal modeling of benthos to simulate natural
              exposure.  Looking at tumor induction, fish disease
              and parasitism.

The panel summarized this diverse list into the following categories:

      •  Time-Dilution Models for Plankton/Meroplankton

      •  Field Exposed - Laboratory Assessed Studies

      •  Standardization and Testing of Major Petroleum Hydrocarbon
         Types Singly and in Combination with Available Dispersants

      0  Microcosm Research

      •  Health Effects

      •  Large Scale Structural Assemblages.

The panel decided they could not rank these categories by impor-
tance because spill situations are variable.  It was generally
concluded that the potential long-term effects were in the  benthos
for near-shore spills.  In terms of research that  should be imple-
mented now, the third category (hydrocarbon testing) was highlighted,
These data would be invaluable to the on-scene coordinator.
                                  310

-------
      B.  Recommendations  to  the Workshop Executive Committee

Two problem areas were highlighted  for  further  consideration by the
Executive Committee:

          1.  Clarification of  funding  to on-going research efforts.
              Is funding added  to existing programs and the commit-
              ments delayed?

          2.  The subject  of  dollar value for liability.

It was recommended that population  models and catch data for regionally
important species be  centrally  available and that specialists in this
area be used to project impacts. ' Also  resource economists should be
retained to calculate the  possible  ramifications.

      C.  Corporate Capabilities

The panel discussed with its  corporate  members  their capabilities and
contributions.  There appears to be substantial laboratory bioassay
expertise in this geographical  area.  The role  of state support in
laboratory toxicity studies was not dealt with  initially.

SPECIFIC RESEARCH CONSIDERATIONS

      A.  Species and Parameters

The panel decided that to  recommend a list of test species would not
be appropriate.  We recommend the following criteria be used as
guidance for species  selection:

      •  Select species representing pertinent  feeding types that
         reflect the major routes of pollutant  entry to the biota.

      •  Select indigenous and/or representative species from
         the following groups:  fish, Crustacea, molluscs, poly-
         chaetes, echinoderms,  and  macroalgae.

      •  Other factors that must be considered  on a spill by spill
         basis are ecological or commercial significance, suitable
         life stage, appropriately  sensitive species, availability of
         species from field or  culture.

Parameters to be included  in  laboratory assessments are quite numerous
and specific to the research  design.  Generally, short-term measures
of stress such as biochemical,  physiological, behavioral, and histological
                                 311

-------
effects should be correlated with growth and reproduction and tissue
residues whenever possible.  Measures of stress for microcosms and
community assays should include both functional and structural
components whenever possible.

      B.  Role of Analytical Support

The role of Analytical Support was discussed with emphasis upon
realistic assessment of water, tissue, and sediment analysis for each
experimental design.  We emphasize the careful deliberation on how
the data is to be used and how the application affects choice and
sophistication of analysis.  Total hydrocarbon may frequently be
sufficient to establish a causal relationship.

A second order Analytical problem involves quality assurance.  There
must be a coordinated Chemistry Section effort to assist the biologist
in selecting a contractor and to assure the quality of the data.

Several questions were raised regarding site coordination problems.
The panel feels that a specific hierarchy be established that includes
an on-scene coordinating biologist and chemist to direct activities
in these areas.  The OSC can't cope with all the factors.  The
biologist will also make a list of participating institutions and
researchers that can be mobilized rapidly.

Another useful approach that was recommended is to train state
wildlife and pollution personnel to handle many of the collection
functions.

      C.  Microcosm Research

The applicability of microcosms in spill assessment research was
discussed.  It was concluded that microcosms are at present best
utilized to study basic research needs and have limited applicability
in frequent spill assessment.

      D.  Testing for Health Hazards in Seafood

In any assessment of oil spill impact, the health hazards to man must
be considered, especially when it involves closing down a fishery.
The major questions in this regard are the following:

          1.   How is it determined when a fishery could be closed
              because of a health hazard?

          2.   How extensive is the area to be closed?

          3.   How long should an area remain off limits?

                                 312

-------
In order to answer these questions, various  tests  to  assess the
health impact studies should be  conducted  along with  more research.
These studies should include organoleptic  tests for tainting and
relating the results to specific hydrocarbon levels.  It appears that
U.S. Food and Drug Administration may  set  recommendations for safe
levels of PNA's and other carcinogens  in seafood in the near future.
Consequently, fish from oil spill areas should be  evaluated for
specific PNA's.  Furthermore,  seafood  extracts should be assayed for
carcinogens by tests such as the Ames  test,  DNA repair or cell
transformation.  Chromosome breakage in field or lab  exposed animals
might also be indicative of the  presence of  carcinogens and mutagens.
This is of practical interest  because  it has been  shown that concen-
trates of polluted shellfish have produced cancers in test animals.

MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION

      A.  Problems Related to  the Role of  the On-Scene Coordinator

The following were raised as relevant  problems faced  by the OSC:

          1.  Toxicity of oil  of all types to species in impact
              area (e.g., shellfish, fish, etc.).

          2.  Identification and comparison  of oil spilled
              for enforcement  action and damage assessment,
              especially in the  case of weathered  oil.

          3.  Species collection and preservation  in  impact
              area for short-term effect of  spilled oil.

          4.  Health Data to establish minimum criteria for
              shellfish, finfish, etc., in impacted areas.
              Total Hydrocarbons should be used as criteria
              or fractions thereof.

      B.  Massachusetts Information

      The following information was provided on Massachusetts
State facilities:

          1.  Lawrence Laboratory

              -  3 Gas chromatographs/minicomputers
              -  1 UV Fluorescence Spectrophotometer
                                  313

-------
          2.  Cat Cove Laboratory

              -  1 Gas chromatograph
                 1 UV Fluorescence Spectrophotometer

During the Argo Merchant and Bouchard 65 incidents, both labs combined
forces and could run 5 GC samples/day.  Cat Cove prepared samples and
Lawrence ran the samples.

     C.  University of Rhode Island - MERL

The URI Marine Ecosystems Research Laboratory (MERL) is funded by the
EPA and is currently operating 12 large scale microcosms (13 m ) in an
experimental program designed to assess the effects of chronic, low
level oil pollution upon temperate-coastal marine ecosystems.  MERL
research currently in progress is directly applicable to Laboratory
Toxicity Panel Projects Nos. 1, 4, 6 and 8.  Preliminary information  '
concerning these projects may be discussed with Dr. Gabriel Vargo,
Assistant Manager, MERL.
                                  314

-------
                     LABORATORY TOXICITY PANEL

                       Recommended Projects
1.  Parallel benthic bioassay for single species or natural benthic
    assemblage (box core).

2.  Standardized toxicity testing of petroleum and oil-dispersant
    mixture to marine biota.

3.  Damage effects of oil-dispersant mixtures under simulated field
    conditions:  use of large assay containers.

4.  In situ acute toxicity tests.

5.  Time dilution bioassay on holoplankton and meroplankton.

6.  Sublethal effects of chronic exposure to low levels of petro-
    leum hydrocarbons in zooplankton.

7.  Effects of oil tainting of prey on food selectivity and feeding
    behavior of two predatory fish species.

8.  Effects of oil-spill contaminated sediment on reproduction
    of winter flounder, Pseudopleuronectes americanus (Walbum).

9.  Effects of chronic exposure to oil on representative marine
    animals.
                                  315

-------
                    PANEL:  LABORATORY TOXICITY
                    PROJECT NO:  1
                    PRIORITY RANK:

1.  Project Title:  Parallel Benthic Bioassay for Single Species or
                    Natural Benthic Assemblage (Box Core)

2.  Project Description:

    The general philosophy of this research approach is to periodi-
    cally remove either single species or a natural benthic assemblage
    that was impacted by a spill, transport to a mobile or fixed
    laboratory and assess physiological, behavioral, shell micro-
    structure, biochemical, histological, integrative or conservative
    biological parameters, and tissue and sediment residues.  Deter-
    mine lab recovery patterns from those occurring in the field
    as well as new recruitment in the field.  The critical aspect of
    this study is that the dosing is natural and integrative.  There
    is a general feeling of inadequacy about lab dosing benthic
    systems.  This approach is concerned with natural dosing of
    benthic communities.

    Such a research design will correlate a variety of stress mea-
    sures with recovery time under natural conditions giving a true
    assessment of damage.  This approach eliminates the problem
    of projecting field results from purely lab studies since they
    are being run concurrently.  Sessile infaunal and epifaunal
    communities are especially well suited for these types of
    studies as are commercially important shell fisheries.

3.  Performing Organizations;

    University laboratories with sources of running seawater and
    marine labs (i.e., URI, U. of Massachusetts @ Gloucester, U. of
    Maine, U. of New Hampshire @ Jackson Lab).  EPA/NOAA labs and
    private consultants located in New England area.

4.  Applicable Habitats:

    Clam/mud flats; offshore bottom; oyster-mussel reef.

5.  Applicable Conditions:

    A.  Demonstration of oil impact on community.

    B.  Large impacted area of similar community structure  to  allow
        repetitive temporal sampling.
                                316

-------
     C.  Accessibility  to  divers  and/or sampling  (<  30 meters).

 6.  Applicable Oil  Type:

     Any oil  type would be applicable.

 7.  Time Frame:

     Such studies should have  a minimum duration  of  one year to cover
     reproductive, growth,  and recruitment  parameters.  Also, rates
     of biological uptake  and/or  depuration can be seasonally assessed,
     Field sampling  should be  once monthly  at  a minimum.  If possible,
     sampling could  be  as  frequent as every other week during spring
     and summer.

     Follow-up studies  with less  intensive  sampling  (seasonally)
     schedules could continue  for up to three  years  depending on
     habitat  significance  (liability) and data base.

 8.  Cost;

     Such a study would require from $100K  to  200K/year depending
     on sampling frequency,  vessel expense,  analytical chemistry
     needed and number  of  parameters measured.

 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     Benthic  samplers (Peterson Grabs).  Box Core samplers,  tanks
     for transporting organisms.  Necessary analytical chemistry
     support and instrumentation  (unless contracted).  Lab require-
     ments include flowing  seawater, troughs and  tanks,  and  depending
     on measured parameters  any number  of things.  For example,
     feeding studies require algal culturing and  counting equipment;
     respiratory studies require  D.O. measuring devices;  shell  micro-
     structure studies  require =  $30K in scopes, grinding equipment
     and accessories.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities  Available:

     Cruise  time,  analytical lab  and wet lab for any applicable
     habitat.   Diving capability  and support.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     Need  benthic  biologist with  expertise in molluscan biology and
     benthic  community ecology.   Support personnel needed for lab
     studies  include experienced  technician.  Divers also need  sample
     collection as  well as analytical capability.   Currently such

                                  317

-------
     assessment techniques are not routinely available.  EPA-
     Narragansett staff will have most capabilities by January 1978.
     Having settled on design details for such studies a training
     program and/or identification of other experts could be forth"
     coming.

12.  Support Services:

     A.  Total areal impact of spill on benthos.

     B.  Analytical support for tissue and sediments.

     C.  Shell microstructure contract (Yale U.).

13.  Payoff:

     The principal output would be a real world assessment of initial
     damage, latent effects and degree of recovery with time.
     Furthermore, one can correlate lab measures of stress with
     actual field impact.  By monitoring the indigenous populations
     temporally,  one obtains a meaningful measure of duration of
     impact.  With reliable areal information both duration and
     extent can be realistically measured.  The cost/liability
     estimates would have a meaningful base.

14.  Limitations:

     The field sampling limitations involve patchiness of exposed
     habitat and  selection of a similar but unimpacted control popu-
     lation.  A direct causal relationship may be difficult to verify
     and may only be inferred, since populations in exposed and
     control areas may have different histories, etc.
                                  318

-------
                      PANEL:  LABORATORY TOXICITY
                      PROJECT NO:  2
                      PRIORITY RANK:

1-   Project Title:  Standardized Toxicity Testing of Petroleum and
                     Oil-Dispersant Mixtures to Marine Biota

2.   Project Description:

     To conduct static acute toxicity bioassays with petroleum,
     chemical oil dispersants, and oil-dispersant mixtures using
     selected marine indicator species.  Methodology is as outlined
     in Annex X of the Federal Register.  Results are essential for
     use of on-scene coordinator in dispersant application recommen-
     dations.  Methodology and some results reported in detail in La
     Roche et al., 1970 JWPCFed 42:1982-1989.

3.   Performing Organizations:

     A.  EPA ERL-Narragansett

     B.  RFP for industrial contract

     C.  Manufacturer's responsibility as outlined in Annex X—although
         none have complied to date.

4.   Applicable Habitats:

     Salt marsh, shallow salt pdnd, rocky shore, sand shore.

5.   Applicable Conditions:

     As outlined in Annex X; mixtures should reflect manufacturer's
     recommended application dosages.

6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     All types of oils-preferably restricted to products transported
     via VLCC in excess of 100,000 tons annually in local waters.

7.   Time Frame:

     Four man-years — continuous bioassay testing of 96 hour duration,
     approximately 5 dispersants tested weekly vs 6 oils.  This
     should cover all dispersants now sold commercially.
                                 319

-------
8.   Cost:

     $120k ($30k/man-year)

9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     As specified in Annex X.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     As specified in Annex X.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     Ron Eisler available for providing instruction at ERL-Narragansett
     in oil-dispersant testing.  Four GS-5 level personnel can be
     trained in 2 weeks, but assays must be conducted under senior
     biologist supervision.

12.  Support Services:

     As indicated in Annex X.

13.  Payoff:

     Recommendations by OSC to apply dispersants and other oil-
     counteractants are dependent on a solid data base.  This data
     base is nonexistent at present—at least for the several
     hundred chemical oil dispersants now in use.

14.  Limitations:

     As outlined in Annex X; especially tests of dispersant chemical
     effectiveness.
                                320

-------
                     PANEL:  LABORATORY TOXICITY
                     PROJECT NO:  3
                     PRIORITY RANK:

1.  Project Title;  Damage Effects of Oil-Dispersant Mixtures Under
                    Simulated Field Conditions:  Use of Large Assay
                    Containers

2.  Project Description:

    Current oil-dispersant toxicity evaluations are conducted under
    static conditions in small jars using comparatively small
    indicator species.  Failure to consider known depth protective
    effects in large, deep flow-through systems (Eisler, 1975 API
    Proceedings, San Francisco 535-540) lowers credibility to OSC
    of data derived from standardized (i.e., Annex X) toxicity
    tests.

    Tests proposed herein would be conducted in large, deep, flow-
    through systems using adults of economically important coastal
    and offshore species, and others where appropriate.  Primary
    emphasis would be on survival and whole body residues during
    exposure and afterwards, sublethal and latent effects including
    biochemical, physiological behavioral, and histological data
    could also be collected.  Results of these studies would be
    useful in XI) assessing ecological damage effects of petroleum
    and oil-dispersant mixtures (2) establishment of hydrocarbon
    residues in marine products of commerce which are (a) not harmful
    to human health and (b) do not significantly affect integrity of
    brood populations.

3.  Performing Organizations:

    EPA - Edison, NJ

    EPA - Narragansett, RI

    US Army Corps of Engineers

    RFP

4.  Applicable Habitats:

    All
                                 321

-------
 5.  Applicable Conditions;

     Mixing energy for oil-dispersant combinations must be calibrated;
     sediment types and amounts should be established; distance from
     surface variation should be determined; HC levels in water column
     known.

 6.  Applicable Oil Time:

     Applicable to all crude oils; and oil-dispersant combinations at
     manufacturers recommended dosages (use of dispersants contra-
     indicated in spills of gasoline and other highly refined products),

 7.  Time Frame:

     First year (reevaluation afterwards):  screening of the five
     most promising dispersants (derived from Annex X data) together
     with appropriate target oils.  A typical study would last 2 to 3
     months with a total of 48 to 72 separate studies planned during
     this interval (see equipment section).  This is a multidiscipli-
     nary approach recycling heavily on aquatic toxicologists, and
     analytical chemists.  A minimum of 5 man-years is necessary.
     This can be expanded to 10 man-years if supplemental data on
     biochemical, physiological and other stress profiles are acquired
     (strongly recommended).

 8.  Cost:

     At $30K/man-year, minimum personnel costs would be $150K, maximum
     300K. Construction costs would approximate $125K.

 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     A minimum of six large tanks are required, each of approximately
     20 meters in length, 4 meters by 4 meters.  Tanks should be
     continually supplied with raw seawater and bottom exit drains and
     equipped with cage-like compartments at discrete intervals from
     surface to bottom.  These tanks do not exist at present.
     Conventional glassware and other equipment are available at
     ERL-Narragansett for organisms.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     Needs:   (1) holding facilities (2) analytical capability (GC-MS9;
     water chemistry analysis); histology and biochemical facilities.
     These are all available at ERL-Narragansett.
                                  322

-------
11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available;

     Availability of personnel unknown.  Disciplines required include
     aquatic toxicology, marine biochemistry, analytical petroleum
     chemistry, histology, marine behavior, and aquatic physiology.

12.  Support Services:

     Dispersant effectiveness must be established under these conditions.
     Degradation of petroleum and levels in water column and sediments
     should be monitored.  Quality control of indicator species.

13.  Payoff:

     A.  Establishment of HC residue levels for protection of aquatic
         life and human health.

     B.  Establishes link between Annex X data and field testing of
         oil counteractants.

     C.  Unique scientific contribution on basis of test facility
         and multidisciplinary approach.

     D.  Provides OSC with decision making capability.

     E.  Provides data for predictive model capability for assessing
         economic damage of large scale spills and selected oil
         dispersant counteractants.

14.  Limitations;

     Contingency on (a) construction of test facility, (b) avail-
     ability of technical expertise (some could be fixed on a one-year
     temporary basis) and (c) needs validation with field testing.
                                 323

-------
                     PANEL:  LABORATORY TOXICITY
                     PROJECT NO.:  4
                     PRIORITY RANK:

 1.  Project Title:  In situ Acute Toxicity Tests

 2.  Project Description:

    Mobile lab aboard work boat at spill site.

    Indigenous species, representing several major groups (molluscs,
    polychaetes, crustacean, fish) collected from a field control
    site are exposed to (a) oil-contaminated water from spill site
    in dynamic (flowing) water systems to determine toxicity under
    field conditions (i.e., in the presence of physical, chemical,
    microbial, etc. factors present at site),  (b) Samples of water
    to be collected for chemical analyses by appropriate techniques
    (e.g., GC/MS, LC, etc),  (c) Dispersants can be mixed with
    incoming oil-contaminated seawater to determine effects of
    dispersants on toxicity of oil-dispersant mixtures under field
    conditions.  On the basis of this test, the least harmful
    dispersant could be selected for clean-up (presumably only
    dispersants considered to be effective in dispersing the oil in
    question would be tested as to effects on toxicology).

 3.  Performing Organizations:

    EPA

    EG&G Bionomics

4.  Applicable Habitats:

    Study could be performed (a) near shore with mobile lab located
    on-shore and pumping systems conducting oil-seawater to lab.
    (b) offshore with mobile lab on work boat.

5.  Applicable Conditions:

    Weather conditions would have greatest impact on ability to
    perform study of this type.  Tests would be difficult under
    heavy weather conditions with the lab on work boat.  Self-
    contained mobile lab could be rapidly transported to site of
    nearly any spill.

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

    Study would be appropriate for any type of oil spill.

                                324

-------
 7.  Time Frame:
     Standard acute toxicity test would require a 96-hour exposure
     period (i.e., to estimate the 96-h LC50 for the oil and the
     oil-dispersant mixtures).  However, since the time will be
     critical, it may be necessary to shorten exposure to 24 or 48
     hours.

 8.  Cost:

     Costs would not be related to spill size but would be determined
     by number of days lab and ship are on site.  Costs for lab and
     personnel on site for 1 week could approach $10K exclusive of
     cost of ship time and collecting operations which could be
     shared with the research projects of other investigators.

 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     Equipment needed would include:  mobile lab with the appropriate
     exposure aquaria, diluters, pumps, and ancillary equipment
     normally required for bioassays (pH meters, dissolved oxygen
     meters, etc.).  Bionomics currently operate mobile laboratory
     facilities which contain all the necessary equipment.  Also
     required is test animal collecting gear such as trawl nets and
     water samplers.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     Facilities include mobile lab described above and work boat of
     appropriate size to transport lab.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:'

     Personnel required would include investigators familiar with
     the performance of on-site toxicity tests.  Bionomics has
     personnel available with the relevant field and lab experience.
     Contact is S.R. Petrocelli 617/295-2550.

12.  Support Services:

     Support would include collection of test organisms and chemical
     analyses of water and animal tissues.

13.  Payoff:

     Results of study would (a) determine acute toxicity of the oil
     under field conditions to natural indigenous species; (b) give
     the OSC information regarding the selection of dispersant to
         \
                                  325

-------
     be used in cleanup or allow the OSC to determine that a disper-
     sant should not be used; and (c) using mortality as the criter-
     ion of effect, the economic loss associated with the death of a
     certain percentage of the species of interest could be determined,

     The study would also allow the investigator to (a) determine
     impact on test animals of environmentally realistic oil concen-
     trations; and (b) alter systems as required by the particular
     spill.  That is, test under continuous exposure to oil as occurs
     during continuous release of oil from grounded tanker or test
     under pulse-dosing conditions as occurs if oil spill is intermit-
     tent.  Also allows the study of under time-dilution conditions
     which occur once the input of oil into the sea is ended and the
     oil disperses with time.

14.   Limitations:

     Study would be difficult under conditions of heavy seas, strong
     winds, heavy ice conditions.  Need to locate appropriate control
     areas from which to collect test animals.  Test would probably
     be shortened in time and scope due to need for immediate informa-
     tion for the OSC to make decisions.
                                 326

-------
                         PANEL:  LABORATORY TOXICITY
                         PROJECT NO.:  5
                         PRIORITY RANK:

!•   Project Title:  Time Dilution Bioassay on Holoplankton and
                     Meroplankton
            •i
2«   Project Description:

     Objective of this study is to utilize actual spill dispersion
     information to assess the acute, latent and chronic impact upon
     selected species of marine holoplankton and meroplankton.
     Actual time series of chemical analysis from the spill site will
     be used to develop a dispersion model for continuous flow dosing
     system.  Laboratory spawned or cultured organisms will be
     exposed using a design that will permit assessment of acute,
     latent and sublethal effects.  Parameters could include embryo-
     logical development, viable hatch, survival, and swimming behavior.
     For chronic studies on growth, reproduction, brood size and subse-
     quent Fj survival, this study will permit a realistic assessment
     of impact to the water column environment.  Applications should
     be carefully chosen.

3.   Performing Organizations:

     Would include EPA-Narragansett, EG&G, Marine Research
     Associates.

4.   Applicable Habitats;

     This assay is applicable to pelagic habitats either nearshore
     or offshore.

5.   Applicable Conditions:

     Conditions for the success of this study include:

     A.  Detailed field analytical data and time dispersion model

     B.  Detailed lab analytical data to verify lab dosing systems

     C.  Application of assay in situations of known high potential
         impact.  Spawning areas for ichthioplankton species,
         important meroplanktons, etc.

     D.  Deep offshore habitats where benthic impact is not expected.
                                  327

-------
 6.  Applicable Oil Type:

     Oil type most applicable is one with high dispersability and
     potentially high WSF:No. 2, gasoline, No. 4.

 7.  Time Frame:

     Acute and  latent studies relate to temperatures and develop-
     mental periods of appropriate species, generally, 10 to 30
     days.  Chronic studies could extend to 60 days.

 8.  Cost:

     Cost per assay:  Acute with latent   100 to $200/assay; chronic
     $5 to $10K.

 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     Dosing system ready to go with little advance notice.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     Facilities include analytical laboratory and bioassay facilities
     including flowing seawater, air and seawater temperature control,
     model ship for dosing system fabrication.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     Reputable contractors available and federal research facilities.

12.  Support Services:

     Support services include analytical chemistry, culture of test
     species, field collection of indigenous adult spawning stock,
     biogeographical and seasonal information for proper species
     selection.

13.  Payoff:

     Produces hard scientific data based upon field observations  and
     predictability for acute, chronic and latent effects.  Verified
     (?) by field studies.  Economic liability can only be assessed
     if data is model with historical catch, fecundity and year class
     data if available.

14.  Limitations:

     Limitations are that the plankton may constitute a minor problem
     due to patchiness, immigration and high reproductive potential.

                                 328

-------
                      PANEL:   LABORATORY TOXICITY
                      PROJECT NO.:   6
                      PRIORITY RANK:

 *•  Project Title:   Sublethal Effects  of Chronic Exposure  to Low
                     Levels of Petroleum Hydrocarbons  in  Zooplankton
                     (Coastal,  Offshore,  etc.).'   "This Work Could
                     Also  be  Extended to  Fish  (Herring) or Other
                     Crustaceans."

 2.  Project Description:

    A.  Objectives:   to determine  the  long-term  effects  of realistic,
        sublethal concentrations of petroleum oils on

        (1)  rates of uptake and retention  of hydrocarbons by above
             organisms.

        (2)  rates of biodeposition of oil  residues in fecal
             pellets.

        (3)  rates of ingestion, assimulation and respiration.

        (4)  energy  available  for  growth, growth  rates and fecundity.

        (5)  interpretation  in  terms of  their usefulness in
             predicting ecological influences of  oil.

    B.  How carried  out?

        (1)  populations  of  marine organisms  will be held in 5700L
             tanks into which a continuous  supply of seawater,
             food and  oil is maintained.

        (2)  physiological measurements will  be done using organisms
             from the  experimental (oiled-WSF) tanks and compared
             to control (unoiled).

        (3)  possible  results-reduction  in  carbon flow (Gilfillan,
             1976),  increased sensitivity to  environmental stress,
             reduced  fecundity.

3.  Performing Organizations:

    Bowdoin College  Marine Research Laboratory and Bowdoin College
    Dept.  of Chemistry.  Personnel:  Drs. Dana Mayo, Davie Page,
    Edward Gilfillan, Ray Gerber, all at B.C.
                                329

-------
     Address:  Bowdoin College Marine Research Laboratory
               Brunswick, Maine  04011  207/725-8731 Ext. 604

4.   Applicable Habitats;

     Coastal, Inshore, and Offshore waters of the Gulf of Maine.

5.   Applicable Conditions:

     Conditions for the study will be created and maintained using
     the flow-through dosing apparatus.  Once the system is set
     up work can begin immediately.

6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     All oils can be used but should be limited to the most
     detrimental types.

7.   Time Frame:

     This is a long term study and the period reflects the length
     of the life cycle of the organisms and the seasonal cycle of
     food supply.  We envision at least one full year studies,
     sampling once a week for nutrients, etc., bi-weekly for physio-
     logical studies, etc.

8.   Cost;

     1st year is $126K (includes cost of apparatus)
     2nd year is $80K (salary and maintenance—H-C sample analysis)

9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available;

     A.  flow through apparatus - to be constructed

     B.  H-C equipment available at Bowdoin College

     C.  physiological equipment—mostly available:  respirometers,
         feeding apparatus, glassware, balances, etc.

     D.  CHN analyses—not available at Bowdoin College but from
         Bigelow Laboratories, Boothbay Harbor, Maine.

10.   Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     A.  We have no facility needs except for the building of  the
         flow-through apparatus.
                                  330

-------
     B.   Chemistry Dept., Marine Research Laboratory at Bowdoin
         College has adequate space at the Main Campus and the marine
         laboratory at Bethai Point.

     C.   Boats available for collecting and computer, library facilities
         excellent.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     A.   Chemistry group—Drs. Dana Mayo, David Page

     B.   Marine Research Group—Drs. Edward Gilfillan, Ray Gerber.

         These personnel have had extensive experience in their
         respective fields.

     C.   Two technicians—S. Hansen and J. Cooley; both senior
         technicians.

12.  Support Services:

     A.   Nutrient samples and particulate carbon and nitrogen samples
         can be processed at the Bigelow Laboratories (they have
         approved this work).

     B.   No other support services necessary.

13.  Payoff:

     A.   This work will determine the Long-term effects (physio-
         logical) of sublethal concentrations of petroleum H-C on
         marine organisms using a flow-through in situ system.

     B.   We are concerned with nutritional physiology and energy
         flux which ultimately effects the production of these
         populations.

     C.   Provide insite into H-C uptake., rate of retension and
         ultimately the concentration and movements of these H-Cs
         up the food chain...even to man.

     D.   Any reduction in the production at one level (e.g., zoo-
         plankton) could affect abundances by reducing consumer
         populations (herring, etc.).
                                 331

-------
     E.  Since these experiments will be conducted throughout the
         year, valuable information on temperature and food effects
         on the organisms'  ability to resist oil pollution will be
         obtained.

     F.  The flow-through apparatus will provide more realistic
         conditions compared to static systems and could be used in
         other similar dosing studies.

     G.  Economic payoff would be directly related to possible reduc-
         tion in the growth and production of economically important
         species.

14.  Limitations;

     A.  The experiments have to be long-term and require consid-
         erable manpower, thus would be costly and time consuming.

     B.  Each apparatus ($25K each) can only work with one oil
         type at a time.

     C.  Results from these studies will not be directly comparable
         to studies from "static systems."

     D.  The complexity of the apparatus will no doubt create
         operational problems, which should be overcome after the
         first year of operations.

     £.  The system may have to be closed down (December-February)
         because of severe weather conditions in Maine.
                                 332

-------
                  PANEL:  LABORATORY TOXICITY
                  PROJECT NO.:  7
                  PRIORITY RANK:

Project Title;  Effects of Oil Tainting of Prey on Food
                Selectivity and Feeding Behavior of Two
                Predatory Fish Species

Project Description:

A.  Objectives

    (1)  Determine behavior effects of an inshore oil spill
         on normal feeding behavior of two predatory fish species
         in terms of alteration of prey palatability.

    (2)  Increase knowledge in defining biologically adequate
         stimuli used for optimal prey selection in fish, and
         observe how these stimuli are altered by oil tainting.

    (3)  Determine the "rejection strength" of oil-tainted prey
         in relation to feeding motivation changes due to
         satiation.

B.  Materials and Methods

    Predator and prey species will be chosen with careful
    consideration of constraints involved in a laboratory study,
    i.e., predator and prey species suitability for laboratory
    holding facilities; availability of normal prey in a spill
    site, etc.  Feeding behavior studies indicate two preliminary
    predator species as plausible candidates.  Olla et. al.
    (1975) found juvenile Tautoga onitus to feed primarily on
    Mytilus edulis.  Olla et al. (1969) indicated adult winter
    flounder (Pseudopleuronectes americanus) to feed mainly on
    bivalve moluscs and gastropods.  Juvenile winter flounder
    will be used, as Werner (1974) has predicted greater selec-
    tivity in juvenile fish due to restrictions of a smaller
    mouth gape.  It is proposed here that these two predators,
    being important sport and commercial fish species, be
    utilized in behavior bioassays to determine effects of oil
    tainting on feeding response to normal prey (Mytilus edulis).
    Predators will be obtained from a clean site and held in the
    lab.  Contaminated prey (Mytilus edulis) will be obtained
    from a spill area, and control prey from a "clean," uncon-
    taminated area.  Experiments will take place in sea water
    tables 1.5m2 x 10cm deep.  Predators will be presented
                             333

-------
         with a choice situation of oil-tainted and uncontaminated
         prey simultaneously.  Probability of eating prey items and
         response to the prey will be recorded.  Data will be cate-
         gorized into different motivation (satiation) levels and
         analyzed for differences between tainted and "clean" prey.
         This methodology has been used in behavior experiments by
         Kislalioglu (1976) to analyze stimulus cue strength of prey
         in fish feeding studies.

3.   Performing Organizations;

     EPA Environmental Research Lab In-House project.

4.   Applicable Habitats:

     Rocky shore and possibly offshore bottom (flounder).

5.   Applicable Conditions:

     Oil impact on a rocky intertidal area with adequate mussel
     beds impacted.

6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     Any heavy oil which would fulfill the above requirement.

7.   Time Frame:

     The study requires a 2 year period, consisting of review of gut
     analysis data in the literature; baseline feeding studies to
     define the relationship of satiation to feeding behavior in the
     species used and to define normal feeding responses; and oil
     studies to observe any changes in normal feeding response.
     Because of the dependence upon a spill of opportunity, baseline
     studies will proceed until a spill of the specified type occurs
     in the Region I coastal area, at which time emphasis will be
     shifted to oil studies, with return to baseline studies necessary
     for comparison of behavioral feeding responses.

8.   Cost;

     In-House Project      $15K/man-years x 2 = $30K
     1040 App't.           (includes use of EPA facilities and
     EPA ERL-Narragansett  equipment)

9-   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available;

     Will be supplied by EPA ERL-Narragansett.
                                 334

-------
10,  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     Supplied by EPA ERL-Narragansett.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available:

     Christopher Deacutis, University of Rhode Island.

12.  Support Services:

     Body burden analysis of pooled oil-tainted prey.

13.  Payoff:

     A.  Examines the effect of oil on normal predatory-prey rela-
         tionships.  Depending upon predatory species utilized, the
         project may offer some predictive abilities as to impact
         strength on generalist vs. more specialized predators.  It
         is expected that those fish species which rely on chemo-
         sensory cues in any behavioral components of normal feeding
         behavior will be most likely to alter normal feeding behavior,
         and possibly result in "area avoidance searching" (Thomas,
         1975).  If a large area is impacted by the oil, extensive
         localized migration and avoidance of the impacted area may
         take place.  Thus:

     B.  Contributes to long-term assessment of oil spill ecological
         damage in terms of loss of contaminated areas as adequate
         feeding grounds for commercially valuable fish species.

14.  Limitations:

     Prey should be obtained after cleanup if possible.  A spring
     or summer spill is desired since most fish species depress
     feeding behavior to very low levels in winter months.  If
     qjussels are in offshore areas, diving services may be required.

REFERENCES

Kislalioglu, M. & R.N. Gibson, 1976.  J. Exp. Marine Biol. Ecol.,
25: 159-169.

Olla, B., A.J. Bejda, & A.D. Martin, 1975.  Fish. Bull. 73(4):
895-900.
                                  335

-------
Olla, B., R. Wicklund, & S.  Wilk, 1969.  Trans. An. Fish. Soc.,
4: 717-720.

Thomas, G., 1974.  An. Behavior, 22:   941-952.

Werner, E.E., 1974.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can., 31: 1531-1536.
                                 336

-------
                       PANEL:  LABORATORY TOXICITY
                       PROJECT NO.:  8
                       PRIORITY RANK:

1.   Project Title:  Effects of Oil-Spill Contaminated Sediment
                     on Reproduction of Winter Flounder,
                     Pseudopleuronectes americanus (Walbaum)

2.   Project Description;

     Objectives of the project would be:

     A.  To assess the impact of oil contaminated sediment on the
         reproductive success of winter flounder, as measured by
         larval survival after parental exposure during gonad
         maturation.

     B.  To investigate whether a similar response occurs in the
         field at an oil spill site by collecting gravid flounders
         from the site, obtaining gametes, and measuring larval
         survival.

3.   Performing Organizations:

     Environmental Research Lab. - Narragansett (EPA)

4.   Applicable Habitat;

     Shallow salt pond; worm-clam flat; shallow estuary or embayment.

5.   Applicable Conditions;

     A.  Persistent incorporation of oil into the sediment

     B.  Existence of a suitable control site

     C.  Impact in an area where a spawning population of winter
         flounder resides.

6.   Applicable Oil Type:

     Any frequently transported oil which has potential for incor-
     poration into sediment (preferably No. 2 fuel oil for comparison
     with previous studies).
                                 337

-------
 7.  Time Frame

     One to two years although follow-up studies may extend this to
     five years.

 8.  Cost;

     $20K-$30K (?)

 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available;

     -  large tanks for adult exposure
     -  10 gallon aquaria with temperature control
        sediment collection equipment
     -  2 otter trawls
     -  plankton nets or a supply of plankton for larval food
     -  microscope.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available:

     Analytical (GC) sediment and tissue analysis boat equipped for
     handling an otter trawl and willing to trawl in an oil con-
     taminated area.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available;

     Diane Everich - Research Aquatic Biologist, EPA-ERL,
     Narragansett

     One technician - part-time.

12.  Support Services;

     Completed sediment contamination surveys of spill area.

13.  Payoff;

     A.   Study will indicate impact of an oil spill on winter
         flounder reproductive success.
                                   I
     B.   Catch statistics plus fecundity information in literature
         may be combined with results from this study to produce
         a rough estimate of damage cost to winter flounder
         fishery.
                                 333

-------
14.   Limitations;

     A.  Collection of sediment from spill site for laboratory
         exposures may be difficult due to patchy distribution of oil
         and disturbance of oil gradient in sediment during collection,
         This problem may be avoided by artificial contamination of
         sediment in the lab using the same oil which was spilled.

     B.  It may happen that flounders avoid the spill site, in which
         case the spill is not a problem — an interesting result in
         itself.
                                 339

-------
                      PANEL:  LABORATORY TOXICITY
                      PROJECT NO.:   9
                      PRIORITY  RANK:

 1.    Project  Title;   Effects of  Chronic Exposure  to Oil on
                      Representative Marine Animals

 2.    Project  Description;

      Exposure of marine  animals  to  oil even  for limited periods
      of  time  may result  in significant deleterious effects on
      the subsequent growth, development and  reproduction of  these
      animals.   Since  it  is difficult  to determine the exposure
      history  of animals  collected in  the  field, laboratory popula-
      tions  of fish, crustaceans  and/or molluscs could be exposed in
      the lab  in a  dynamic (flowing) water system  to a range  of con-
      centrations representing  different size oil  spills in different
      water  masses  representative of open  ocean versus coastal embay-
      ment,  etc.  Following exposure to the whole  oils for a  period of
      time approximating  an oil spill  (days, weeks or months) the oil
      source would  be  ended and the growth and development of the
      animals  measured in terms of length  and weight measurements;
      fecundity  of  animals exposed to  oil  at  the various concentra-
      tions  could be compared with each other and with the controls
      to  determine  a dose-response relationship and the subsequent
      hatching of eggs and development of  larvae could be determined.
      During this time observations of behavior and physical  anomalies
      could  be made; subsamples would  be removed for histopathological
      examination as well.  This  study would yield information con-
      cerning  the long-term effects on marine animals of exposure to
      an  oil spill  in  the field in a manner which would permit an
      evaluation of the potential decrease in populations of  these
      species  as a  direct result  of the exposure.

3.    Performing Organizations;

      EPA
      Bionomics
      EG&G

4.   Applicable Habitats:

     Any habitat could be considered.
                                 340

-------
5.   Applicable Conditions;

     It is necessary (a) to work with species which can be successfully
     cultured in the lab and (b) to determine prior to commencement of
     the study, the duration of exposure and oil concentrations to be
     representative of an actual oil spill.

6.   Applicable Oil Type;

     Any type of oil could be tested.

7.   Time Frame:

     Time frame depends on the duration of the life cycle of the animal
     being tested and could range from 17-20 days for the calanoid
     copepod Scartia tonsa, to weeks for the mysid shrimp Cyprinodon
     vainegatus.

8.   Cost:

     Size of spill does not affect cost.  Cost determined by duration
     of life cycle (i.e., amount of time populations are to be main-
     tained in lab following exposure).  Costs may approach $75K
     for 7 months sheepshead minnow study.

9.   Equipment Needs/Equipment Available:

     Appropriate exposure aquaria, water quality measurement apparatus
     (pH and dissolved oxygen meters, GC, etc.).

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available;

     Facilities required would include a laboratory with flowing
     good quality seawater, water tempering equipment, analytical
     laboratories.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available;

     Investigators with familiarity with the general biology and
     culturing of the test species are preferred.  Bionomics currently
     employs persons with the necessary qualifications.  Contact
     S.R. Petrocelli 617-295-2550.

12.  Support Services:

     Analytical chemistry is most important ancillary service required.
                                 341

-------
13.  Payoff;

     Results  of study would define the long term effects of oil
     spills on marine animals and perhaps permit an evaluation of the
     changes  in numbers of individuals surviving and reproducing in
     natural  populations.

14.  Limitations:

     By necessity, only one species could be tested in any study.
     Separate studies must be conducted with each of several signi-
     ficant species.  It would be difficult to determine the overall
     ecological effects but does give good information for the
     selected species (which should be selected on the basis of
     commercial, ecological and human health significance).
                                342

-------
  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS PANEL
              Participants

      J. Praeger, Chairperson
      P. Fricke, Co-Chairperson

C. C. Bates                W. Marhoffer
S. Carroll                 J. Marotta
C. Carty                   B. Melzian
P. Cavicchi                F. C. Monastero
R. Ceurvels                D. G. Neal
F. R. Disheroon            S. Peterson
J. Fiske                   R. Rehfus
D. Forcella                R. Robinson
J. Gentile                 L. Slaski
C. Hall                    W. Smith
J. W. Hurst                J. Snider
J. F. Kirkland             J. Valenti
S. M. Lord                 H. D. VanCleave
             Judge T. Yost
                      343

-------
               SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS PANEL

                 General Information and Guidance

                   •  Initial Considerations

                   •  Follow-Up Panel Activities


INITIAL CONSIDERATIONS

     A«  Formation of Socioeconomic Subpanel

The initial act of this panel was to recognize that the social sciences
should contribute project proposals in their own disciplines to the
Executive Committee.  Consequently, a separate subpanel on assessment
of socioeconomic impacts of an oil spill was created under the Chair-
manship of Peter Fricke.

     B.  Legal Framework for Damage Assessment

         1.  Pending Legislation

The panel addressed applicable law and decided that the wisest course
of action was to offer guidance based upon anticipated passage of one of
the three laws now before Congress dealing with oil spills.  This is
possible because none of the three affect the nature or amount of
scientific contribution to ecological damage assessment.  All deal
with traditional concepts of damage assessment, such as oil removal
costs, losses of use, losses of profits, losses of tax revenues,
etc.  Only "loss or injury to natural resources" is a new feature of
the law.  This will need to be developed through the evolution of
case law — but is a major concern of this workshop.

         2.  The Three Questions

The basic questions that must be answered in a case in which damage
to natural resources is claimed are:

             1)  What was damaged?

             2)  How much was it damaged?

             3)  How was it damaged?
                                344

-------
Discussions of these questions elicited a recurring theme of base-
lines or controls.  The panel concluded that although baseline or
control information is highly desirable, it is not always available.
Therefore, studies of damage must be prepared to proceed in the
absence of prior or control data.  Scientists must be prepared to
determine what is measurable in the absence of a baseline — and how
this may be used in a forensic sense to establish answers to what was
damaged, how much it was damaged, and by what means it was damaged.

         3.  Scientific vs Legal Requirements

Whereas science would like to be at least 95 percent sure of its
ground before venturing an opinion, the courts are satisfied with 51
percent surety.  Expert opinion is quite acceptable — and the weight
or preponderance of evidence sways the court's decision.  Thus, narrative
description of observable phenomena is adequate and acceptable if
nothing more substantial can be developed as evidence.
FOLLOW-UP PANEL ACTIVITIES

     A.  Development of Legal Guidance for Scientists

The panel agreed that as an exercise, it would define the elements
of an ideal case, and then determine just how far from the ideal
each element could stray, before the study would be deemed useless.
An ideal case of ecological damage assessment was defined as one in
which:

         1) All parties were defined.

         2) A scientific baseline was available.

         3) Damage was to a commercial crop.

         4) Cause and effect of the spill was clearly demonstrable.

         5) Economic losses were measurable.

         6) Means of measurement were known, verified, and agreed
            upon.

         7) Predictable losses of resources and their economic
            values were agreed upon. (

Clearly this set of criteria never will be fully met.  What then,
can scientists contribute to the adjudication of these seven points?
                                 345

-------
 Identification of the parties is not in the scientific realm.  The
 parties will be determined by the courts.  The remaining 6 criteria
 are  fair game for the scientific community.  The guidance to be
 developed by the panel will deal with such questions as:

         - Do conditions under which samples are taken affect
           stringency of proof required?

         - Can index species be used to presume baseline conditions?

         - Must an effect on man be proven to demonstrate damage?

         - Can scientific findings be prioritized in the legal arena?

         - Must cause and effect be provable in every case?

         - How much money is a dead barnacle really worth?        ^

     B.  Specific Projects

 The  projects recommended by the panel represent broad brush, but not
 exhaustive proposals to gather information which would be useful in
 assessing socioeconomic impacts of oil pollution.  It should be noted
 that any person or corporate entity earning more than 25 percent of
 his  yearly income from marine related activities is entitled to
 redress if he can prove damage under proposed legislation (HR-6803).
 Thus, in addition to providing the OSC with information which would
 assist in the choice of cleanup methods, the socioeconomic studies
 are  seen as providing yard sticks against which compensation for given
 incidents may be measured.

 The  suggested studies fall into two groups.  Baseline studies are
 seen as providing basic information about socioeconomic activities
which will probably be impacted by any spill.  These studies would
 require periodic updating.  The second group of studies provide
 specific information useful in impact assessment, but would not need
 to be updated.  The actual impact studies after a polluting event
would draw upon the two groups of research studies and would ascertain
 the  impact in socioeconomic terms.
                                346

-------
                SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS PANEL

                        Recommended Projects*
 1.  Overview of the maritime socioeconomic activities of the region
     by sub-region.

 2.  Baseline study of commercial fisheries processing industry by
     sub-region.

 3.  Baseline study of the fish processing industry by sub-region.

 4.  Baseline study of the fish trucking by regions and sub-regions.

 5.  Baseline study of fish retailing dependent upon locally caught
     fish by sub-region and region.

 6.  Baseline study of the recreational boating industry and of
     boat ownership and use.

 7.  Baseline study of sports fishing by sub-region.

 8.  Baseline study of recreational use of the shoreline.

 9.  Analysis of effectiveness of baseline research as a basis for
     assessing legal damage.

10.  Analysis of the cost-effectiveness of oil spill cleanup operations.

11.  Study of the socioeconomic factors involved in locating oil
     pollution response equipment stores and the designation of areas
     for beaching or off-loading damaged vessels.

12.  Analysis of oil transportation patterns for the region by sub-
     region.

13.  Development of models for the assessment of socioeconomic damage
     following spills.


*Projects 1-8 are considered baseline studies providing basic socio-
 economic information which would require periodic updating*  Projects
 9-14 provide specific information useful in impact assessment
 which would not require updating.
                                347

-------
14.  Assignment of socioeconomic priorities for protection of areas
     vulnerable to oil spills by sub-region.

15.  Preliminary descriptions of additional projects.
                                348

-------
              PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
              PROJECT NO:  1
              PRIORITY RANK:
1.  Project Title;  Overview of the Maritime Socioeconomic Activities
                    of the Region by Sub-Region (A sub-region is
                    defined as one bounded by natural features of the
                    marine environment, e.g., Narragansett Bay or
                    Vineyard Sound.)

2.  Project Description;

    Goals of the project would be:

    A.  Ascertain population size, demographic characteristics, and
        distribution by season;

    B.  Provide a general description of the human use, and economic
        value of the marine environment by region and sub-region;

    C.  Provide a full description .of the industrial uses of the
        marine environment (e.g., sand and gravel extraction, shore
        line industrial sites, ports and terminals);

    D.  Identify the fisheries and their socioeconomic values;

    E.  Identify other uses of the marine environment and their
        socioeconomic values;

    F.  Identify areas and uses particularly vulnerable
        to oil pollution;

    G.  Provide a comprehensive reference to previous experience
        in coping with oil spills and cleanup.

3.  Performing Organizations:

    State Coastal Zone Management (CZM) Offices; University of
    Massachusetts; University of Maine; University of Rhode Island
    (URI); Southeastern Massachusetts University (SMU); MIT; Woods
    Hole Oceanographic Institution (WHOI), EG&G, Northeast Marine
    Environmental Institution; Temple, Barker and Sloane, Inc.

4.  Applicable Habitat;

5.  Applicable Conditions;
                               349

-------
 6.  Applicable Oil Type:

 7.  Time Frame:

     1 year; updated quinquennially.

 8.  Cost;

     $80,000 initially; $20,000 for updates.

 9.  Equipment Needs/Availability:

10.  Facility Needs/Availability:

11.  Personnel Needs/Availability:

12.  Support Services:

13.  Payoff:

     The study will provide an overview of socioeconomic activities
     in the region and will pinpoint areas of particular impact for
     later studies.

14.  Limitations:
                                 350

-------
              PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
              PROJECT NO:  2
              PRIORITY RANK:
1.  Project Title:  Baseline Study of Commercial Fisheries by
                    Sub-Region

2.  Project Description:

    Goals of the project would be:

    A.  Collate catch statistics by species, by location of catch,
        by value on landing at the dock.

    B.  Provide data on the number of vessels and fishermen using
        the sub-region as

        (1) a base for operations

        (2) regular fishing activity

    C.  Examine structure of industry (e.g., company or family
        ownership of vessels; part or full-time fishing activities;
        whether subsistence or purely commercial fisheries).

    D.  Investigate capital employed in the industry (value, age
        and size of vessels, gear, etc.).

3.  Performing Organizations;

    NOAA/NMFS; New England Fishery Management Council (NEFMC);
    WHOI (Dr. Peterson and Dr. Smith); URI (Drs. Poggie and Norton);
    University of Maine (Dr. J. Atcheson) EG&G (Mr. Henry Cygan).
    (N.B. Dr. Peterson is completing a baseline study for the NEFMC;
    Drs. Poggie and Atcheson have a newly awarded contract from NSF
    for a regional study.)

4.  Applicable Habitat;

5.  Applicable Conditions;

6.  Applicable Oil Type;

7.  Time Frame:

    2 year initial study; 1 month annual updates.


                               351

-------
 8.  Cost:

     $300,000 initially; $12,000 annually.

 9.  Equipment Needs/Availability;

10-  Facility Needs/Availability:

11.  Personnel Needs/Availability:

12.  Support Services:

13.  Payoff:

     Full assessment of probable socioeconotnic impacts on the fishing
     industry.

14.  Limitations:
                                 352

-------
              PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
              PROJECT NO:  3
              PRIORITY RANK:            »
1.  Project Title;  Baseline Study of the Fish Processing Industry
                    by Sub-Region

2.  Project Description;

    Goals of the project would be:

    A.  Provide fish product statistics by species, source and
        value;

    B.  Indicate the number of plants and employees, and the size
        and value of the operations;

    C.  Indicate the structure of the industry for each sub-region
        (e.g., whether frozen or fresh fish are used; degree of
        vertical integration with associated industries; company or
        family plant-ownership; whether seasonal, part or full-time
        operation in normal practice);

    D.  Capital structure of the industry (age, value, and type of
        equipment, etc.);

3.  Performing Organizations:

    WHOI (Dr. Peterson and Dr. Smith); URI (Dr. Norton);
    SMU (Dr. Giorgioni); University of Maine (Dr. Wilson); Uni-
    versity of Massachusetts-Amherst (Dr. Storey) EG&G (Mr. Henry
    Cygan).  (N.B. Drs. Peterson and Smith are currently working on
    a similar study.)

4.  Applicable Habitat:

5.  Applicable Conditions:

6.  Applicable Oil Types:

7.  Time Frame;

    1 year initially; 2 weeks annual update.

8.  Cost;

    $40,000 initially;  $6,000 annually.

                               353

-------
 9.  Equipment Needs/Availability:

10.  Facility Needs/Availability:

11.  Personnel Needs/Availability;

12.  Support Services:

13.  Payoff:

     Indication of the  probable impacts of oil pollution on the
     fish processing industry.

14.  Limitations:
                                354

-------
               PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
               PROJECT NO:  4
               PRIORITY RANK:
 1.  Project Title:  Baseline Study of Fish Trucking by Regions and
                     Sub-Regions

 2.  Project Description:

     Goals of the project would be:

     A.  Mapping of fish distribution networks;

     B.  Detail the numbers of trucks and persons solely involved
         in the transportation of fish;

     C.  Show the structure of the industry (e.g., whether company
         or individually owned trucks; the degree of vertical integra-
         tion, etc.);

     D.  An analysis of the capitalization of fish truckings
         (e.g., value, age and type of trucks; whether owned or
         leased, etc.).

 3.  Performing Organizations:

     University of Massachusetts (Storey)
     WHOI (Peterson and Smith)
     EG&G (Cygan and Strack)

 4.  Applicable Habitat:

 5.  Applicable Conditions:

 6.  Applicable Oil Type:

 7.  Time Frame:

     Three months initially; update 1 week annually (this could
     be associated with the update of fish processing).

 8.  Cost:

 9-  Equipment Needs/Availability:

10.  Facility Needs/Availability:
                               355

-------
11.  Personnel Needs/Availability;

12.  Support Services;

13.  Payoffs;

     Provide an estimate of an industry which would be affected
     if oil pollution caused a shift in fishing grounds and landing
     ports.

14.  Limitations:
                                 356

-------
              PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
              PROJECT NO:  5
              PRIORITY RANK:
 1.  Project Title:  Baseline Study of Fish Retailing Dependent
                    Upon Locally Caught Fish by Sub-Region and
                    Region

 2.  Project Description:

    Goals of the project would be:

    A.  Provide an analysis of the sources of fish supplied, their
        quantity and value, and the  local market area served;

    B,  A mapping of the number of markets/stores and persons
        engaged in the  industry by season;
                        \
    C.  An analysis of  the structure of the industry (e.g*, degree of
        vertical integration with other aspects of the fishing
        industry; whether company or family owned, etc.);

    D.  Capital structure of the retail system (e.g., value, age,
        and type of store, equipment, e^c.).

 3.  Performing Organizations:

    University of Massachusetts-Amherst (Storey)
    URI
    WHOI (Peterson and  Smith)
    EG&G (Cygan and Strack)

4.  Applicable Habitat:

 5.  Applicable Conditions:

 6.  Applicable Oil Type:

 7.  Time Frame:

    Four months initially; quinquennially update of 2 weeks.

8.  Cost:

    $20,000 initially;  $2,500 for updates.
              t
9.  Equipment Needs/Availability:
                               357

-------
10.  Facility Needs/Availability:

11.  Personnel Needs/Availability:

12.  Support Services:

13.  Payoff:

     An assessment of the structure of a local industry which would
     be quickly af fectedy of local supplies if fish were tainted or
     fishing grounds closed.

14.  Limitations:
                                 358

-------
              PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
              PROJECT NO:  6
              PRIORITY RANK:
1.  Project Title;  Baseline Study of the Recreational Boating
                    Industry and of Boat Ownership and Use

2.  Project Description:

    Objectives of the project would be:

    A.  Description of the size, numbers and location of recreational
        boating facilities—marinas, boatyards, boat ramps—both
        public and private, their degree of use and spatial distribu-
        tion;

    B.  Values, numbers and types of boats by region and sub-region;

    C.  Socioeconomic profiles of boat owners and patterns of
        use of their craft;

    D.  Capital structure of marinas (e.g., ownership patterns, value
        and size of facilities, equipment, etc.);

    E.  Capital structure of boatyards (e.g., ownership patterns, Value
        and size of facilities, equipment, etc.).

3.  Performing Organizations:

    State CZM Offices
    URI (Dr. Rorholm)
    MIT (Dr. Devanney)
    WHOI (Peterson and Smith)
    SMU
    University of Maine
    EG&G (Cygan and Strack)

4«  Applicable Habitat:

5.  Applicable Conditions:

6.  Applicable Oil Type:

7.  Time Frame;

    9 months.
                               359

-------
 8.  Cost:

     $30,000-

 9.  Equipment Needs/Availability:

10.  Facility Needs/Availability:

11.  Personnel Needs/Availability:

12.  Support Services:

13.  Payoff:

     Identification of  patterns of  recreational boating facilities use
     for OSC planning,  and the impact of oil pollution in sub-regions.

14.  Limitations:
                               360

-------
               PANEL:   SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
               PROJECT NO:  7
               PRIORITY RANK:
 1.  Project Title:   Baseline Study of Sports Fishing by Sub-Region

 2.  Project Description;

     Objectives of the project would be:

     A.  Description of size and location of fishing areas,  their
         degree of use and the species sought;

     B.  Description of the numbers of fisherman engaged in  off-shore,
         near-shore and on-shore sport fishing; a demographic profile
         of sports fisherman, and a socioeconomic appraisal  of the
         number, size and types of boats and gear used;

     C.  Size, location and extent of charter boat operations, bait
         shops and services provided in local communities;

     D.  Capital structure of service sector.

 3.  Performing Organizations:

     NOAA/NMFS
     State CZM Offices
     URI (Dr. Rorholm)
     WHOI (Drs. Peterson and Smith)
     EG&G (Cygan and Strack)

(N.B. NOAA/NMFS already conducts a survey of sports fishing  which
could easily be expanded to meet the needs of the baseline  study=)

 4.  Applicable Habitat:

 5.  Applicable Conditions:

 6.  Applicable Oil  Type:

 7.  Time Frame;

     1 year; updated quinquennially.

 8.  Cost:

     Initially $60,000; updates $60,000

                                361

-------
 9.  Equipment Needs/Availability:




10.  Facility Needs/Availability;




11.  Personnel Needs/Availability;




12.  Support Services:




13.  Payoff:




     Provides a basis for the assessment of damage to sports fishing.




14.  Limitations:
                                 362

-------
               PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
               PROJECT NO:  8
               PRIORITY RANK:
 1.  Project Title:  Baseline Study of Recreational Use of the
                     Shoreline

 2.  Project Description:

     Objective of the project would be:

     A.  Ascertain size and location of shoreline amenity areas
         (e.g* beaches, salt water ponds, marshes, coastal trails,
         town wetland areas) and size of population served;

     B.  Determine types of use and social profiles of users;

     C.  Determine types of facilities, whether public or private,
         and the type and value of equipment provided.

 3.  Performing Organizations:

     State CZM Office
     University of Massachusetts-Amherst (Storey)
     URI (Rorholm)
     WHO I
     SMU
     University of Maine
     University of New Hampshire
     EG&G (Cygan and Strack)
     Northeast Marine Environmental Institution

 4.  Applicable Habitat:

 5.  Applicable Conditions:

 6.  Applicable Oil Type:

 7.  Time Frame:

     6 months initially; one month quinquennial update.

 8.  Cost:

     $30,000 initially; $6,000 for updating.

 9.  Equipment Needs/Availability:

10.  Facility Needs/Availability:


                               363

-------
11.  Personnel Needs/Availability:




12.  Support Services:




13.  Payoff;




     Assessment of value to user population.




14.  Limitations:
                                364

-------
               PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
               PROJECT NO:  9
               PRIORITY RANK:
 1.  Project Title;  Analysis of Effectiveness of Baseline Research
                     ,as a Basis for Assessing Legal Damage

 2.  Project Description:

     Objectives of the project would be:

     A.  To compare the costs of baseline and post-spill research
         with assessment of damages awarded by courts.

     B.  To ascertain the usefulness of information generated in
         research projects in the assessment of damages.

 3.  Performing Organizations:

     University of Massachusetts
     URI
     SMU
     WHOI
     EG&G (Cygan and Strack)

 4.  Applicable Habitat;

 5.  Applicable Conditions;

 6.  Applicable Oil Type:

 7.  Time Frame;

     3 months duration after legal proceeding completed.  (The
     frequency of such studies would be determined by the RRT).

 8.  Cost:

     $20,000

 9.  Equipment Needs/Availability:

10.  Facility Needs/Availability:

11.  Personnel Needs/Availability:
                                365

-------
12.  Support Needs:




13.  Payoff:




14.  Limitations:
                                 366

-------
              PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
              PROJECT NO:  10
              PRIORITY RANK:
1.  Project Title:  Analysis of the Cost-Effectiveness of Oil Spill
                    Cleanup Operations

2.  Project Description:

    Objectives of the research would be:

    A.  Analysis of the cost components of cleanup operations and
        the effectiveness of these operations.

    B.  Identify the cost benefit of cleanup operations required
        under the National Contingency Plan.

    C.  Review these costs and cost benefits in relation to socio-
        economic impacts observed.

3.  Performing Organizations:

    USCG
    EPA
    State CZM Offices
    University of Maine
    University of Massachusetts
    URI
    SMU
    WHOI
    EG&G
    Northeast Marine Environmental Institution
    Temple, Barker and Sloane, Inc.

4.  Applicable Habitat:

5.  Applicable Conditions;

6.  Applicable Oil Type_;

7.  Time Frame;

    3 months

8.  Cost;

    $30,000

9.  Equipment Needs/Availability:

                                367

-------
10.  Facility Needs/Availability:




11.  Personnel Needs/Availability:




12.  Support Services:




13.  Payoff:




     Input to the review of the national and regional plans.




14.  Limitations:
                                368

-------
               PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
               PROJECT NO:  11
               PRIORITY RANK:
 1.  Project Title:  Study of the Socioeconomic Factors Involved
                     in Locating Oil Pollution Response Equipment
                     Stores and the Designation of Areas for Beaching
                     or Off-Loading Damaged Vessels

 2.  Project Description:

     Objectives of the project would be:

     A.  Establish criteria for the designation of "refuse" areas
         including public and private use, economic and social values
         of the areas.

     B.  Assess alternative sites proposed by USCG.

 3.  Performing Organizations:

     State CZM Offices
     University of Maine
     University of Massachusetts
     URI
     WHOI
     EG&G
     Northeast Marine Environmental Institution

 4.  Applicable Habitat:

 5.  Applicable Conditions:

 6.  Applicable Oil Type:

 7.  Time Frame:

     3 months.

 8.  Cost:

     $25,000

 9.  Equipment Needs/Availability:
                                            4

10.  Facility Needs/Availability:

11.  Personnel Needs/Availability;

                                369

-------
12.  Support Services:

13.  Payoff;

     Avoidance of additional socioeconomic impact from spilled oil
     mitigation procedures.

14.  Limitations:
                               370

-------
               PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
               PROJECT NO:  12
               PRIORITY RANK:
 1.  Project Title:  Analysis of Oil Transportation Patterns for
                     the Region by Sub-Region

 2.  Project Description:

     Objective of the project would be:

     A.  Review movement of oil to and from regional ports, and
         through the seaways of the region, by type and quantity of
         oil carried and the type and size of vessel;

     B.  Identify areas of greatest density of oil movements.

 3.  Performing Organizations:

     USCG
     NOAA
     State CZM Offices
     University of Maine
     University of Massachusetts
     URI
     WHOI
     EG&G
     Northeast Marine Environmental Institution
     Temple, Barker and Sloane, Inc.

(N.B.  A study of traffic off Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts
and Rhode Island has been sponsored by NOAA and is being completed by
WHOI.)

 4.  Applicable Habitat:

 5.  Applicable Conditions:

 6.  Applicable Oil Type:

 7.  Time Frame;

     3 months.

 8.  Cost;

     $25,000

 9-  Equipment Needs/Availability:


                                 371

-------
10.  Facility Needs/Availability:

11.  Personnel Needs/Availability:

12.  Support Services:

13.  Payoff:

     Identification of  vulnerable  areas and types of threat to
     the environment.

14.  Limitations:
                                372

-------
               PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
               PROJECT NO:  13
               PRIORITY RANK:
 1.  Project Title;  Development of Models for the Assessment of
                     Socioeconomic Damage Following Spills

 2.  Project Description;

     Objectives of the project would be to:

     A.  From the overview and baseline studies develop criteria
         to be used to assess damage;

     B.  Develop an assessment plan for application to specific
         spills.

 3.  Performing Organizations:

     EPA
     NOAA
     State CZM Offices
     University of Maine
     University of Massachusetts
     URI
     WHOI
     EG&G
     Northeast Marine Environmental Institution
     Temple, Barker and Sloane, Inc.

 4.  Applicable Habit;

 5.  Applicable Conditions;

 6.  Applicable Oil Type;

 7.  Time Frame:

     3 months; update after response experience at the request of RRT.

 8.  Cos t;

     $25,000 initially.

 9.  Equipment Needs/Availability:

10.  Facility Needs/Availability:

11-  Personnel Needs/Availability:

                                373

-------
12.  Support Services:




13.  Payoff:




     Standardization of assessment procedures,




14.  Limitations:
                                374

-------
               PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS
               PROJECT NO:  14
               PRIORITY RANK:
 1.  Project Title:  Assignment of Socioeconomic Priorities for
                     Protection of Areas Vulnerable to Oil Spills
                     by Sub-Regions

 2.  Project Description:

     Objective of the project would be to:

     A.  Develop socioeconomic criteria for protection of specific
         sites;

     B.  Develop, in conjunction with State and local governments,
         designations of priority in each sub-region.

 3.  Performing Organizations:

     State CZM Offices
     Regional University and Institutions
     Northeast Marine Environmental Institution

 4.  Applicable Habitat:

 5.  Applicable Conditions:

 6.  Applicable Oil Type:

 7.  Time Frame:

     3 months.

 8.  Cost:

     $25,000

 9.  Equipment Needs/Availability:

10.  Facility Needs/Availability:

11.  Personnel Needs/Availability:

12.  Support Services;
                                375

-------
13:  Payoff:

     Advice to OSC and States on protection of sites to be used in
     specific sub-regions.

14.  Limitations:
                               376

-------
               PANEL:  SOCIOECONOMIC AND LEGAL ASPECTS

            Preliminary Descriptions of Additional Projects*


 1.  Analysis of the costs of Federally authorized cleanups (FWCTA
     Act of 1970).

     Description of research tasks:

     a) Size of spill and nature of oil;
     b) Size of cleanup area;
     c) Duration of cleanup;
     d) Extent of personal property affected;
     e) Cost of cleanup of various types of property;
     f) Degree of success of cleanup.

 2.  A study of the nature of commercial insurance adjuster's manuals
     for determining injury to, destruction of, or loss of use of:

     a) real property;
     b) personal property;
     c) natural resources;
     d) income/earnings.

     Research Objective:  Develop a similar set of predictions for
                          use by assessors in oil spill cases.

 3.  A national compendium of insurance and legal specialists
     experienced in oil spill litigation.

     Description of research objective:

     Establish, for the benefit of the public, the damage assessment
     panels and administrative judges, a roll of those with particular
     experience in oil spill litigation and the assessment of property
     damage and economic loss rising therefrom.

 4.  A summary of the operation of the international TOVALOP and
     CRISTAL funds in paying for oil spill damages.

 5.  A study of international practices in assessing cleanup and damage
     costs for oil spills, and in providing reimbursements.
*These projects were proposed but full discussion of them was not
 accomplished.
                                377

-------
Description of research objectives:

Develop comparative case studies of the methods used in oil
pollution cases in Japan, Norway, France and the United Kingdom
for possible use in standard setting.

Compilation of a digest or handbook on the variability in natural
resources, particularly those of commercial value, and their use
and the causes of such variability.

Description of research objectives:

Provide a guide to lawyers, panels of assessors and administrative
judges in interpreting standard regulations and assessment.
                            378

-------
    FACILITIES AND DATA MANAGEMENT PANEL
               Participants

          C.L. Eidam, Chairperson
R. Boynton                  M. Lockwood
C. Buehrens                 W.J. Marhoffer
P.J. Cavicchi               Lt. Cradr. J. Marotta
A.R. Ceurvels               J. Ripp
J. Fiske                    Lt. D. Sande
J. Griffin                  M.D. Schuldt
G.F. Kelly                  L. Smith
D. Kennedy                  W.H.B. Smith
              Cdr. J. Valenti
                   379

-------
                   FACILITIES AND DATA MANAGEMENT PANEL


                  •  Guidelines and Criteria for
                        Facilities

                  •  Data Management Aspects

                  •  Research Vessels in EPA Region I

                  •  EPA Region I Chain of Custody Procedures
GUIDELINES AND CRITERIA FOR FACILITIES

     A.  Reporting Format for Facilities

Initial order of business centered around a review of the guidance
prepared for the panel by the Chairman and deciding on a course of
action which the panel would follow to fulfill its objectives.  After
a fairly lengthy review, it was accepted by the panel as a workable
document.  The panel then focused on the specific criteria which
would be used to fulfill the guidance document.  The remainder of
the session was spent defining these criteria into a workable report-
ing format for inclusion in the workshop report.

In developing this reporting format, the panel considered two basic
scenarios:  (1)  emergency scientific support to the On-scene Coordi-
nator (OSC) and (2) longer term (or after-the-fact) environmental as-
sessment studies.  The reason for this delineation centered mainly
around the availability of funding for emergency OSC support through
the Federal revolving fund, and the present lack of dedicated funds
for longer term studies.  The first topic covered was fixed and
mobile laboratory facilities.  The panel initially separated this
topic into two groups, but after considerable discussion, the panel
felt that mobile laboratories are essentially a support function of
fixed laboratory facilities and, therefore, decided to identify
mobile labs as a support category under fixed laboratories.
<,
The following is an outline of the reporting format which was agreed
on by the panel to describe fixed laboratories facilities in accor-
dance with the guidance document.

         1.  Fixed Laboratories

             a.  Location
                                  380

-------
             b.  Operating Organization

             c.  Contact Person:  Name, Bus.  tel., 24-hour tel.
                 Alternate:       Name, Bus.  tel., 24-hour tel.

             d.  Capabilities

                 (1)  Physical Oceanography

                 (2)  Biological Oceanography

                 (3)  Chemical Oceanography

                 (4)  Geological Oceanography

                 (5)  Current Research/Operational Activities

                 (6)  Maximum Sample Output  (1 day, 1 week, etc.) by
                      category of hydrocarbon analysis, oil identifi-
                      cation, etc.

                 (7)  Mobile Laboratory

             e.  Availability

                 (1)  Emergency Support - categorize high or low

                 (2)  Longer Term Studies -  categorize high or low

A number of issues were discussed in arriving at this reporting
format.  Most notably, the issue 9f funding  and analytical costs was
at question.   It was the concensus of the panel, based on advise
from Coast Guard representatives, that funding of emergency support
services to the OSC was available through the Pollution Revolving
Fund, and, therefore, was not a constraint.   While this is true if
the fund is activated, there will be a number of incidents in which
the responsible party will be taking proper  cleanup actions, thus
not allowing use of the fund at times during which the OSC might
still need scientific support.  In these cases, the considerations
pertinent to longer term studies will apply.
                                                         i
This panel recognized that the availability  of laboratories for longer
term studies would be dependent on a number  of factors.  Federal
laboratories, for example, might be willing  to undertake longer
term studies if they fell within the criteria of already funded
research activities.  The availability of private laboratories,
however, would probably be based on the results of bid invitations
and the acceptance of some form of basic ordering agreements (BOA)
for the specific projects required.

                                 381

-------
         2.  Command/Coordination Centers

The NOAA-SOR Team has established operating guidance which includes
criteria for command/coordination centers.  This document was made
available to the panel by the SOR Team director.  If possible,
identical or similar criteria will be used by the panel to ensure
maximum compatability.

         3.  Fixed Wing Aircraft

The following criteria were established by the panel to describe
fixed wing aircraft.

             a.  Aircraft Type

             b.  Operating Organization

             c.  Contact Person:  Name, Bus. tel., 24-hour tel.

             d.  Alternate:       Name, Bus. tel., 24-hour tel.

             e.  Remote Sensing Capability

             f.  Range

             g.  Load and Passenger Capacity

             h.  Navigation Capability

             i«  Operating Costs

             j.  Other Capabilities:  e.g., over water, water
                                      landing capability

         4.  Rotary Wing Aircraft

The same criteria as applied to fixed wing aircraft apply to rotary
wing aircraft.

         5.  Nearshore Oceanographic Vessels

These were subdivided by the panel into short endurance work platforms
(i.e., no overnight capabilities) and longer endurance nearshore  craft.
The following criteria will be used to describe these vessels.
                                  382

-------
             a.   Ship Type

             b.   Operating Organization

             c.   Contact Person:  Name, Bus. tel.,  24-hour tel.

             d.   Alternate:       Name, Bus. tel.,  24-hour tel.

             e.   Range

             f.   Endurance

             g.   Sampling Capabilities - Including  fish and
                 plankton travels, benthic sampling (both geo-
                 logical and biological) water column sampling,
                 instrument emplacement and meteorological
                 capabilities.

             h.   Scientific Party Capacity

             i.   Draft

             j.   Navigation Capability

         6.  Offshore Oceanographic Vessels

Same as a-j above.  Other capabilities - include satellite support
(i.e., work boats, helicopter landing and refueling capabilities,
etc.).

         7.  Radio Communications

             a.   Operating organization

             b.   Location

             c.   Contact Person:  Name, Bus. tel.,  24-hr tel.

                 Alternate:       Name, Bus. tel.,  24-hr tel.

             d.   Frequency assignments - other frequencies available,

             e.   Types of Equipment:  Base, mobile, hand held

             f.   Range

                 (1)  Base - mobile

                 (2)  Base - hand held

                                 333

-------
                 (3)  Mobile - hand held

             g.  Equipment Available

                 (1)  Base

                 (2)  Mobile

                 (3)  Hand held

             h.  Availability

             i.  Daily Time of Operation

             j.  Mobile Operator Interface - yes, no


Land line communications, including telephone and TWX/TELEX capability
will also have to be inventoried for all participating organizations.

         8.  Submersible Criteria

     The following criteria were established for submersibles:

         1)  Vessel Name

         2)  Operating organization

         3)  Location

         4)  Contact person:  Name, bus. tel, 24-hr tel.

             Alternate:       Name, bus. tel, 24-hr tel.

         5)  Depth capability

         6)  Sensing/sampling capability

         7)  Speed

         8)  Endurance

         9)  Surface Support Requirements

        10)  Transportability

        11)  Scientific compliment
                                384

-------
        12)  Lock-out capabilities

        13)  Operating Costs

        14)  Availability

        15)  Communications

        16)  Navigational capability

        17)  Safety equipment

     B.  Funding for Facilities

The panel discussed various alternative mechanisms which might be
utilized to fund the use of facilities.  It was recognized that the
normal contracting procedures used by the Federal Government are much
too lengthy to be effectively utilized to fund private sector response.
The panel, therefore, recommends that the following mechanism be
investigated by the executive committee as possible funding means:

         *  Basic ordering agreements (BOA'S)

         •  Letter contracts

         •  Procedures used by the Coast Guard for funding clean-up
            contractor emergency response.

The use of interagency agreements was felt to be a viable method
of transferring funds among Federal agencies for reimbursement
of facility costs, if needed.  It was recognized, however, that all
Federal agencies have statutory responsibility for oil spills, and,
therefore, should be encouraged to commit their own resources to this
problem.

     C.  Follow-up Work on Facilities

The panel agreed that it could go no further in its work until spe-
cific information is obtained from all participating organizations.
The Chairperson, therefore, relieved the panel of any further respon-
sibilities.  The Chairperson will now begin to gather specific
information required to complete our work.  To date, the following
organizations have submitted facilities data:  University of Rhode
Island, EG&G, Jackson Estuarine Lab (UNH), USGS, USCG, ERGO, NOAA-SOR.
                                  385

-------
DATA MANAGEMENT ASPECTS

     A.  General Considerations

The success or failure of any scientific endavor can only be as-
sessed by the quality of the data gathered and the mechanism by which
the integrity of these data is maintained throughout the time period
required for initial assessment of the problem until the data is
deposited in a national archive.  Data .quality can be assured by
adapting valid procedures, utilizing proper techniques, etc.  Data
integrity can only be assured through an adequate data management
system.  This system can be as simple as using a set of 3 x 5 cards
to track the data from the time it is collected until it reaches its
final "resting place," or it could be a sophisticated computerized
system as is currently being used for the NOAA/BLM OCSEAP program in
Alaska.

     B.  Data Management and Chain of Custody

This plan shall be an integral part of the proposed organization
of the scientific response program and, as such, shall include within
its framework the necessary elements of its "chain of custody"
procedure to insure legal sufficiency of data collected.

     As proposed, a data management plan at a minimum should include
the following elements:

         1.  A predesignated data coordinator.  This could be the
EPA or NOAA scientific coordinator (be it nearshore or offshore) or
an assistant at that level.  This individual will:
             a.  Respond immediately in support of the response
                 team to regional spills for the purpose of
                 implementing the data tracking and chain of
                 custody procedures.

             b.  Interact with all NOAA components and contrac-
                 tors to ensure that data tracking and necessary
                 chain of custody procedures are carried out.

             c.  Act as a sample transfer mechanism when ship
                 returns from cruise.  This will insure consis-
                 tency in chain of custody procedures as well as
                 insuring integrity of collected data.
                                 386

-------
             d.  Act as a training officer to brief staff and con-
                 tract personnel on  the necessity of chain of
                 custody and data handling procedures and will
                 be a local source of chain of custody materials.

         2.  Adoption of an existing data tracking system as well as
archival formats for all oil spill environmental investigations.  As
an initial proposal, the tracking system and its archive formats
developed for'the BLM/OCSEAP could be used.  It appears that the data
management approach taken for OCS investigation could be satisfactory
for this purpose.

         3.  Designation of a national repository to store and dis-
seminate the data upon completion of its field project.

These are four main points to emphasize in this plan:
         •  A data/chain of custody coordination must be
            identified prior  to a  spill.

         9  Adoption of a data tracking system

         •  Predesignation (if available) of formats for which
            data shall be reported.

         •  Designation of a  national repository.

The Environmental Data Service (EDS) of NOAA has a field liaison
officer at Region I (Woods Hole) with extensive knowledge, contacts
and experience in data management.  This individual shall act as a
focal point for data management activities as well as serve as a
consultant in data management matters to the damage assessment team
leader.

In addition, this office is prepared to supply to its scientific
support team information, the availability of necessary baseline
enviornmental information (data/literature) in the area of the
spill.  Other services available through this office are access to
the Environmental Data Base Director which will identify other types
of data which has been collected in the area of the spill.
RESEARCH VESSELS IN EPA REGION I

The following pages identify research vessels  available  in  the New
England Region categorized in three groups; offshore vessels, near-
                                  387

-------
shore long endurance vessels (e.g., remain at sea more than one day),
and nearshore short endurance vessels.  The listing is based on
a 1974 UNOLS inventory and the oceanographic vessel listing in
the 1976 Sea Technology Handbook, supplemented by information sub-
mitted at the Hartford Workshop.  Some information may be outdated or
incorrect.  Therefore, appropriate persons are requested to verify
and complete information on those vessels lis'ted and to identify
vessels not listed by using the blank forms at the end of each vessel
grouping.
                                 388

-------
OFFSHORE VESSELS
        389

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name (yr. built) ?LBAT£OS&  JC
 Operating  Institution:
                  , JM-fi
  U_OOl>S
LOA_\£2_
                Beam
Draft
Displ. Tons |} ft 83   Cruising Speed 1 1
Machinery"!^ eSE t- _ H. P .
Type Hull/Material
Accommodations :
             Crew
Day Cruise   _
Overnight
Ext. Cruise
Endurance:
   Days-
       11 ....... "" :::::lm::
                      Scientists
                         _
                           1^
                           1 3
                 Miles 3 OOP
                        ^
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
                                                    Home PortUJOCteS  totCtVAA
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No. (Bus./After hrs.)
Lab Spaces (Describe)  CHEMICAL
                                            Electric Power:
Winches :
                          (.0  Volts  110/240
                                  (a
Wire Size
Length
H. P.
Booms /Cranes:
   Type
                                      Cap
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Nav. Equipment	
Describe any special vessel capabilities  eueCTEtg.
Vessel available for outside use? 	
Cost:  Per day	Per week
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments       	
                                        390

-------
                        D. S. ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research  Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name (yr. built )
                            flTLflKjTlC "HOHQ
                                                        Port STBTEM TSUFjMb ,
Operating Institution:
                   S. ae. \>v \J
                           071.4 8
                                           Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No.  (Bus./After hrs.)
LOA    9*7
                Beam 28   Draf t
Displ. Tons  1 03   Cruising Speed IP £T-S
Machinery ~Dl£se L    (z)   H.P.  454
Type Hull/Material
Accommodations:
             Crew
Day Cruise   	
Overnight
Ext. Cruise
Endurance:
   Days-  20
                      Scientists
                         JLB.
                        4-000
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder T^eioC/ ix  lag-43
Nav. Equipment
                                           Lab Spaces (Describe) /Q X /ff   //J
                                                    -  f*esn/SAL~r  turrre ^  //
                                                  2O8 vce."T
                                           Electric Powar:
                                           K.W. 3O4O  volts
                                           Winches:
                                           Wire Size
                                           Length
                                           E. P.
                                           Boons/Cranes:
                                                                Cap
                                              "A"-Frame
                                          flPPr
                                                 ecision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
                                                NtOuuT    6   X
                                                                             3,306
Vessel available for outside use?  'jg^S.   What Basis?
Cost:  Per day	Per week	-
                                                            Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments 	
                                       391

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. built) fiT LftM"H &
 Operating  Institution:
 tMOOfcS  Ho 16
 twootss
                              J-usri7U7C
LOA  ^ 10
                Beam 4-V  Draft  |.fc
Displ. Tons 2.}SOC>  Cruising Speed  \ "Z
Machinery   .STg /» m	H.P._
                       srget-
Type Hull/Material
Accommodations:
             Crew
Day Cruise   	
Overnight     "SI
Ext. Cruise
Endurance:
   Days;	
                      Scientists
                         _2«S
                 Miles  8 OOO
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                                                    Home Port
                                                                                vul
                                            Name & Address of  Contact:
                                            Tel. No. (Bus. /After hrs.)
Lab Spaces (Describe)  4  L»3gS
Electric Power: 	
K.W.          Volts
                                            Winches :
Wire Size
Length
H. P.
Booms/Cranes:
   Typ e	Cap
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use? 	
Cost:  Per day 	Per week
Areal limits of operation
Other comments
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
                                            392

-------
                        U.  S.  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research  Vessel  Inventory
Vessel Same  (yr. built)~\^gLftu]ft"ge IT  AftfeS\  Home Port &J.QuCKSn~£
                                                                               Nfl
Operating Institution:
                ,   /Vfi
Displ. Tons
Machinery
                    _Cruising Speed_
                           H.P. \.f
Type Hull/Material_
Acco^saodations:
             Crew
Day Cruise   	
Overnight
                       ..STggU
                       Scientists
Ext. Cruise    ).g
Endurance:
   Days;	Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
                          ooa
Echo Sounder
J5av. Equipment
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No.  (Bus./After hrs.)
                                            Lab  Spaces  (Describe)  ~2.SC>  fff~Z
                                            Electric Power:
                                            K.W.JSgfl
                                            Winches:
                                                            TI?>M/LS
                                            Wire Size
                                            Length
                                            H. P.
                                            Booms/Cranes:
                                               Type	
                                                                J>P_
                                                "A"-?rame
                                               Precision Recorder_
                                                               jJL
                                              /* ffc-
Describe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use? 	
Cost:  Per day	Per week
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments     	
                                          393

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. built) EKJbEftU0 g   ()4"76, J      Home Port Mftl?gft6flA}^£7T  "T?T*
Operating  Institution:
                           .IsLaud
                Beam  S3 Draft 17 'i'
LOA   \~7~7
Displ. Tons	Cruising Speed f3+S~
Machinery"!^) ffS^L	H.P •	t
Type Hull/Material	JSTT-Tgl,
Accommodations:
             Crew     Scientists
Day Cruise   	        	
Overnight     |"S          |4
Ext. Cruise   |^         j 4
Endurance:
   Days__3g__ Miles_
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
                        -    2.
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel.  No.  (Bus. /After hrs.)
                                            Lab Spaces  (Describe)  yg"S
                                            Electric Power:
                                                     i feo&Voits   4-4O
                                                                             JACDC
                                            Winches: &euBtAL    STD    HNbCg     "BT
                                            Wire Size
                                            Length
                                            H.  P-
                                            Booms/Cranes:
                                               Type	Cap	
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Nav. Equipment
                                  (L-    S.f9T£LL \TS .
Describe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use?	
Cost:  Per day	Per week
Areal limits of operation	
Other comments	
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
                                          39A

-------
                        U.  S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I  - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. built) _Ey£R6-e£gJsi   6C£0tJ fz      gT*
                 Wire Size
                 Length
                 E. P.
                 Booms/Cranes:
                    Type
                                               "A"-Fraiae
                    Precision Recorder
                                            Electric Power:
                                            K.W. _ Volts  I"2O/2.4Q
Nav. Equipment
                                                                    AST  LOS-
Describe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use? ________
Cost:  Per day	Per week
                                            What Basis?  '
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments      	
                                          395

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL
                        Region I - Research
                                            PROTECTION AGENCY
                                            Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. buj.lt) £(JLf  MAKlklgg   (\QS£\ Home Port M,,,.,  Louden
Operating Institution:
 ~TV&  LEftSlMfr  CjOH
              sTeetrr
                  CT.
  K> Cui
LOA_i22_
Displ. Tons
Machinery
                         >' Draft  12'
                  	Cruising Speed
                  t? L     K.P. i.ooa
Type Hull/Material gB»fui
Accommodations:
             Crew     Scientists
Day Cruise    3            ~
Overnight     y          /fl
Ext. Cruise  ^J*           ie
Endurance:
   Says   "3<3   Miles  "S.QOff
Usual Areas of Operation:   iiuLiMlTEt*
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                               (203)  442-0&93
                                            Tei.  No.  (Bus. /After  hrs.)
                                            Lab Spaces (Describe)
                                            Electric Power:  ^o
                                            K.W.  3O    Volts
                                                                CVCL£
                                            Winches:  '   ftS
                                            Wire Size
                                            Length
                                            H. P.
                                            Bcoais/Cranes:
                                               TypeflieTieuLHTif'b   Cap   £•
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities  £aHlpL-tTc     ,^tug
                          -oW
Vessel available for outside use? _y >^S
Cost:  Per day	Per week
Areal limits of operation    jpfl
Other comments         	  	
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
                                         396

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory,
Vessel Name  (yr. built)
                                      (
Operating Institution:
LOA
                           Draft  it.
Displ. Tons
Machinery
                   _Cruising Speed
                           H.P.
Type Hull/Material
Acconraodations :
             Crew
Day Cruise   ___
Overnight
                      STgg-l-
                      Scientists
Ext. Cruise   2.5"
Endurance:
   Days; _ Miles  IP OOQ
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder   V
Nav. Equipment
                           C"Z\
                                                    Home Port |jL)of?&>.s,
                                            Naae & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No.  (Bus./After hrs.)
                                            Lab Spaces  (Describe)
                                            Electric Power: 	
                                            K.W.	Volts
                                                                               AC/DC
                                            Winches:
                                                                       Tg»ua\_
                                            Wire Size
                                            Length
                                            H. P-
                                            Booms /Cranes:
                                               Type
                                                                 Cap
                                               "A"-Fratse
                                               Precision Recorder Nls'
                                             S ATf
Describe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use?	
Cost:  Per day	Per week
                                            What  Basis?
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comaents  	
                                         397

-------
                         U.  S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                         Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name (yr. built) jQCg ft _MlA$
 Operating Institution:
         Hoti  Cceftfjo
-------
                         U.  S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                         Region I - Research Vessel  Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. built)tfflST
                                       ITT
 Operating Institution:
                 Bean
                           Draft	Q_
                    _Cruising  Speed
LOA	
Displ. Tons
Machinery  1»es£l. fe)  H.P. 44O
Type Hull/Material	_^^_
Accommodations:
             Crew     Scientists
Day Cruise
Overnight
Ext. Cruise    C,          fO-i'Z.
Endurance:
   Days    IZ    Miles	
Usual Areas of Operation:
                      iC. I f-
Echo Sounder
                          - (,OO
Nav. Equipment    /. 6t.a
               ^^^     ABi
                                                    Home Port  go.
                                             Name  & Address of Contact:
                                                        t.
                                            Tel. No.  (Bus. /After hrs.)
Lab Spaces (Describe)  "22O  FT*
                                            Electric Power:
                                                          volts
                                            Winches:
                                            Wire  Size
                                            Length
                                            H. P.
                                            Booms/Cranes:
                                               Type
                                                                _CaP_
                                                "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
                                                                                I/DC
Vessel available for outside use?
Cost:  Per day	Per week
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments  	
                                         399

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name (yr. built)"fy{/
                                          (}<\LU
                                                    Home Port   ~&OST0M
Operating Institution:
              }  ftf)   02.10%
                                            Name & Address  of Contact:
                                                         C*a*t re, Tie.
                                                     742- 42 4£
                                            Tel.  No.  (Bus. /After hrs.)
LOA   i&o '     Beam 22*  Draft f2* (,"
Displ. Tons  "2JZ.O  Cruising Speed ^  gR
Machinery  ~bnrsgL _ H . P .
Type Hull/Material
Accommodations:
             Crew
Day Cruise    V
Overnight
Ext. Cruise
Endurance:
                      Scientists
                 Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
 f ffrfJAe/f)  ^utcp-f. 1  £p#ileb*aiJ
Echo Sounder
                                    L/.S.
                                            Lab Spaces  (Describe)
                                            Electric Power: 	
                                            K.W.    JO    Volts
                                                                              AC/
                                            Winches:
                                                                     "BT
                                            Wire Size    <
                                            Length    "SK£
                                            H.  P.        ^
                                            Booms/Cranes:
                                                                      S7».
                                               "A"-Frame
                                                                Cap  J.gQa lk&
                                            ih Precision Recorder
Nav. Equipment
Describe any special vessel capabilities
                      	i—
Vessel available for outside use?
Cost:  Per day 	Per week
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments    f 6+ u i
    "- 20
                                         400

-------
                         U.  S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                         Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr.  built)
Operating  Institution;
LOA
Beam
                           Draft
Displ, Tons_
Machinery	
   jCruising Speed_
           H.P.
Type Hull/Material_
Accommodations:
             Crew
Day Cruise   	
Overnight    	
Ext. Cruise  	
Endurance:
   Davs
      Scientists
 Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipnent
                                                     Home  Port
                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                             Tel. No.  (Bus./After hrs.)
                                             Lab  Spaces  (Describe)
                            Electric Power:  	
                            K.W.          Volts
                                  AC/DC
                            Winches:
Wire Size
Length
H. P.
Booms/Cranes:
   Type  .
Cap_
                               "A"—'•^•«
                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use?	
Cost:  Per day	Per week
                            What Basis?
                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments
                                          401

-------
NEARSHORE VESSELS - SHORT ENDURANCE
                 402

-------
                        U.  S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENC?
                        Region  I - Research Vessel Inventory

Vessel Name  (yr. built) t>nL-Cl M gfl    ( I044\    Home Port
                                                                             "£ T
 Operating Institution:
                     ?
                     of
 LOA
                Beam
                          I
Draft  •4
Displ. Tons
Machinery
Type  Hull/Material U ftyv/ trr/LrTV
Accommodations :
             Crew
Day Cruise    /
Over-ight     —
Ext. Cruise   —
Endurance:
   Days; _ Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
                       Scientists
                           ^5"
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                    Cruising Speed ffl Kp
                           H.P.
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                                               792.- £203
                                             Tel. No.  (Bus. /After hrs.)
                                             Lab  Spaces  (Describe)
                                            Electric Power: 	
                                            K.W.	Volts
                                            Winches:
                                            Wire  Size
                                            Length
                                            H. P.
                                            Booms/Cranes:
                                               Type jy£sT f jgja^M Cap
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
                                                                              AC/DC
Vessel available for outside use?
Cost:  Per day _ Per week
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments
                                          403

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AQENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. built) F. £. UMLTSQUR.
 Operating Institution:
  loo
                     sr«rrr
LOA
                Beam
                           Draft
Displ. Tons_
Machinery
                    Cruising Speed_jjgj£C5
                           H.P.
Type Hull/Material  f//   /
                     /    f
Accommodations:
             Crew     Scientists
Day Cruise    2
Overnight     "2.
Ext. Cruise   —
Endurance:
   Days;	Miles_
Usual Areas of Operation:
                    >f
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                                                    Home Port
                                                                          mft
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No. (Bus. /After hrs.
                                            Lab Spaces  (Describe)
Electric Power:
K.W.^ *«?
Winches:
                                                                      J2.
                                                                              AC /DC
                                            Wire Size
                                            Length
                                            H. P-
                                            Booms/Cranes:
                                               Type  4-  ?tp4  Cap
                                                                       1  15 U
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use? 	
Cost:  Per day 	Per week
Areal limits of operation _
Other comments
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
                                         404

-------
                        U.  S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I  - Research Vessel  Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. built)  V-E C      ( | *>?>$•J
                                                    Home Port
Operating Institution:
                OF
                Beam
                           Draft
                       Scientists
Displ. Tons  |g>	Cruising Speed	
Machinery  >i esg 1_	H.P. "2 |Q
Type Hull/Material	
Accommodations:
             Crew
Day Cruise     1
Overnight    	
Ext. Cruise  	
Endurance:
   Days;	
                 Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                              HMftfe
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No.  (Bus./After hrs.)
                                            Lab  Spaces  (Describe)  Kl o u I
Electric Power: 	
K.K.	J?olts_
Winches:       	
Wire Size
Length
H. P.
Booms/Cranes:
   Type
_CaP_
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision  Recorder
Describe any special vessel  capabilities
                                                                               AC/DC
Vessel available for outside use? 	
Cost:  Per day 	Per week
                                            What  Basis?
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments  	
                                          405

-------
                        0. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
 Vessel  Name  (yr. built)Tfl ICM flC
 Operating Institution:
        Uwmetesi-ry  OP /Om>u
          TSecciC,  /uk-u)  VOJZKL 117^0
                  '
LOA
         ' /}f
Beam
Draft 4-
Displ. Tons_
Machinery	^J
   _Cruising SpeedJ
           H.P.  IL,
Type Hull/Material Rourt
Accommodations:
             Crew     Scientists
Day Cruise   	
Overnight     —
Ext. Cruise   —
Endurance:
   Days /S tie£  Miles_
                                L
Usual Areas of Operation:  L. J". ScvtJl>
                               SeuTU
Echo Sounder   l?^^THgQ*3   ~7~J
Nav. Equipment  ""ffi^b ft K.    (\U~Ta
                                   Home Port
                                                                               . AJ.V.
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                                                          /tssec.
                                            Tel. No.  (Bus. /After  hrs.)
Lab Spaces (Describe) jTauma/^^"
                       /
        Space.  fAj
                                                                                  .FT'
                                            ft f t If
                            Electric Power:
                            K.W.    3     Volts
                                                              d It VIM.
                            Winches: _
                            Wire  Size
                            Length
                            H.  P.
                            Booms/Cranes:
                               Type AHJ f>*lL<  Cap
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
                                                                               F7
Vessel available for outside use?  Vc"O
Cost:  Pet day 	,_^	 Per week
Areal limits of operation 	
Other comments
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
                                         406

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region  I - Research Vessel Inventory

Vessel Name  (yr. built) ftu.sc,  -Rgs.5,    C\4I*-J\     Home Fort
Operating Institution:
        C."bftfc\.iN6.
                of
       3-4-
Beam
           Draf t
LOA
Displ. Tons  | 2.    Cruising Speed ^
Machinery  "totes eL       E.F.  1)8
Type Hull/Material_	
Accommodations:
             Crew
      Scientists
Say Cruise
Overnight
Ext. Cruise
Endurance:
   Days;	
 Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No. (Bus./After hrs.)
Lab Spaces (Describe)
Electric Power:  	
K.W.__	Vplts_
Winches:   "PftT   >
Wire Size
Length
H. P.
Booms /Cranes:
   Type
                                                                 Cap
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
                                                                              AC/DC
Vessel available for outside use? 	
Cost:  Per day	 Per week
                                            What Basis?
                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments   	
                                          407

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name (yr. built)
 Operating  Institution:
 LOA
       40 '
Beam
Draft  4
Displ. Tons
Machinery^
                   jCruising Speed
                           H.P.
Type Hull/Material
Accommodations:
             Crew
Day Cruise     —
Overnight      ~
Ext. Cruise    -
Endurance:
                                  Ujeuib
      Scientists
         _£_
   Days't/fttf
Usual Areas of Operation: lKC. "?
                    ¥-
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                                                    Home Port  KffthftOl
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                                                 hrs.)
Lab Spaces (Describe)
                            Electric Power: 	
                            K.W.          Volts
                                            Winches:
                                            Wire Size
                                                             '
                            Length
                            H.  P.
                            Booms/Cranes:
                               Type dftm I     Cap
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
                                                                              AC /DC
Vessel available for outside use?
Cost:  Per day _ Per week
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments
        *
                                            408

-------
                        U.  S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region  I - Research Vessel inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. built)
Operating Institution:
                              of="
LOA	
Displ. Tons
Machinery
                Beam
                           Draft
                    Cruising Speed
                           H.P.
Type Hull/Material_
Accommodations:
             Crew
Day Cruise   	
Overnight    	
Ext. Cruise
                         LAUwC+4
                               / UJo£t>
                      Scientists
Endurance:
  *
   Days;	
                 Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                                                    Home Port "BaSTou
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No. (Bus. /After hrs.)
                                            Lab Spaces (Describe) /£
                                            3-
Electric Power:  	
K.W.  12.     Volts
Winches:
                                                                     O
                                            Wire Size
                                            Length
                                            H. P.
                                            Booms /Cranes:
                                               Type              Cap
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use?
Cost:  Per day _ Per week
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments
                                          409

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name (yr. built)
                                                    Home Port fl
                    rx ft g-
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment  ~S ^> 1> •Q S.
                                              _Precision Recorder_
Describe any special vessel capabilities
                                                                                     ME.

Operating Institution:
SH0BLS rnftfSuje LftTSOCftTofcy
!?O2 flW*T -Sc/txe £iJj ^o SCX 178
LOA 32;?" Beam//'^" Draft 3" '
Displ. Tons Cruising Speed |£ |fn
Machinery i>tCSC"l_ H.P. 133
Type Hull/Material Fyi/ / LUOCX>
Accommodations :
Crew Scientists
Day Cruise 1 3f-4
Overnight I |
Ext. Cruise — —
Endurance :
Days I Miles 1 2.O
Usual Areas of Operation: fiU|fKiM 2O
Wi L*i af tK« _Lk Lc"i pC ^nc^Lx

^


s











, 	 , ...rl 	 „
Name & Address of Contact:
Tel. No. (Bus. /After hrs.)
Lab Spaces (Describe) IJQHI?


Electric Power:
K.W. Volts |2./.2*f AC/DC
Winches: 1 . ->
Wire Size ^8 ' "fyf"
Length \6OO \6&C
H. P.
Booms /Cranes: 1
Type SfftC •BoOM Cap /00O l-bs
"A"-Frame ^a


Vessel available for outside use? 	
Cost:  Per day 	Per week
Areal limits of operation
Other comments
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
                                           410

-------
                        U.  S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I  - Research Vessel  Inventory
Vessel Name  (vr.  built)
Operating Institution:
LOA
                Beam
                           Draft
Displ. Tons_
Machinery
  _Cruising Speed_
          H.P.
Type Hull/Material
Accommodations:
             Crew
Day Cruise   	
Overnight    	
Ext. Cruise  	
Endurance:
   Days;	
     Scientists
Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                                                    Home Port
                           Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No.  (Bus./After hrs.)
                           Lab Spaces (Describe)
                           Electric Power: 	
                           K.tf.          Volts
Winches: 	
Wire Size
Length
H. P.
Booms/Cranes:
   Type	
                              "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
                                  AC/DC
Vessel available for outside use?
Cost:  Per day 	Per week
                                            What Basis?
                                            Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments        	
                                          411

-------
NEARSHORE VESSELS - LONG ENDURANCE
                412

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL
                        Region I - Research

Vessel Name (yr. built) ft.£. VSKKlLL
    PROTECTION AGESCY
    Vessel  Inventory
           Home Port  LUC&  Mae.£   M H
Operating Institution:
tOoods HoL«. W3*s. OS-SttJ*
J
LOA £S' Beam Jg1' Draft^J^ "
Displ. Tons Cruising Speed %f #73
Machinery ~35ii?S^l- H.P. 'Z 3
Cost: Per day Per week
Areal limits of operation £Q /^TTt ki c iJT
Other comments
Name & Address of Contact:
£t»i7} '£'49- 3705 X 32JT
Tel. No. (Bus. /After hrs.)
Lab Spaces (Describe)//^ ^T"2 mea -
•> >
Jo^UC. 3!j~3 UJaTfA j ho/ g CaitJ

a
Electric Power:
K.W. y^T Volts J/0/22.0 /AC/DC
Winches: !bv.u T«rtvul_ "ST
Wire Size 3/f'' %
Length -*° » 3**~
H. P.
Booms/Cranes:
"A"-Frame //y«eJ& &eaT
-------
                        U.  S.  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I  -  Research  Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. built)
                                    Jfll
Operating  Institution:
t>EPT.  of MAKING  SCIENCE  i
 COUTH
                            O4io<.
LOA
                Beam
JDraft g"
Displ. Tons
Machinery
                    Cruising  Speed
                           H . P .
Type Hull/Material^m g
Accommodations:
             Crew     Scientists
Day Cruise     *r
Overnight      7
Ext. Cruise    ~7
Endurance:
   Days-  4 ~z_
                          "7 (,
                          4-?
                          4 2.
                 Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                                                     Home  Port
                                            Name  & Address  of Contact:
                                                                         **f. f
                                             (207)  7<9*e
-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name (yr. built) flSTE B
Operating Institution:
         f4el<:
LOA
        4-1
Beam
           Draft
Displ. Tons   I £
Machinery
                    Cruising Speed_
                           H.P.
Type Hull/Material"^ptttac^ / UJOGSi
Accommodations:
             Crew     Scientists
Day Cruise
Overnight
Ext. Cruise
Endurance:
   Days-   3
                 Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
                                                1
                                    Home Port UlOOIXS  HOLg   t\A ft
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No. IBus.7After hrs.)
                                            Lab Spaces (Describe)
                                            Electric Power: 	
                                            K.W.   7.js-   Volts   /jg
                            Winches:
                            Wire Size
                            Length    2C6 '
                            H. P.
                            Booms/Cranes:
                               Type	Cap_
                                               "A"-frama
Echo Sounder
                                        T^M
-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory

Vessel Name  (yr. built) "RifrELO IxJ   ( \3fZfi J      Home Port]
                                                                gST
Operating  Institution:
                         foe.
 vOesr -BOCTH
LOA
                Beam
                           Draft  4
Displ. Tons
                   _Cruising Speed_
Machinery  ~fc i eS g U	H. P. 2.7'O
Type Hull/Material  FiSHiu6-  / UJOdli
Accommodations:
             Crew     Scientists
Day Cruise   	
Overnight     •%.
Ext. Cruise   —
Endurance:
   Days-    ^    Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No. (Bus./After hrs.)
                                            Lab Spaces (Describe)
                                              8  V 12.   uj
-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name (yr. built)
Operating Institution:
                           /Mrtvss. <327*7
LOA    /i^
                Beam
                           Draft
Displ. Tons
Machinery
                    Cruising Speed   || |{13
                           H.P .
Type Hull/Material_
Accommodations:
             Crew
Day Cruise    2.
Overnight     2.
Ext. Cruise   -g.
Endurance:
   Pays'    3
                      Scientists
                          12.
                           2
                 Miles   3t.O
Usual Areas of Operation:
                                     &&
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment   / 6/t.AM
                                                    Home Port
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                             N*.
                                            * i  «
                                            Tel. No.  (Bus. After hrs.

                                            Lab Spaces  (Describe)
                                            Electric Poxver:
                                            K.W.   2,>«r   Volts
                                                                           3 \>
                                                                                 ?T>C
                                            Winches:
                                            Wire Size
                                            Length
                                            H. P-
                                            Booms /Cranes:
                                               Type
                                                                 Cap
                                                "A"-Frame
                                                                   -  "3
                                                Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use?
Cost:  Per day _ Per week
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments  	
                                            417

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. built)'K/|/ CHOU&  JkJgST VI fltbZ^ Home Port TflnKsToo/A; .15 .J.
Operating Institution:
                      l?V\od«r Jsiaud
               ^  "7?jr
LOA
Beam  |3   Draft
Displ. Tons
Machinery
Type Hull/Material
Accommodations:
             Crew
Day Cruise    /
Overnight     3
Ext. Cruise   —
Endurance:
   Days;	4
   _Cruising Speed |2
     (*Q  H.P.   \7g
           / U>«0t>
                      Scientists
                 Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder  .g)PF
Nav. Equipment
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                            C.
                                            Tel.  No.  (Bus. /After hrs.)
                                            Lab Spaces (Describe)  /)FT£K
Electric Power: 	
K.W.  ?.y   Volts
Winches:
                            Wire  Size
                            Length
                            H.  P.
                            Booms/Cranes:
                               Type	Cap_
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
                                                                              TAG/DC
Vessel available for outside use?  y£TS    What Basis?
Cost:  Per day 	 Per week 	
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation   A)
Other comments
                                           T~
                                        418

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCX
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory

Vessel Name  (yr. built) F/l/ 601L  4*JA)   (f^U^\  Home Port
Operating Institution:
 U«iw*si7y  or  "fried
                                     
                                                             t
                                                                Cap
                                               Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
                                                                        Tan
Vessel available for outside use?  yg".S    What Basis?
Cost:  Per day 	 Per week	
                                                            Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments
                                          419

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL
                        Region I - Research
                                            PROTECTION AGENCY
                                            Vessel  Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. built)"?    J&gg  A.
Operating Institution:
 3TFiCV2»OM  eSTuftftinj
           1   fibftNS   poitJT
LOA

                Beam  /3   Draft
                                  4 '
Displ. Tons 22.
Machinery
                    Cruising Speed
                           H.P.
Type Hull/Material~nqHJULCg.
Accommodations:
             Crew     Scientists
Day Cruise     I           |fl
Overnight     "Z          A
Ext. Cruise   "2.          4
Endurance:
   Days   1 4-    Miles  \6OC
Usual Areas of Operation:
 Ijj
Echo Sounder ^ / — "2CO
                               2. -
                                              (Ml4)
                                                    Home Pott
                                            Name & Address  of Contact
                                            "be Burble. C

                                            Tel. No.  (Bus. /After
Lab Spaces (Describe)
 L'**>
                                                        KffcK*.
                                            Electric  Power:
                                            K.W.
                                                         Volts /2DC
                                                                         )3e
                                            Winches:
                                                        I
                                                          "
                                            Wire Size  '/?"         VV
                                            Length    \OC>6        /CCa '
                                            H.  P.        4~         0-
                                            Booms/Cranes:
                                               Type  |   -gooi^   Cap   free  ^|,^
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder Z>f&:#
                                                                                 JSUf/JCtiT^
Ilav. Equipment
                                   HF-f~tu
Describe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use?
Cost:  Per day 	
                                            Wat Basis?
                                 Per week
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments
                                      420

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name (yr. built)
Operating Institution:
             OCEHKJ science
 U M»«c*siTi'rSj
           efe
           tt..  Nieui
LOA
                Beam
                           Draf t
Displ. Tons
Machinery	
                    Cruising Speed <\  ETPS
                           H. P.
Type Hull/Material  T\jft. /\s7fEL
Accommodations:
             Crew     Scientists
Day Cruise     "2
Overnight     3
Ext. Cruise   ^
Endurance:
   Days-    (a    Miles	]_
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
                            iMattfL  t>g7/4
Nav. Equipment
                                                    Home Port
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No. (Bus. /After hrs.)
                                            Lab Spaces (Describe)
                                                             atf.
                                            Electric Power: 	
                                            K.W.   2LS    Volts
                                            Winches:
                                            Wire Size
                                            Length
                                            H. P.
                                            Boops/Cranes:
                                               aA"-Frame
                                                 ecision Recorder
Describe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use?   V.T.S    What Basis?
Cost:  Per day 	Per week	
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments    	
                                           421

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. built)
                                       J3T
        Home Port
Operating Institution:
            Sciewc.it
                           Draft  4
L°A
Displ. Tons    ( "2-  Cruising Speed \O 
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No. (Bus.'/Alter firs.
                                                                       x 228
Lab Spaces (Describe)
Electric Power :<;
K.W.	Volts
Winches: 	
Wire Size
Length
H. P.       -
Booms/Cranes:
   Type_
                                                                  Ae-XOrtXX
                                                                               AC/DC
                     Cap /aeo
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Bescribe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use?
Cost:  Per day _ Per week
Areal limits of operation
Other comments
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
                                           422

-------
                         U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL
                         Region I - Research
                                             PROTECTION AGENCY
                                             Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr.  built)  &/V  •£ t-uS £ / g  T£ finks']
Operating  Institution:
  rs
         360
LOA   // 8'
Displ. Tons_
Machinery j$
                 Beam .2?'  Draft /3'
               6 O   Cruising Speed /3-
                            H.P.  t-r/Ot._s
Nav. Equipment
                                                     Home Port
                                                                          " ,  IC..X".
                                             Name & Address of Contact:
                                               CfyfT.
                                             Tel. No. (Bus. /After hrs.)
                                             Lab Spaces  (Describe) /^
                                                    Access
                                             Electric Power: £-£" /t^vj  (PeMfle4in>£J
                                             K.W.  >5^    Volts y/ga^o/^vo
                                             Winches: (, "Jv^j
                                             Wire Size
                                             Length
                                             H.  P.   /
                                             Booms/Cranes:
                                                Type
                                                                  Cap
                                                "A"-Frame
                                                Precision Recorder x4 V/4 i
Describe any  special vessel capabilities
                                                                               .  P,
Vessel available  for  outside use? /,££      What Basis? '-M^-f,
                            '^le*ee-*S*4:
                                  Per week

Cost:  Per day
Areal limits of operation /Yo/y £
Other comments
                                                              Other
                                                  I~<^  /Sgfc4ic££
                                           423

-------
                        U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name  (yr. built)  T"-44i
Operating  Institution:
LOA 	
Displ. Tons
Machinery
                Beam  | (,'  Draf t   Q'
                	Cruising Speed
                   I	H.P.
                           yg"
Type Hull/Material Pftss. uta^ft./,
Accommodations:
             Crew     Scientists
Day Cruise
Overnight
Ext. Cruise
Endurance:
   Cays-    "7    Miles	
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
Nav. Equipment
                                                    Home Port  K)QflMK
                                            Name & Address of Contact:
                                                                         2-M
                                            Tel. No.  (Bus. /After hrs.)
                                            Lab Spaces  (Describe)
                                            Electric Power: 	
                                            K.W.    —    Volts    \2e
                                            Winches:
                                            Wire Size
                                            Length
                                            H. P.
                                            Booms /Cranes:
                                                       ' Jf
                                                                                 /DC
                                                                       4- 2a<5  Ua.
                                               "A" -Frame  K)0
                                               Precision Recorder   V£.S
Describe any special vessel capabilities
Vessel available for outside use?   ^ Ic
Cost:  Per day _ Per week
Areal limits of operation
Other comments
                                            What Basis?
                                                             Other
                                          424

-------
                        U.  S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name   i SS £ L.	H. P.  | g Q
Type Hull/Material "fins*.  Ogssg(..//u»oaa
Accommodations:
             Crew      Scientists
Day Cruise
Overnight
Ext. Cruise   ^"          ,3"
Endurance:
   Days-   *S~    Miles  I2.OO
Usual Areas  of Operation:
Echo Sounder    V «?3
Nav. Equipment
                                             Name  & Address of Contact:
                                            Tel. No.  (Bus./After hrs.)
                                             Lab  Spaces  (Describe)
                                             Electric Power: 	
                                             K..W.	Volts_
                                             Winches: 1>'S. l>gow\
                                             Wire  Size   3/s "
                                             Length      &e>c '
                                             H. P.
                                             Booms/Cranes:
/DC
                                                                 Cap   2 poo
                                                "A"-Frame
                                                Precision Recorder
Describe any special vessel  capabilities
Vessel available for  outside  use?  yg".S    What  Basis?
Cost:  Per day	Per week	
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation
Other comments
                                              LJIAS&
                                                                        A r&i*fi>T>
                                         425

-------
                        0. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        Region I - Research Vessel Inventory
Vessel Name (yr. built) IQHfTg pQ<3T  ( I^TQ J      Home Port \/ltjejftKb
Operating Institution:
WrtlTEFoeT  TtWuCr € S/fli/jgf, tMC.
LOA
                Beam
Displ. Tons
Machinery
                    Cruising Speed JO /JC5
                           H.P.
Type Hull/Material Soppn-ToG'/^
Accommodations:
             Crew     Scientists
Day Cruise
Overnight
Ext. Cruise
Endurance:
   Days-   I "2
               2.
               2.
                         -4-
                 Miles
Usual Areas of Operation:
Echo Sounder
                                            Name & Address  of  Contact:
                                                           -(,93-
                                            Tel.  No.  (Bus. /After  hrs.)
                                            Lab Spaces  (Describe)
                                                 FT
                                            Electric Power: 	
                                            K.W.   "2,0     Volts  //g
                                            Winches:
Wire Size
Length
H. P.
Booms/Cranes:
   Type
                                                                 Cap
                                               "A"-Frame
                                               Precision Recorder
Nav. Equipment
                                       J?e>9
Describe any special vessel capabilities
                                                                              AC/DC
Vessel available for outside use?  V£S    What Basis?
Cost:  Per day	Per week	
                                                             Other
Areal limits of operation  £mri/?e   e/te>TfJ
                                    ""'           "
Other comments
                                                                ,,    To  Zoo n,
                                                                            -~----
                                         426

-------
EPA REGION I CHAIN OF CUSTODY  PROCEDURES

The following are the procedures  developed  jointly by  the  Sur-
veillance and Analysis  and Enforcement  Divisions  of  Region I, which
prescribe the chain  of  custody procedures to  be followed in the
collection and analysis  of water  samples, during  water quality and
liquid waste surveys.   Such  procedures  must be adhered to  in order to
ensure that data which  has been collected can be  introduced in
evidence during the  trial of a case.  They  are presented verbatim
from a July 5, 1973  memo to  the Region  I EPA  Administrator.
THE PROCEDURES THAT ARE  DESCRIBED  BELOW ARE  TO BE  STRICTLY ADHERED
TO IN THE CONDUCT OF ALL WATER QUALITY AND LIQUID  WASTE SURVEYS
REQUESTED BY THE ENFORCEMENT  DIVISION UNLESS WRITTEN PERMISSION
TO THE CONTRARY IS OBTAINED FROM THE DIRECTOR OF THE ENFORCEMENT
DIVISION:

     1.  Terms used herein shall have the following definitions:

         a.  "chief of the sampling crew" means the senior .ranking
             member of the sampling crew of  the person designated
             a chief, by the  Director of the Surveillance and
             Analysis Division.

         b.  "composite  sample" means a sample collected manually
             or by automatic  sampling device in increments taken
             at set intervals (or  continuously) over a period of
             time and placed  in a  single sample container.

         c.  "Director,  Enforcement Divison" means the Director
             of the Enforcement Division of  Region I, EPA, or
             his designees.

         d.  "Director,  Survillance & Analysis Division" means
             the Director of  the Surveillance & Analysis Division
             of Region I, EPA,  or  his designees.

         e.  "EPA personnel"  means persons employed by or assigned
             to the United States  Environmental Protection Agency.

         f*  "field data card"  means the form^attached hereto and
             marked "A".

         g.  "field log  books"  means the log books used in the
             field by survey  personnel to record data, obser-
             vations, and comments regarding the collection
             and custody of samples.
                                  427

-------
h.  "laboratory number" means the number assigned by the
    field data card to all samples (and parts thereof)
    collected at the same station, at the same depth, on
    the same date(s), and at the same time (or within
    a specified time frame in the case of a composite
    sample).

i.  "laboratory bench books" means the books used to record
    the result of scientific analyses of samples.

j.  "laboratory sample log books" means the log books
    maintained at the field laboratories and the New
    England Regional Laboratory to record the receipt
    of samples for scientific analysis, the format
    of which is attached hereto and marked "B".

k.  "field  laboratory" means any temporary or mobile
    laboratory operated by the Surveillance and Analysis
    Division of Region I, EPA.

1.  "New England Regional Laboratory" [N.E.R.L.] means
    the New England Regional Laboratory of the United
    States Environmental Protection Agency.

m.  "sample" means the whole or part of a substance
    which is collected for scientific examination or
    analysis.

n.  "sample container" means the immediate container
    used to hold a sample.

o. "sample label" means the label attached to each sample
    that is collected, the format of which is attached
    hereto and marked "C".

p.  "sampling crew" means those persons collecting or
    participating in the collection of samples at a
    particular station, on a particular date(s), and
    at a particular time (or within a specified time
    frame in the case of a composite sample).

q.  "appropriate seal" means the material placed on
    a container to indicate opening of, or tampering
    with, the container or its contents and includes:

    (1)  EPA Form 7500-2 tape on cardboard boxes,
         paper or polyethylene bags;
                        428

-------
             (2)  wire or  lead seals on metal containers or
                  wooden boxes with hinges;

             (3)  plastic  seals on hinged and unhinged boxes.

         r.  "shipment sample log" means the form attached hereto
             and marked "D".

         s.  "State personnel" means persons employed by an agency
             or department of State government.

         t.  "station" means the  location at which one or more
             samples are collected.

         u.  "subnumber" means the number or numbers assigned to
             a sample container and its contents in addition to the
             laboratory number.

     2.  Each time a station is sampled a field data card must
be completely filled out by one or more members of the sampling
crew.

     3.  All members of the sampling crew must sign their full
names, as well as their initials, in the space labeled "Collector"
on the field card.

     4.  For each sample container that is used, a sample label
must be completely filled out by  one or more members of the
sampling crew.

     5.  Except in the case of a  composite sample, the person
actually collecting the sample must sign his full name (in-
cluding middle initial) in the space labeled "Sampling Crew"
on the sample label.  All other members of the sampling crew
must sign their initials.

     6.  In the case of a  composite sample, the chief of the sampling
crew collecting the sample must sign his full name (including middle
initial) in the space labeled "Sampling Crew."  All other members of
the sampling crew must sign their initials.

     7.  Each sample label must be securely attached to the sample
container immediately after collection.

     8.  Each member of the sampling crew must check over each sample
label as soon after collection as possible to see if it is accurate.
                                 429

-------
      9.   Where  more  than  one  sample  label  contains  the  same  laboratory
 number,  a different  subnumber must be  added  to  each  such  label  at  the
 time  of  sample  collection (e.g.,  10235-1,  10235-2, etc.).

     10.   If  the contents  of a sample container  are  to be  subdivided
 into  several  containers in the  field prior to analysis, there are  two
 permissible  courses  of action:

          a.   Sample  labels for  all the  containers to be used may be
              filled  out when  the  sample is first collected (using
              subnumbers),  attached to  the  original sample container,
              and later attached to the  containers into which the
              sample  is divided; or

          b.   One sample label may be filled  out for  the original
              sample  container.  In this case, when  the  sample is
              subdivided,  sample labels  must  be  filled out in the
              same manner  as the original  label  was  filled out
              and attached to  each container  to  be used.  A set  of
              subnumbers,  or,  if necessary, a second  set of sub-
              numbers, must be used to  insure that no two  labels
              have the same numerical identification.  A circle
              must be drawn around the  laboratory number on the
              original sample  label in  order  to  allow future
              identification of  that  label.

    11.   Whenever a  photograph  is taken in the  field, the following
 information must be  recorded  on the  back of  the picture or in a
 field  log book:   the date and time of  the  photograph, the subject,
 the direction of the photograph,  the photographer's  signature,
 and the  signature of a witness  (if available).

    12.   Only members of  the  sampling  crew that collect a par-
 ticular  sample  should perform any of the operations  related  to
 such collection, including: placing  the sample  in the sample
 container, filling out the sample label, attaching  the  label to the
 sample container, adding  the  preservative  to the sample,  placing
 the top  on the  sample container,  subdividing the sample into
 several  containers.  If anyone  other than  a  member  of the sampling
 crew that  collects the sample performs  any of such  field  operations,
he must  sign  his full name (including middle initial) in  the space
 labeled  "Remarks" on the  back of  the sample  label and note what
operation he  performed and the  date  on  which he performed it.

     13.   During the collection of a composite  sample,  the auto-
matic sampling  device (if used) and  the sample  container  must
at all times  be  in view of a  member  of  the sampling  crew  or  in
a location accessible only to the sampling crew.


                                  430

-------
     14.  Unless a  sample  remains  in  the  possession  of  the members
of the sampling crew  (that is,  in  their sight  or  locked  in the
motor vehicle used  by them),  the sample container or any shipping
container holding the sample  container must  be sealed with an appro-
priate seal and must  remain unopened  until it  arrives at the labora-
tory where analysis of the sample  is  to be conducted.

     15.  At the time the  sample container or  other  shipping con-
tainer is sealed, the following information  must  be  recorded in a
field log book:  the  fact  that  the container was  sealed;  the date and
time of the sealing;  the  laboratory number (and,  if  appropriate, the
subnumber) of the sample;  the name (or initals) of the  person sealing
the container; and  the name (or initials) of the  person  recording the
above information.

     16.  Any time  a  sample arrives at the laboratory where the
analysis of it is to  be conducted,  the following  information must be
recorded in the laboratory sample  log book:  the  date and time of
arrival of the sample;  the condition  of the  seal  (in tact, broken,
none) or acknowledgement  that the  sample  remained in the possession
of the members of the sampling  crew (that is,  in  their  sight or
locked in the motor vehicle used by them) from its collection until
delivery to the laboratory;  the laboratory number (and,  if appro-
priate, the subnumber)  of  the sample, and the  names  (or  initials)
of the persons delivering  the sample, receiving the  sample, and
recording the above information

     17.  The field laboratories and  the N.E.R.L.  must be securely
locked during non-working  hours.   Public  access to areas where
samples are stored  and analyzed must  be strictly  limited at all
times.  While in the  field laboratory or  the N.E.R.L., all samples
(including portions thereof under-going analysis)  must at all times
be attended by EPA  personnel  or stored in rooms,  refrigerators,
or other receptacles  that  are locked  and  accessible  only to EPA
personnel.

     18.  All persons collecting,  handling,  transporting, or attending
samples must be continually alert  for evidence of contamination of
and tampering with  the  samples.

     19.  Any indication  that contamination  or tampering may have
occurred, must be noted on the  sample label  in the space labeled
"Remarks," or on a  sheet  securely  attached to  the sample shipping
container, together with  the  full  name (including middle initial)
of the person making  the  notation  and the date of the notation.  A
description of the  evidence of  contamination and  tampering must be
noted in a field log  book  or  laboratory sample log book  and must
                                  431

-------
 include  the  date  and  time  of discovery, the  laboratory numbers
 (and,  if appropriate,  the  subnumbers) of  the affected samples, the
 date  of  the  notation,  together with  the names of the person(s)
 making the discovery  and the notation in  the log book.

      20.  As  few  people as possible  should handle a sample between
 its collection  and  analysis.  Except when samples are in the pos-
 session  of a  common carrier, all of  the persons handling them must
 be EPA personnel  or personnel of State governments who are desig-
 nated  in writing  by the Director of  the Surveillance and Analysis
 Division as  authorized to handle samples.

      21.  When  samples are shipped by United States Mail or by
 comon  carrier,  the  immediate shipping containers must be sealed
 with  an  appropriate seal and packaged so  that the seal will not
 be disturbed  by handling during transit.  (Mailed packages must
 be registered with  return  receipt requested.)  A shipment sample
 log must  be  filled  out by  the person arranging for the shipment.
 His name  (or  initials) must appear in the space labeled "Sent
 by" on the shipment log.  The destination of the shipment, the
 laboratory numbers  (and, if appropriate,  the subnumbers) of all
 samples  shipped,  and  any identifying number  found on the shipping
 receipts  must be  noted on  the shipment sample log.  The log must
 be filled out as  soon as possible after shipment.  All registry
 receipts  and  shipping  documents must be saved.

     22.  Unless  the  contrary is indicated by the Director
 of the Enforcemental  Division, a portion  of  the official sample
 may be furnished  to a  prospective defendant  if he requires
 it and if this  is feasible.

     23.  Used seals, used sample containers, and remnants of
 samples may be disposed of unless there is a written or oral
 request  to the contrary by the Director of the Enforcement
 Division.

     24.  Field data  cards, sample labels, log books, laboratory
 bench books,  shipment  sample logs, shipping  documents, registry
 receipts, and all other records relative  to  the collection, custody,
 and analysis  of samples, including any photographs that are taken,
must be saved for seven years unless the  Director of the Enforcement
 Division  gives written approval to the contrary.

     25.   Every test  result or observation recorded in log books,
 laboratory bench books, on field data cards, on the back of sample
 labels, on shipment sample logs, and in any  other record that  is
maintained must be  identified by the signature or initals  (except  in
                                432

-------
the case of the back of sample  labels where  the  full name is required)
of the person or persons conducting  the  test or  making the observation
and must dated (if this information  is not otherwise apparent from
the face of the record).  As much  as possible of the field data
cards and sample labels may be  filled out before sampling.  However,
in the case of the other documents listed above,  they must be filled
in contemporaneously with or as  soon as  possible after the events they
record.  All records that are maintained (including any photographs
that are taken) must at all times  remain in  the  possession of EPA
personnel or under lock and key and  accessible only to EPA personnel.

     26.  The results  of  laboratory  analysis of  samples must be
recorded in laboratory bench books under laboratory numbers and
subnumbers.
                                  433

-------
u>
I


\._
3 UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION AGENCY REGION 1
PROJECT;
COLLECTC
WINDDIREC
N, NE. E, SE,
}R:
St.

WEATHER OBSERVATIONS:
TION
s. sw.w.
CLOUD COVER %
AIR TEMP. °C
TYPE OF SX
BACTI Q
BOD [Z3
COD ! I
TOG O
NO-- [H
^MHS n
TKN ["I
NW


WIND SPEED
m.p.h.


PRECIPITATION
Rain, Snow. Fog, None


MVIPLES !(
DO CD
A&A Q
O&G CH
TRS f~l
NFRS D
TURB Q
T-P n


TIDE
High, Ebb, Low, Flood
:heck appropri
Hg I I
MET. [""1
OIL n
PCS [H

ate)
















LAB CODE
STATION NO.
DATE
COLLECTION TIME
SAMPLING DEPTH (ft.)
SAMPLE TEMP. (°C)
CONDUCTIVITY
SALINITY (0/00)
PROBE-D.O. (mg/'i)
pH-SU
C12 RESIDUAL
TOTAL WATER
DEPTH (fU
{over) 	

N°- 38567





Y Y M M D D






|

























i



















                                          ATTACHMENT "A1

-------
      Date & Time    Laboratory  numbers    Delivered by     Received by      Condition of seal   Acknowledgement of custody
                     &  subnumbers:         (initials of     (initials of      Intact (I);        (initials of chief of
                                           person deliv-    person receiv-    Broker (B);        sampling crew):
                                           ering sample):    ing sample):      None (N):
10
ui
            I
            5

-------
Ul
m
3
>)
Ul
^
1

U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY - REGION 1 BOSTON MA.
NAME OF UNIT AND ADDRESS
Division of Surveillance & Analysis
240 Highland Avenue
Needham Heights, Massachusetts 02194
SOURCE OF SAMPLE
SAMPLINU CREW (FIRST, INITIAL. LAST NAME)
DATE: YR/MO/DAY
TIME
STATION NO.
CAMPLE NO.
1 1 1 1
SUO NO.
^=^1L_L
PHUSEHVATIVE
AMOUNT
ANALYSIS


ATTACHMENT
      436

-------
                                SHIPMENT SAMPLE LOG
Sample Source
Sent by (initials):





Destination:
Date Sent:
Shipped From:





Shipping Receipt No. :
Laboratory Numbers
& Subnumbers:
Method of Shipment:
DAir Freight
Airline & Flight:
D REA
1 1 Parcel Post
1 I U.S. Mail
I 1 Other:
Description of Shipment;





No. of shipping containers:





Shipping containers sealed by (initials):





Type of sample container:





Sample preservative:





Analyses requested:
D
Iced
D  Dry
                 Ice
Remarks:
                                       Attachment D
                                           437

-------
                     EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE MEETINGS

                              Overview

     An Executive Committee was established for overall guidance of
Workshop and response plan activities, and to translate the results
of the Workshop into recommended action items for consideration by
the National Response Team.  The specific objectives of the Executive
Committee were to:

     (1)  Develop an organizational mechanism for activating the
          national and  local components of the Regional Plan.

     (2)  Develop a mechanism for review, analysis, and making
          decisions dealing with the degree of field/laboratory
          studies on any specific spill impact assessment.

     (3)  Develop an organizational framework and mechanisms for
          review, critique and modification of the Regional Plan.

     (4)  Determine the existing resources (Federal, State, local
          agencies and private sector) in manpower, funds, equipment
          and facilities to be applied to any specific spill situa-
          tion.

     (5)  Develop specific proposals for obtaining required funding
          of the Regional Plan.

     (6)  Provide mechanisms for assisting the On-Scene Coordinator.

     The Executive Committee was comprised of responsible Federal and
state officials who could potentially contribute to implementation of
an ecological damage assessment response plan, and authoritatively
consider matters of policy and resources.  Members of the Committee
are identified in Appendix D.

     During the Hartford Workshop, the Executive Committee held  five
meetings, including two joint sessions with Panel Chairpersons.
                            Summary Review

     An initial joint meeting of the Executive Committee  and  Panel
Chairpersons was held on August 28th, on  the eve of  the Workshop.
It served as a forum for reviewing the Workshop schedule  and  clarify-
ing Workshop and Executive Committee objectives.  Major  items of
discussion included:  the role of various Federal agencies  and the
states in ecological assessment activities; plans for  the development

                                 438

-------
of a New England response  plan;  operational  and  scientific  aspects  to
proposed ecological assessment;  and  the  present  need  for  ad hoc
scientific assistance  to the  OSG.

     The Executive Committee  meeting of  August 29th reviewed  the
day's proceedings, discussed  schedule and  meeting  room  changes, and
addressed paper work and secretarial needs.   Some  substantive  issues
were discussed including the  role  of university  support.  The  next
Executive Committee meeting was  scheduled  to deal  with  specific Com-
mittee objectives.

     The Executive Committee  meeting of  August 30th was divided into
two groups.  One, chaired  by  Henry Van Cleave (EPA) dealt with
Executive Committee objectives  (1),  (2)  and  (3); the  other, chaired
by Cmdr. Joseph Valenti  (USCG),  addressed  objectives  (4), (5)  and
(6).  Following the work of the  two  subgroups, the Committee met
jointly to discuss and summarize Executive Committee  recommendations
in regard to each objective.

     An Executive Committee meeting  on August 31st addressed several
substantive issues.  These included:  anticipated  time  frame for
development of the New England  regional  response plan for ecological
damage assessment; anticipated  review of the draft response plan by
the Executive Committee; establishment of  a  scientific  advisory panel
to assistant in development of  the plan; the MITRE role in  plan
development; the funding scope  of  the plan;  incorporation of ecolog-
ical damage assessment plans  in  the  National Contingency Plan; plans
for the Alaska Workshop and the  role of  NOAA thereto; lead  agency
responsibilities for ecological  damage assessment  activities;  future
scope and objectives of the Workshop program; and  the interface of
scientific and operational needs.

     A joint meeting of the Executive Committee  and Panel Chairpersons
discussed progress of  the  Workshop in meeting overall Workshop goals
(p. vi ) and the specific  objectives of  the  Executive Committee (p. 443),
Progress was summarized as follows:

     •  Workshop Goal 1.   The proposed organization outlined in the
        "Report to the National  Response Team on Interagency Scien-
        tific Capability to Respond  to Major Oil Spills" prepared by
        the Task Force on  Ecological Damage  Assessment  was  accepted
        as the framework for  the regional  plan.  It was recommended
        that the Immediate Response  Coordinator* for  scientific
        support be a member of  the Regional  Response  Team.  The
        proposed chain of  notification of  an oil spill  leading to

*The term for the position of Immediate  Response Coordinator has been
 changed to Scientific Coordinator/Advisor (SCA) by the NRT.


                                  439

-------
notification of the Immediate Response Coordinator for
scientific support is shown in Figure 1.  The Immediate
Response Coordinator is responsible for all support to the
Coast Guard On-Scene Coordinator (OSC) and the decisions as
to the need for additional scientific support personnel
required on-scene.

Workshop Goal 2.  The Workshop Panels prepared descriptions
of projects that may be undertaken to attain this goal.
These descriptions are included in the Workshop Report.

Workshop Goal 3.  The project descriptions prepared by the
Workshop Panels meet this goal.

Executive Committee Objective 1.  This objective has been
met as described above under Workshop Goal 1.

Executive Committee Objective 2.  These decisions will be
made jointly by the Immediate Response Coordinator and the
National Scientific Support Team Leader through implementa-
tion of Regional Response Plans.  A National Science Review
Panel is proposed to establish the objectives of the national
assessment program, determine needs for longer-term research
projects, and to review scientific response at specific oil
spills.  This committee would meet once or twice a year, and
would assist in the development of Regional and National
Response Plans.

Executive Committee Objective 3.  The regular review proce-
dure for amending the National Contingency Plan will be
applied to the regional plan for scientific support.

Executive Committee Objective 4.  Some of these needs have
been identified by the Workshop Panels.  The Immediate
Response Coordinator will be responsible for knowledge of
both regional and national resources available and required.
This effort will be undertaken in close cooperation with
local EPA and NOAA offices.

Executive Committee Objective 5.  Projects outlined by
working panels will be reviewed to determine those that can
be funded by existing programs.  In addition, for planning
purposes a more comprehensive regional assessment program
will be identified based on an assumed $1 million budget
above existing resources.

Executive Committee Objective 6.  The Immediate Response
Coordinator is responsible for providing assistance to  the
On-Scene Coordinator.

                          440

-------
                        OIL SPILL
                          OCCURS
                    DISCHARGER NOTIFIES
               NATIONAL RESPONSE CENTER (NEC)
             AT U.S. COAST GUARD HEADQUARTERS,
                     WASHINGTON, D.C.
                       NRC NOTIFIES
      NOAA 24-HOUR
    TELEPHONE NUMBER,
     BOULDER, COLO.
 U.S. COAST GUARD
REGIONAL RESPONSE
      CENTER
                   NATIONAL COORDINATORS,
                  SCIENTIFIC SUPPORT TEAM
                      (EPA AND NOAA)
                    IMMEDIATE RESPONSE
                       COORDINATOR
                         FIGURE 1

PROCEDURE FOR NOTIFYING THE IMMEDIATE RESPONSE COORDINATOR
 FOR SCIENTIFIC SUPPORT IN THE EVENT OF A MAJOR OIL SPILL
                             441

-------
     It was also recommended that the Workshop Chairperson prepare
a letter report to the National Response Team on results of the
Workshop.
                      Recommendations to the NRT

     The Workshop Coordinator reviewed results of the Region I Work-
shop with the National Response Team on September 8, 1977.  Based on
Executive Committee discussions he recommended the following action
items for consideration by the NRT:

     •  Modification of the National Contingency Plan to incorporate
        an ecological damage assessment program as specified in the
        report to the NRT by the Task Force on Ecological Damage
        Assessment (dated June 1977) and the recommendations of the
        Executive Committee at the Hartford Workshop.

     •  Resolution of lead agency jurisdiction between EPA and NOAA
        for ecological damage assessment activities.  It is recom-
        mended that EPA assume lead responsibility for all spills
        originating within the baseline from which the territorial
        sea is measured ("near-shore" spills) and that NOAA assume
        lead responsibility for spils originating beyond this line
        ("off-shore" spills).

     •  Formalize the development and implementation of ecological
        assessment activities in consideration of the Draft National
        Plan and the recommendations of the Hartford Workshop.
        Specifically, it is important that each primary" agency
        appoint a full-time respresentative to continue development
        and implementation of the ecological damage assessment
        effort.

     •  Approval of the entire series of Regional Workshops and the
        development of regional and national plans for ecological
        damage assessment.

     •  Notification of all EPA Regions and USCG Districts of the
        Draft National Plan and the Workshop program.

     •  Establishment of a National Scientific Advisory Panel to
        assist in the development and scientific oversight of
        Ecological Damage Assessment Response Plans.

     •  Survey of resources of agencies represented on the NRT
        to support implementation of Ecological Damage Assessment
        Response Plans.
                                 442

-------
     •  Designation of a lead agency to seek additional funding
        support for implementing the response plans.

     •  Seeking allocation of a portion of the proposed $200M "super-
        fund" to support the ecological damage assessment effort.

     •  Investigation of other potential funding sources for the
        ecological damage assessment program, including the National
        Science Foundation, American Petroleum Institute, and the
        Smithsonian Institution.
            NRT Response to Workshop Recommendations

     Overall, the recommendations developed at the Hartford Workshop
were well received by the NRT.  A letter from the Chairman of the
NRT to the Workshop Coordinator describes the NRT position on each
recommendation, and is presented in Appendix G.
                                 443

-------
   APPENDIX A
WORKSHOP SCHEDULE
          444

-------
                            WORKSHOP SCHEDULE
Sunday, August 28. 1977

8:00 - 11:00 p.m.   Joint Meeting of Panel Chairpersons and Executive
                    Committee
Monday, August 29, 1977

9:00 a.m. - 12:00 p.m.   Plenary Session

     9:00 -  9:10 a.m.   Introductions and Welcome
                         Paul Lefcourt, Workshop Chairman

     9:10 -  9:20        Welcoming Address
                         Bill Adams, EPA Region I Administrator

     9:20 -  9:40        Description of Federal Involvement in Oil Spills
                         Henry VanCleave, EPA, Washington,  D.C.

     9:40 - 10:00        Background on the National Response Team (NRT)
                         Capt. John Kirkland, USCG, Washington,  D.C.

                         ********************

                                BREAK
                         ********************

    10:20 - 10:40        Description, of NOAA/USCG SORT
                         David Kennedy, NOAA-ERL, Boulder, CO

    10:40 - 11:00        Socioeconomic and Legal Considerations
                         Jan Praeger, EPA-ERL, Narragansett, RI

    11:00 - 11:20        Plan for Workshop - Paul Lefcourt
                            •  Charge to panels
                            •  Organization
                            •  Planned results of Workshop
                            •  Future activities

    11:20 - noon         Open Discussion - Chaired by Paul Lefcourt

                            •  Comments on speakers
                            •  Questions
                            •  Recommendations:  on Workshop performance
                                 445

-------
                         ********************

12:00 -  1:00 p.m,              LUNCH
                         ********************

 1:00 -  5:00            Panels Meet in Respective Break-out Rooms

 5:00                    Panels Terminate for Day

 5:00 -  7:00            Panel Chairpersons Write Reports

 6:00 -  8:00            Reception - Cash Bar                  '

 7:00                    Chairpersons Submit  Handwritten Copy to Typists

 9:00 - 11:00            Executive Committee  Meets to Review
                         Panel Reports and Discuss Following Day's  Activity


Tuesday. August 30,  1977

9:00 a.m. - 12:00 p.m.   Plenary Session
                         Each  Panel  Chairperson Reports  to General  Session
     9:00 -  9:15 a.m.   Water Column Biology

     9:15 -  9:30        Benthic Biology

     9:30 -  9:45        Microbiology/Biodegradation

     9:45 - 10:00        Histopathology

    10:00 - 10:15        Birds/Marine Mammals

    10:15 - 10:30        Laboratory Toxicity Studies

    10:30 - 10:45        Chemical Analyses/Fate Studies

    10:45 - 11:00        Physical Processes

    11:00 - 11:15        Socioeconomic/Legal Considerations

    11:15 - 11:30        Facilities

    11:30 - noon         Open Discussion
                                  446

-------
12:00 -  1:00 p.m.             LUNCH
                         ********************


 1:00 -  5:00            Panels Meet


 7:00                    Deadline for Panel Chairperson to Submit
                         Copy to Typists

 1:00 -  5:00            Executive Committee Meeting
Wednesday, August 31. 1977

9:00 a.m. - 10:00 a.m.   Panel Chairpersons Meet


    10:00 - 12:00        Panels Meet

                         ********************

    12:00 -  1:00             LUNCH
                         ********************


     1:00 -  4:00        Panels Meet


     2:00 -  4:00        Executive Committee Meeting

     4:00 -  6:00        Joint Meeting of Executive Committee and Panel
                         Chairpersons


     8:00                Chairpersons Submit Handwritten Copy to  Typists
                                  447

-------
     APPENDIX B
PROJECT REPORT FORMAT
           448

-------
                                               Panel 	

                                               Project #	

                                               Priority Rank
                          PANEL GUIDANCE FORMAT
1.  Proposed Title of Project

2.  Description of Project
    - Be brief!  Outline the objectives of the study, how it is carried out,
      and anticipated results.
    - Give references if possible.

3.  Performing Organization
    - Indicate the organization(s) the panel is certain has the capability
      to perform the study.  Give names if possible.
    - Suggest possible performing organizations.

4.  Habitats Applicable
    - Identify one or more from listing of New England habitats.

5.  Conditions Applicable
    - Consider all possible conditions required for successful completion of
      study.  For example, in a study of impact on benthic fauna some con-
      ditions are:
                  - oil is incorporated in sediment
                  - benthos at control site(s) is uncpntaminated

    - Consider what weather/climate, geographical, ecological, economic or
      other condition(s) are necessary before putting this study into effect.

6.  Oil Type Applicable
    - Specify what oils or groups of oils (e.g., crude, no. 6, no.  4, no. 2,
      gasoline, etc.) project applies.

7.  Time Frame
    - Identify the total inclusive period of the study and the actual required
      work periods, e.g.:
             "The study requires a minimum five-year period consisting
              of four one-week sampling periods at one field sampling
              per season.  Sample work-up and data analysis requires
              an additional 8 weeks/year for a spill of 	 size."

8.  Cost
    - Estimate the intensive cost of the project, i.e., give a sliding cost
      based on the size of spill and area of impact, e.g.:

                        Area (Km2!         Cost $
                           10              100,000
                           50              800,000
                          100            1,500,000

                                  449-

-------
     - Show how you arrived at your figures.

 9.  Equipment Needs/Equipment Available
     - Be specificI  What kind and how much?
     - Available equipment means it can be used for the project with little
       advance notice.
     - Equipment means sampling gear, sample containers, field and labora-
       tory instrumentation, glassware, communication equipment and various
       kinds of hardware.

10.  Facility Needs/Facilities Available
     - Be specific by habitat and kind and size of spill.
     - Facilities means analytical laboratories, ships, boats, aircraft, land
       vehicles, living accommodations for lodging, staging and action center,
       etc.

11.  Personnel Needs/Personnel Available
     - Identify if proper personnel are currently available.  What response
       time is needed?  Could they respond within the stated time frame?
     - Give names, addresses, tel. no. if possible.
     - If personnel are not available give indication of what disciplines,
      ' number are necessary.  Suggest possible workers I

12.  Support Services (Concurrent or Associated Studies)
     - Indicate the kinds of projects that must be performed to provide data
       essential for the proper functioning of this project.
     - For example, if project dealt with determining alterations in benthic
       community diversity a study mapping the distribution of oil in sedi-
       ments would likely be desirable.
     - Another example might be the need for histological examination of
       selected organisms.

13.  Payoff
     - Describe in adequate detail what the results of such a study would be
       in contributing to determining the overall ecological impact.
     - Consider the possible results from the perspective of:  (1) scientific
       interest, i.e., how much of a unique contribution does the study make
       to our understanding of oil pollution impact on marine ecosystems and
       (2) how does the study lend itself to determining the economic ($)
       costs of damage to "natural resources"?

14.  Limitations
     - This is a very broad category.  Considerations of feasibility, utility
       and operational problems come to bear.  Environmental factors, weather,
       location, ongoing clean-up operations, nature of oil, habitat type,
       season, etc.  all play a role in determining the limitations.
     - Ask if the project answers all questions dealing with assessing ecolog-
       ical impact under all possible scenaries and conditions.  Of course
       not!   O.K., then what are the major flaw?
                                        450

-------
                        New England Habitats


1.  Pelagic system - including inland, coastal, offshore areas,  and
    migratory species

2.  Offshore bottom

3.  Rocky shore

4.  Sand shore

5.  Salt marsh

6.  Oyster - mussel reef

7.  Worm - clam flat

8.  Shallow salt pond
                                  451

-------
    APPENDIX C
PANEL CHAIRPERSONS
         452

-------
BENTHIC BIOLOGY
WATER COLUMN BIOLOGY
Dr. Doug Wolfe
Deputy Director - OCSEAP
NOAA/ERL
Boulder, CO  80302
MICROBIOLOGY/BIODEGRADATION

Dr. Al Bourquin
EPA
Environmental Research Laboratory
Sabine Island
Gulf Breeze, FL  32561
BIRDS/MARINE MAMMALS

Dr. J. Lawrence Dunn
233 Woodward Hall
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, RI  02881
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS/FATE

Dr. Bill MacLeod
NOAA/NMFS
N.W. & Alaska Fisheries  Center
2725 MontLake Boulevard,  East
Seattle, WA  98112

PHYSICAL PROCESSES

Dr. Jerry Gait
NOAA/ERL/PMEL
Pacific Northwest Fisheries Center
3711 15th Avenue, N.E.
Seattle, WA  98105
Dr. Frank G. Lowman
Deputy Director
Environmental Research Laboratory
EPA
So. Ferry Road
Narragansett, RI  02882
HISTOPATHOLOGY

Mr. Paul P. Yevich
EPA
Environmental Research Laboratory
So. Ferry Road
Narragansett, RI  02882
LABORATORY TOXICITY

Dr. John H. Gentile
EPA
Environmental Research Laboratory
So. Ferry Road
Narragansett, RI  02882
SOCIOECONOMIC/LEGAL

Dr. Jan C. Prager
EPA
Environmental Research Laboratory
So. Ferry Road
Narragansett, RI  02882
FACILITIES/DATA MANAGEMENT

Mr. Carl Eidam
EPA
Region I
60 Westview Street
Lexington, MA  02173
                                  453

-------
            APPENDIX D
MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
         REGION I WORKSHOP
                 454

-------
Dr. Norman Richards
   (not in attendance)
Environmental Research Laboratory
Environmental Protection Agency
Sabine Island
Gulf Breeze, Florida  32561

Mr. Mark Schuldt
   (for Don Baumgartner)
Environmental Research Laboratory
Environmental Protection Agency
200 S.W. 35th Street
Corvallis, Oregon  97330

Dr. John Robinson
MESA, Rx 5
NOAA/ERL
Boulder, Colorado  80302

Mr. David Kennedy
Project Manager -  SOR
NOAA/ERL
Boulder, Colorado  80302

Dr. Doug Wolfe
Deputy Director -  OCSEAP
NOAA/ERL
Boulder, Colorado

Dr. Charles C. Bates
Science Advisor to Commandant
U.S. Coast Guard
(G-DS/62)
Washington, D.C.   20024

Mr. Henry Van Cleave
   (for Ken Biglane)
Oil & Special Materials Control
  Division
Environmental Protection Agency
401 M Street, S.W.
Washington, D.C.   20024
Ms. Carolyn Rogers
   (for Ken Sherman)
Northeast Fisheries Center Narra.
  Laboratory
NOAA-NMFS
South Ferry Road
Narragansett, Rhode Island  02882

Dr. Frank Monastero
U.S. Department of the Interior
Bureau of Land Management
C Street between 18th & 19th,  N.W.
Washington, D.C.  20006

Mr. Richard Robinson
   (for Nelson Kverno)
Department of the Interior
Fish & Wildlife Service
18th & C Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C.  20240

Dr. Cal Ross
Environmental Emergency Branch
E.P. Service
Ottawa, Ontario K1A OH3
Canada

Capt. J. R. Kirkland
U.S. Coast Guard
400 7th Street, S.W.
Washington, D.C.  20590

Lt. Cmdr. Joseph Marotta)
   (for Rear Adm. Schwob)
First U.S. Coast Guard District
150 Causeway Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02114

Capt. Milton Suzich
   (not in attendance)
U.S. Coast Guard R&D Center
Avery Point
Groton, Connecticut  08340
                                  455

-------
Mr. Les Smith
   (for Evelyn Murphy)
Executive Office of Environmental
  Affairs
100 Cambridge Street
Boston, Massachusetts  02114

Ms. Sara Carroll
   (for Evelyn Murphy)
Executive Office of Environmental
  Affairs
100 Cambridge Street
Boston, Massachusetts  02114

Mr. Domenic Forcella
   (for Stanley Pack)
Connecticut Department of
  Environmental Protection
State Office Building
Hartford, Connecticut  06115

Mr. Bob Randall
   (for George Gormley)
Maine Department of Environmental
  Protection
State House
Augusta, Maine 04330

Mr. Carlton Maine
   (not in attendance)
Rhode Island Department of Health
Davis Street
Providence, Rhode Island  02908

Dr. Jean Snider
Marine Environmental  Protection
   Office
NOAA
6010 Executive Blvd.
Rockville, MD  20852
Mr. Carlton Maine
  (not in attendance)
Rhode Island Department of Health
Davis Street
Providence, Rhode Island  02908

Mr. Paul Caviechi
  (for William Healy)
New Hampshire Supply & Pollution
  Control Commission
Concord, New Hampshire  03301

Mr. Bernard Corson
  (not in attendance)
New Hampshire Fish & Game Department
Concord, New Hampshire  03301

Mr. Clinton Hall
EPA (RD-621)
401 M Street, S.W.
Washington, D.C.  20460

Dr. Paul Lefcourt, Chairman
EPA/ERL
Narragansett, Rhode Island  02882

Mr. Carl Eidam
Environmental Protection Agency
60 Westview Street
Lexington, Massachusetts  02172

Ruth Rehfus
  (for William Gordon)
Regional Director
National Marine Fisheries Service
14 Elm Street
Gloucester, Massachusetts  01930
                                456

-------
     APPENDIX E
LIST OF PARTICIPANTS
         457

-------
 Dr.  Philip U. Alkon
 METREK Division
 MITRE  Corporation
 Westgate  Research Park
 McLean, Va.  22101

 Dr.  William Andrade
 Environmental Protection Agency
 60 Westview Street
 Lexington, MA  02172
 Dr.  Charles C. Bates  (G-DS/62)
 U. S. Coast Guard
 Washington, DC

 Mr.  Benjamin Baxter
 Research  Scientist
 Science Applications, Inc.
 745  Main  Street
 Kewington, Connecticut

 Mr.  Robert Beauchamp
 U. S. Department of Interior
 Bureau of Land Management
 C. St. Between 18th & 19th, N.W.
 Washington, DC  20006

 Mr.  Bradford Blodget
 State Ornithologist
 Massachusetts Division of Fish & Wildlife
 74 Hillcroft Avenue
 Worcester, MA  01606

 Mr.  Paul Boehra
 Energy Resource Company
 185  Alewife Brook Parkway
 Cambridge, MA  02138

 Dr.  Al Bourquin
 Enviionmental Protection Agency
 Environmental Research Laboratory
 Sabine Island
 Gulf Breeze, FL  32561

 Mr.  Patrick Bowe
 452  Laughlin Road
 Stratford, CT  06497

 Mr.  Richard C. Boynton
 Research Representative
 Environmental Protection Agency
 JFK  Federal Building
 Boston, MA  02203

 Dr.  Robert S. Brown
 233  Woodward Hall
 University of Rhode Island
 Kingston, RI  02881

Dr.  Clifford Buehrens
 Graduate School of Oceanography
University of Rhode Island
 494 Annaquatucket Road
North Kingston, Rhode Island
Dr. Frank Cantelmo
City College of New York
New York, New York

Mr. James Cardoza
Massachusetts Division of Fish & Wildlife
Westboro, MA  01581

Mr. Arnold Carr
Massachusets Dept. of Fisheries &
  Wildlife
Division of Marine Fisheries
18 Heritage Professional Building, Rte. 6A R
Sandwich, MA  02553

Ms. Sara Carroll
Massachusetts Executive Office of
  Environmental Affairs
100 Cambridge Street
Boston, MA  02202

Dr. Chris Carty
MESA/RX5
NOAA/ERL
Boulder, CO  80302

Mr. Paul Caviechi
New Hampshire Water Supply & Pollution
  Control
Prescott Park
105 Loudon Road
Concord, NH  03301

John F. Conlon
Chief, Oil & Hazardous Materials Section
Environmental Protection Agency/NERL
60 Westview Street
Lexington, MA  02173

Mr. Peter Cornillon
208 Lippitt Hall
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, RI  02881

Mr. Russell Cuervels
Massachusetts Division of Marine Fisheries
92 Front Avenue
Salem, Massachusetts
Dr. Wayne Davis
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Research Laboratory
Narraganser.t, RI  02882

Dr. Chris Deacutis
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Research Laboratory
Narragansett, RI  02882

Mr. Fred Disheroon
Attorney. U. S. Department of Justice
10th & Penn. Avenue
Washington, DC  20530
                                         458

-------
Dr. J. Lawrence Dunn
233 Woodward Hall
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, RI  02881
Carl L. Eidam
Oceanographer, Oil  & Hazardous Materials
  Section
Environmental Protection Agency/NERL
60 Westview Street
Lexington, MA  02173

Dr. Ronald Eisler
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Research Laboratory
Narragansett, RI  02882

Mr. Robert Estabrook
New Hampshire Water Supply & Pollution
  Control              :
Prescott Park
105 Loudon Road
Concord, NH  03301

Dr. Dianne Everich
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Research Laboratory
Narragansett, RI  02882
Dr. Austin Farley
National Oceanographic Atmospheric
  Administration
Oxford, Maryland

Mr. John Fiske
Massachusetts Division of Marine
  Fisheries
105 Clark Road
Sandwich Beach, Massachusetts

Mr. Domenic Forcella
Connecticut Department of Environmental
  Protection
State Office Building
Room 161
Hartford, CT  06115

Mr. Charles Fredette
Water Compliance Unit
Connecticut Department of Environmental
  Protection
State Office Building
Hartford, CT  06115

Dr. Peter H. Fricke
Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute
Woods Hole, MA  02543
Dr. Jerry Gait
NOAA/ERL/PMEL
Pacific Northwest Fisheries Center
3711 15th Avenue, N.E.
Seattle, WA  98105
Dr. George Gardner
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Research Laboratory
Narragansett, RI  02882

Dr. Patrick Gearing
MERL
Narragansett Bay Campus
University of Rhode Island
Narragansett, RI  02882

Dr. John Gentile
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Research Laboratory
Narragansett, RI  02882

Mr. Ray Gerber
Bowdoin College
Marine Research Laboratory
Middle Bay Road
Brunswick, Maine

Dr. Cameron Gifford
Marine Biological Laboratory
Woods Hole, MA  02543

Dr. William Grant
Assistant Scientist
Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute
Woods Hole, MA  02543

Dr. James Griffen
Director of Technical Services
Graduate School of Oceanography
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, RI  02881

Dr. Michael Griffin
101 Woodward Hall
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, RI  02881

Mr. R. A. Griffths
First U. S. Coast Guard District
150 Causeway Street
Boston, MA  02114

Dr. Clement Griscom
Graduate School of Oceanography
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, RI  02881
Mr. Clint Hall
Environmental Protection Agency (RD-681)
401 M Street, S.W.
Washington, DC  20460

Mr. George Hampson
Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute
Woods Hole, MA  02543

Dr. Paul Hargraves
Graduate School of Oceanography
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, RI  02881
                                      459

-------
 Ms. Janie Harris
 Energy Resource Company
 185 Alewife Brook Parkway
 Cambridge, MA  02138

 Dr. Diane Harvey
 Graduate School of Oceanography
 University of Rhode Island
 Kingston, RI  02881

 Dr. Edward Hatfield
 Jackson Estuarine Laboratory
 Durham, New Hampshire

 Dr. Frank Hepner
 Department of Zoology
 University of Rhode Island
 Kingston, RI  02881

 Dr. Robert Hiltabrand
 U. S.  Coast Guard R & D
 Avery  Point
 Groton, CT  06340

 Mr. Thomas Hoehh
 Connecticut Department of Environmental
   Protection
 Marine Region Director
 P.O. Box 248
 Water ford, CT  06385

 Dr. Eva Hoffman
 Graduate School of Oceanography
 University of Rhode Island
 Kingston,  RI  02881

 Mr. Jon Hurst
 Maine  Department of Marine Resources
 West Boothbay Harbor, ME  04575

 Dr. Jeffrey Hyland
 Environmental Protection Agency
 Environmental Research Laboratory
 Narragansett,  RI 02882
Dr. Gene Jackim
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Research Laboratory
Narragansett, RI  02882

Dr. Arnold Julin
Office of Biological Sciences
U. S. Fish & Wildlife Service
One Gateway Center
Newton Corner, MA  02158
Ms. Elisa B. Karnofsky
BUMP/MBL
Woods Hole, MA  02543

Dr. George Kelly
National Marine Fisheries Service
Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute
Woods Hole, MA  02543
 Mr.  David  Kennedy
 Project Manager-SOR
 NOAA/ERL
 Boulder, CO   80302

 Dr.  John Kinneman
 U. S.  Department  of Commerce
 NOAA/ERL
 Boulder, CO   80302

 Captain J. R. Kirkland
 U. S.  Coast  Guard
 400  7th Street, S.W.
 Washington,  DC 20590

 Dr.  G. Kleineberg
 U. S.  Coast  Guard R&D Center
 Avery  Point
 Groton, CT  06340

 Dr.  Constance Knapp
 Department of Ocean Engineering
 Lippitt Hall
 University of Rhode Island
 Kingston,  RI  02881

 Dr.  Giles  LaRoche
 Marine Science Center
 McGill University
 Montreal,  Canada

 Dr.  James Lake
 Environmental Protection Agency
 Environmental Research Laboratory
 Narragansett,  RI  02882

 Dr.  Paul Lefcourt
 Environmental Protection Agency
 Environmental Research Laboratory
 Narragansett,  RI  02882

 CDR  J.  T. Leigh
 G-DOE-1
 U. S.  Coast  Guard
 Washington,  DC 20590

 Mr.  Millington Lockwood
 EDS/NOAA
 Pacific Northwest Fisheries Center
 3300 Whitehaven Street, N.W.
 Washington, DC 20460      .

 Mr.  Sabin Lord
 Division of Water Pollution Control
 Massachusetts  Department of Environmental
  Quality Engineering
 110  Tremont  Street
 Boston,  MA  02108

Dr.  Frank Lowman
 Environmental  Protection Agency
 Environmental  Research Laboratory
 Narragansett,  RI  02882

 Dr.  Frank Manheim
U. S. Geological  Survey
Woods Hole, MA 02543
                                       460

-------
 Mr.  William Marhoffer
 Division of Water Pollution Control
 Massachusetts Department of Environmental
   Quality Engineering
 P.O. Box 537
 Borth Pembroke, MA  02358

 LCDR Joseph Marotta
 Chief (mep)
 U. S. Coast Guard - First District
 150  Causeway Street
 Boston,  MA  02114

 Mr.  Richard McGrath
 Taxon, Inc.
 50 Grove Street
 Salem, Massachusetts

 Mr.  Guy McLeod
 Southern Massachusetts University
 Dartmouth, MA.  02714

 Dr.  William MacLeod
 HOAA National Analytical Facility
 8. W. & Alaska Fisheries Center
 2725 Montlake Blvd., East
 Seattle, WA  98112

 Dr.  Brian Melzian
 Environmental Protection Agency
 Environmental Research Laboratory
 Harragansett, RI  02882

 Dr.  Donald Miller
 Environmental Protection Agency
 Environmental Research Laboratory
 Harragansett, RI  02882

 Dr.  Frank Monastero
 Department of Interior
 Bureau of Land Management
 Washington,  DC

 Mr.  Jeffrey Morris
 Connecticut  Department of Environmental
   Protection
 Marine Region
 Waterford, Connecticut

Dr. Hugh Mulligan
Manager, Biological Sciences Staff
 EG 6 G Environmental Consultants
 151 Bear Hill Road
Waltham, MA   02154

 Mr.  David G. Neal
 P.O. Box 30
 Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts

 Mr.  Peter Nolan
 Environmental Protection Agency
 60 Westview Street
 Lexington, MA  02173
Ms. Carole O'Toole
c/o MESA/RX5
NOAA/ERL
Boulder, CO  80302
Captain K. M. Palerey
First U. S. Coast Guard District
150 Causeway Street
Boston, MA  02114

Mr. Charles Parker
Bigelow Laboratories for Ocean Science
West Boothbay Harbor, ME  04575

Mr. Fred Passman
Energy Resource Company
185 Alewife Brook Parkway
Cambridge, ME  02138

Dr. Susan Peterson
Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute
Woods Hole, MA  07543

Dr. Samuel R. Petrocelli
EG 6 G
790 Main Street
Wareham, MA  02571

Dr. Andrew Pollack
Massachusetts Institute of
  Technology (48-320)
Department of Civil Engineering
77 Massachusetts Avenue
Cambridge, MA  02138

Dr. Kevin Powers
Manomet Bird Observatory
P.O. Box 0
Manomet, MA  02345

Dr. Sheldon Pratt
Graduate School of Oceanography
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, RI  02881

Dr. John H. Prescott, Director
Hew England Aquarium
Central Wharf
Boston, MA  02110

Mr. Robert Randall
Environmental Services Specialist II
Maine Department of Environmental
  Protection
32 Coombs Street
Bangor, Maine

Ms. Ruth Rehfus
Assistant Branch Chief
Environmental Assessment Branch
National Marine Fisheries Service
191 Main Street
Gloucester, Massachusetts
                                      461

-------
 Mr. John Rlpp
 Assistant Project Engineer
 The Research Corporation
 125 Silas Dean Highway
 Wethersfieid, CI  06109

.Dr. John Robinson
 MESA, RX5
 NOAA/ERL
 Boulder, CO  80302

 Mr. Richard Robinson
 Deputy Chief, Division of  Ecological
   Services
 U. S. Fish & Wildlife Service
 Interior Building 4
 Washington, DC  20240

 Ms. Carolyn Rogers
 NOAA/NMFS
 South Ferry Road
 Narragansett, RI  02882

 Dr. Peter Kogerson
 Environmental Protection Agency
 Environmental Research Laboratory
 Narragansett, RI  02882

 Mr. Cal Ross
 Environmental Emergency Branch
 Environmental Protection Service
 Place Vincent Massey
 Ottawa,  Ontario   K1A 1C8
 Canada
Mr. Dennis A. Sande
Pollution Control Officer
Quarters 12-H—6
U. S. Coast Guard
Governors Island, NY  10004

Dr. Akella Sastry
Graduate School of Oceanography
University of Rhode Island
11 Butler Building
Kingston, RI  02881

Dr. Mark Schuldt
Environmental Research Laboratory
200 So. 35th Street
Corvallis, OR  97330

Mr. Kenneth Simon
Normandeau Associates
Hashua Road
Bedford, New Hampshire

Mr. Lawrence J. Slaski
Economist for U.S. Fish & Wildlife
  Service
12511 Atherton Drive
Wheaton, MD  20906
Mr. Lester B. Smith, Jr.
Massachusetts Executive Office of
  Environmental Affairs
100 Cambridge Street
Boston, MA  02202

Dr. Wade H. B. Smith
METREK Division
MITRE Corporation
Westgate Research Park
McLean, Va.  22101

Dr. Jean Snider
Marine Environmental Protection Office
MRS - NOAA
6010 Executive Blvd.
Rockvllle, MD  20852

Dr. Malcolm Spaulding
208 Lippitt Hall
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, RI  02881

Dr. Thomas Spittler
Environmental Protection Agency
60 Westvlew Street
Lexington, MA  02173
Dr. John Teal
Woods Hole Oceanographlc Institute
Woods Hole, MA  02543

Dr. Richard Traxler
101 Woodward Hall
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, RI  02881
Mr. Joseph Valient!
Chief, Pollution Response Branch
Coast Guard Headquarters
Washington, DC

Mr. Henry VanCleave
Oil & Special Materials Control
  Division (WR-548)
Environmental Protection Agency
Washington, DC  20460

Dr. Gabriel Vargo
Bunker C
Graduate School of Oceanography
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, RI  02881
Dr. G. W. Wadley
Technical Manager
Nalco Environmental Sciences
15QO Frontage Road
Northbrook, IL  60062
                                     462

-------
Dr. Mason Wilson, Jr.
101 Wales Hall
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, RI  02881

Dr. Douglas Wolfe
Deputy Director - OCSEAP
NOAA/ERL
Boulder, CO  80302

Dr. Red Wright
National Marine Fisheries Service
Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute
Woods Hole, MA  02543
Dr. Paul Yevlch
Environmental Protection Agency
•Environmental Research Laboratory
Narragansett, RI  02882

Honorable Thomas Yost
Environmental Protection Agency - Region IV
345 Courtland Street, N.E.
Atlanta, GA  30308
                                        463

-------
      APPENDIX F
U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE
    SERVICE OFFICES
          464

-------
                   U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE


Region 5 (Northeastern Stategjfo

   Regional Oil Spill Coordinator
   Arnold M. Julin, ECE, Newton Corner, MA       FTS:  829-9217
                                                Conm:  617-965-5100 ext.  217
                                                Home:  603-893-9348

   Alternate Regional Oil Spill Coordinator
   Curtis Laffin, OBS, Newton Corner, MA         FTS:  829-9217
                                                Comm:  617-965-5100 ext.  217
                                                Home:  603-339-4643

Area III (ME. HH. VT. MA. RI. CONN)

   Area Manager, Concord, NH
      Charles Maloy    FTS:  8-834-471/4718
                      Comm:  603-224-9558/9559
                      Home:  603-224-5176

Field Coordinators

   Maine Coast
      Michael Hendrix, Hatchery Manager, Craig Brook NFH, East Orland,  ME
          FTS:  None
         Comm:  207-469-2803
         Home:  207-469-7253

   Maine. NH. Mass Coast to Buzzards Bay
      George Gavutis, Refuse Manager, Parker River NWR, Newburyport, MA
          FTS:  None
         Comm:  617-465-5753 (Thru FTS 223-2100)
         Home:  603-394-7874

   Mass. RI. Conn Coast South of Cape Cod
      Refuse Manager, Ninigret NWR, Charlestown, RI
          FTS:  None
         Comm:  401-364-3106 (Thru FTS 838-1000)
         Home:

   Lake Champlain, VT
      John Gersmehl, FA, Montpelier, VT
          FTS:  8-832-4438
         Comm:  802-223-5900, 802-229-9476
         Home:

Alternate for New England Area
      Bob Currie, ES, Concord, NH
          FTS:  8-834-4726/4762
         Comm:  603-224-2585/2586
         Home:  603-648-2257


                                465

-------
           APPENDIX G
     RESPONSE OF THE NRT TO
HARTFORD WORKSHOP RECOMMENDATIONS
               466

-------
      UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                       WASHINGTON. D.C.  20460
                         4   NOVI977
                                                    OFFICE OF WATER AND
                                                    HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
Dr. Paul Lefcourt
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Research Laboratory
Narrangansett, Rhode Island  02882

Dear Paul:

    On behalf of the National Response Team (NRT) I would like to
commend you on your effort in developing a national plan of action
for assessing the ecological damage caused by oil spills.

    Since the 8 September meeting-,  the NRT has 'conducted an indepth
review of your report on the Hartford Workshop.  As a result, it is
agreed that the report identifies critical issues that require resolution
in order for the Task Force on Ecological Damage Assessment to
carry out its charge. The NRT also feels that it is essential that
replies to the ten action items contained in your report be provided in
sufficient time to assist in the planning of future workshops.  Accord-
ingly,  the following comments are provided for your guidance:

    Proposal: Establishment of a National Scientific Advisory Panel
to assist in the development and scientific oversight of Ecological
Damage Assessment Response Plans.

    Response: The NRT .concurs in the need for a mechanism tp
assess the need to perform new research and development in support
of the damage assessment program. We are asking the Research and
Development Committee of the NRT to set up a mechanism for
accomplishing this.

    Proposal: Survey of represented agency resources to support
implementation of Ecological Damage Assessment Response Plans.

    Response: The NRT concurs that the survey of available resources
should be conducted.  A National Inventory of Response Equipment is
being planned to provide information on the various major resources
of the Federal agencies.  When completed, the inventory willbe
distributed to all Regional Response Teams.
                              467

-------
    Proposal; Designation of a lead agency to seek additional funding
support for implementing the response plans.

    Response; The NRT concurs with the proposal to designate a lead
agency to seek funding support for conducting ecological damage assist-
ance.  However,  further action on this item must be deferred pending
the outcome of the "superfund" legislation at which time this matter
will be reviewed.

    Proposal; Seeking allocation of a portion of the proposed $200M
"superfund" to support the ecological damage assessment effort.

    Response; The NRT will forward a letter to the Council on
Environmental Quality urging the Council to advise the Administration
that the currently proposed "superfund" legislation be amended so as
to permit up to $4M of the fund to be expended annually in support of
damage assessment activities  as deemed necessary by the administrator
of the  fund.

    Proposal; Investigation of other potential funding sources for the
ecological damage assessment program, including the National Science
Foundation, American Petroleum Institute,  and the Smithsonian Institute.

    Response; The NRT agrees that the concept of obtaining funds from
other than government sources for the damage  assessment program is
feasible provided that the criteria established for this method of funding
are complied with.  Further action on this item must await the establish-
ment of budget levels and the receipt of contributions by government
agencies to determine what additional funds  are required to implement
the ecological damage assessment plan.

    Proposal; Modification of the National Contingency Plan to incorporate
an ecological damage assessment program as specified in the report to
the NRT by the Task Force on Ecological Damage Assessment  (dated
June 1977) and the recommendations of the Executive Committee  at the
Hartford Workshop.

    Response; It was agreed that the NRT at its August 12, 1977 meeting
that a  comprehensive review and evaluation would be made on the results
of the workshops. Following this action, the NRT will then take appro-
priate  action to incorporate the approval ecological damage assessment
program into the National Contingency Plan.

    Proposal; Resolution of lead agency jurisdiction between EPA and
NOAA  for ecological damage assessment activities.  I have suggested
that EPA assume lead responsibility for all spills  originating within
the baseline from which the territorial sea is measured ("near-shore"
spills) and the NOAA assume lead responsibility for spills originating
beyond this line  ("off-shore" spills).
                               468

-------
    Response;  The NRT agrees with the concept that EPA assumes
lead responsibility for accomplishing ecological damage assessment for
all spills originating inland from the baseline from which the territorial
sea is measured and that NOAA assumes lead responsibility for accom-
plishing assessment for spills occurring seaward of this line.

    Proposal; Formalize the development and implementation of ecolo-
gical assessment activities in consideration of the Draft National Plan
and the recommendations of the Hartford Workshop.  Specifically,  it is
important that each primary agency appoint a full-time representative
to continue development and implementation of the ecological damage
assessment effort.

    Response;  The NRT feels that staffing is important to the success
of the program and will urge each participating agency on the NRT to
give this matter its full attention.

    Proposal; Approval of the entire series of eight remaining Regional
Workshops and the development of regional and national plans for ecolo-
gical damage assessment.

    Response;  The NRT feels that five workshops are sufficient to
generate the information needed to modify the National Contingency
Plan.  The NRT believes that a representative crossection of research
needs can best be obtained by holding workshops on the east,  gulf and
west coasts, in the area of Alaska and in the Great Lakes region.  The
NRT recognizes the need for additional regional workshops to meet
unique requirements.  These workshops should be conducted by the
appropriate RRTs as required without the approval of the NRT.

    Proposal; Notification of all EPA Regions and XJSGG Districts  of
the draft National Plan and the Workshop program.

    Response;  The NRT concurs that information on the workshop
program should be disseminated to all EPA regions and USCG districts.
The NRT recommends that the Regional Response Teams be invited to
participate.

    In addition to the foregoing,  the NRT wishes to provide you the
following additional guidance.

    o The NRT deems it advisable to establish a regional response
structure to accomplish the required damage assessment.  The respon-
sibility for establishing and maintaining this regional structure will be
borne by individuals from the Environmental Protection Agency and
the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Agency as designated in Attach-
ment 1.  The designated individuals will function as Scientific
Coordinators/Advisor (SCAs) to the Regional Response Teams of the
                               469

-------
region to which they have been assigned. The anticipated duties of
the SCAs are outlined in Attachment 2.

    o The NRT deems it advisable that a National Scientific Coordi-
nation Team be established for the purpose'of coordinating  an
assessment effort which is determined to be beyond the ability of an
affected region.  The  Team will be chaired by Dr.  Paul Lef court of
EPA for "near-shore" spills and by Robert E. Beck of NOAA,
Dr. Ledolph Baer,  alternate for "offshore" spills.  Each Regional
Scientific Coordinator/Advisor will also serve as a member of the
Team. The National Scientific Coordination Team will"serve the
National Response Team in an advisory capacity.

    Copies  of this letter are being forwarded to Mr. John Robinson,
NOAA, who will chair the  Alaska workshop and to each RRT.

    The NRT requests that the three remaining workshops be completed
as soon as  possible.  It  would also be most helpful if you could coordi-
nate with the v/orkshop contractor to ensure that each planned workshop
is provided with the latest list of desired R&D projects and any other
pertinent information  such as format for collecting scientific support
information in sufficient time to allow the results of the previous
workshops  can be applied in future ones.

                                 Sincerely yours.
                                     leth E. Bigls
                          Chairman, National Response Team
Enclosures
Concur:
               Captain John
               UnKed States Coast Guard
        Vice Chairm^tftr^National Response Team
                              470

-------
Note:  Attachment 1 is the list of regional scientific coordinators to
       be developed by EPA and NOAA
Attachment 2
    Anticipated duties of Region Scientific Coordinators /Advisors
The duties of the Regional Scientific Support Coordinators /Advisors
are to:
 ,/
    a.   Perform liaison with the scientific community within the
region to determine the  availability and ability of the community to
perform anticipated damage assessment requirements which may be
necessitated by an oil spill.
    b.   Establish, in cooperation with the scientific community within
the region,  the various interests for accomplishing ongoing research
in conjunction with a spill of opportunity.
    c.   Establish in, cooperation with the scientific community within
the region,  the kinds of research that are considered necessary to
improve the existing capability to perform work in support of damage
assessment activities.
    d.   Arrange for  resources and coordinate as necessary On-Scene
Coordinator requests for the performance of damage assessment
activities received by the RRT.
    e.   Evaluate the potential for accomplishing research and develop-
ment projects at a spill  of opportunity.  Arrange for and coordinate
as necessary such efforts as are deemed appropriate.
    f.  Coordinate all other scientific efforts being performed in the
area of the spill by Federal and State agencies in conjunction with
other programs 'or authorities.
                               471

-------
                                2
   g.  Serve as the regional representative to the National Scientific
Support Team.
                           472

-------
   Attachment 3
                  Organizational Relationship Between NRT, RRT
                       and Scientific Support Coordinators
             National
             Response
             Team
              I  I
                                            National
                                            Scientific Support  Coordinators
                                            Beck
                                            Lefcourt             	
On-Scene
Coordinator
                          I  T
                       / Repeated for\
                       V, Each Regionj
Standard
Federal
Region
Regional Response
Team
      E.F.A.
       RRT
                                                 Regional Scientific
                                                 Support Coordinator/
                                                  Advisor
Short Term
Environmental
Priorities
How clean is cleai
Immediate Environ
mental damage
                       Long Term
                       Research
                       Subtle Effects
                                        473

-------
                                    TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                            (Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing/
  REPORT NO.

  MTR-7843
                                           3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION*NO.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
  Proceedings of the National  Response Team  Oil  Spill
  Scientific Response Workshop, New England
                                                            5. REPORT DATE
                                           6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
  AUTHOR(S)
  Edited by:
Dr. William 6.  Conner
Dr. Philip  U.  Alkon
                                           8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
  Metrek Division of  the MITRE Corporation
  1820  Dolley Madison Blvd.
  McLean, Virginia  22102
                                           10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
                                           11. CONTRACT/GBAMX AIO~
                                                              68-01-3188
 12. SPONSOHING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
   ,  Office of  Energy, Minerals and Industry
     Office of  Research and Development
     Washinaton,  D.C.   20460
                                           13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                                             Final                 	
                                           14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
                                                EPA /600/7
 15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
     This project is part of the EPA-planned and coordinated Federal Interagency
     Energy/Environment  R&D  Program.
 16. ABSTRACT.
      This document  presents the final results  of a Workshop on oil  spill
      ecological damage' assessment held at  HartfordJ Connecticut, during
      28-31 August 1977.  The principal aim of  the Workshop was to  identify
      scientific needs  and capabilities to  be incorporated into a regional
      response plan  for assessing the ecological  damage due to major oil
      spills.  Results  are organized in terms of Workshop plenary sessions,
      meetings of 10 scientific and technical panels, and meetings  of  the
      Workshop executive committee.  A draft of this document has been
      reviewed and revised according to comments from Workshop coordinators
      and attendees.
17.
            (Circle One or More)
               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                  DESCRIPTORS
                                               b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
                                                           COSATI Field/Group
 Ecology
 Environments
 Other:
                                                                           6F  8A
  oil  pollution, oil  spills, petroleum
  spills, damage assessment
 3. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
    Release to  public
                              19. SECURITY CLASS (Thit Report)
                                 unclassified
                                                                          21. NO. OF PAGES
                                                                                  472
                              20. SECURITY CLASS ,'Tllif page)

                                 unclassified
                                                                          22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220.-1 (9-73)
                                                             *US. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1978 620-007/3713 1-3

-------